ACKNOWLEDGEMENT M/s. Deshbhakt Ratnappaenvironmentclearance.nic.in › writereaddata › EIA › 131120182... · 2018-11-13 · M/s. Deshbhakt Ratnappa Kumbhar Panchganga Sahakari

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

I am extremely thankful to the management of M/s. Deshbhakt Ratnappa Kumbhar Panchganga Sahakari Sakhar Karkhana Ltd. (DBRKPSSKL), leased unit to Shree Renuka Sugars Ltd. (SRSL) located in Ganganagar, Ichalkaranji, Taluka Hatkanangale, District Kolhapur for entrusting assignments of the EIA studies and Environmental Clearance procurement in respect of the expansion project of the sugar factory. It was indeed a great experience to have interactions, involvement and discussions with the management and technical experts of DBRKPSSKL. Their knowledge and co-operation as well as support given during the EIA Report preparation impressed me a lot. Sharing of thoughts and planning with Mr. Govind Misale; Sr. General Manager was always an interesting thing during the course of assignment. Thank you very much sir! The prompt response as well as help from Mr. Yalagouda Gurusiddanavar, Sr. Manager (Environment), during providing certain information, documentation and data related to the production, processes and details of manufacturing is duly appreciated. Also, the co-operation of staff of DBRKPSSKL is duly acknowledged here.

I must thank our Technical Directors and In-house Functional Area Experts Prof. (Dr.) Jay Samant and Dr. Anuradha J. Samant as well as our other Empanelled Functional Area experts Dr. J. B. Pishte, Mr. Vinod Sahasrabuddhe, Mr. Vinaykumar Kurakula, Mr. J. M. Gadgil and Dr. J. B. Ghugare for their able and timely contributions in the EIA studies and report preparation. Despite their busy schedules in the universities, colleges and own professions, they were always available, on time, for the necessary inputs; field visits and discussions.

My staff of the EIA Study Cell here must receive a commendation and credit for all in-house management and inputs during the monitoring, report preparation and presentations. Our In-house experts of various functional areas have also contributed their best.

Last but not the least, the contributions from my non-technical staff and laboratory team is also duly appreciated here.

DR. SANGRAM GHUGARE Chartered Engineer

Chairman & MD Equinox Environments (India) Pvt. Ltd. (EEIPL); Kolhapur

CAUTION

The information, data, figures, flow charts and drawings in respect of manufacturing

processes, mass balance, chemical reactions, production lay-outs and instrumentation

details included in this Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report are the sole

property of M/s. Deshbhakt Ratnappa Kumbhar Panchganga Sahakari

Sakhar Karkhana Ltd. (DBRKPSSKL), leased unit to Shree Renuka Sugars Ltd.

(SRSL) located in Ganganagar, Ichalkaranji, Taluka Hatkanangale, District Kolhapur.

Some of the products, reactions and process methodologies may be patented.

The style and format of this EIA Report as well as the data, processing and presentations

of various environmental features, environmental management planning; designs;

drawings; plates; calculations, demonstrations on attributes towards pollution control and

abatement aspects etc. are the intellectual property of M/s. Equinox Environments

(India) Pvt. Ltd. (EEIPL); Kolhapur.

Under no circumstances, any part of this report may be used; reproduced; translated;

recorded or copied in any form and manner except by the Govt. authorities requiring this

report for taking decisions, based on details and information provided in same, during the

Environmental Clearance procedure carried out as per EIA Notification No. S.O. 1533

(E) dated 14.09.2006 as amended from time to time.

Equinox Environments (India) Pvt. Ltd. (EEIPL); Kolhapur Environmental and Civil Engineers, Consultants & Analysts

ISO 9001: 2008 & QCI-NABET accredited Organization

CERTIFICATE

Declaration by Expert contributing to the EIA in respect of proposed expansion of sugar factory from 5000 TCD to 10,000 TCD by Deshbhakt Ratnappa Kumbhar Panchganga Sahakari Sakhar Karkhana (D.B.R.K. Panchganga S.S.K. Ltd.) leased unit to Shree Renuka Sugars Ltd. (SRSL) located at Ganganagar, Ichalkaranji, Taluka Hatkanangale, District Kolhapur, Maharashtra.

We, hereby, certify that we were a part of the Draft EIA team in the following capacities that developed the above EIA.

EIA Outward No. EIA Coordinator Name

P-12-DBRK-SUGAR-3-2018

: Dr. Sangram Ghugare

Team Member : Ms. Sulakshna Ayarekar

Period of Involvement Contact Information

: February 2017 to October 2018 : [email protected]

Functional Area Expert:

Sr. No.

Functional Area

Name of the expert/s

Involvement (Period & Task) Signature

1 WP Dr. Sangram Ghugare

February 2017 to October 2018 • Study of process and operations• Site visit and finalization of water

sampling locations• Preparation of water balance and

identification of wastewatergeneration.

• Evaluation of water pollution &control management

• Identification of impacts, suggestion and finalization ofmitigation measures

• Study on Treatment of effluentsthrough existing ETP and to beupgraded under proposed expansionwas contemplated and designs weredone accordingly.

Sr. No.

Functional Area



2 EB Prof. (Dr.) Jay Samant

Ms. Sulakshna Ayarekar

Dr. Rohan Lad

October 2017- January 2018 • Selection of Site for conducting

ecological & wildlife surveys.• Interaction with Govt. offices and

agencies for certain secondary dataand information pertaining to regionspecific issues

• Review of rules, legislation andcriteria towards knowing andunderstanding inclusion in the studyregion of any eco-sensitive zones,wild life sanctuary.

• Collection, compilation andpresentation of the data as well asincorporation of same in to the EIAreport

3 SE Dr. Anuradha Samant

Mr. Neeraj Powar

October 2017- January 2018 • Collection of data on socio-economic

aspects in study area through surveys.• Public opinions and recording of

events for future industrialization inthe study area.

• Study of sociological aspects likehuman settlement, demographic andinfrastructural facilities available instudy area.

4 AP Dr. Sangram Ghugare

Mr. Yuvraj Damugade

February 2017 to October 2018 • Involved in detailed study of mass

balance w.r.t. raw materials &products especially from view pointof process emissions.

• Site visit and finalization samplinglocations

• Identification of impact andsuggesting the mitigation measures.

5 AQ Mr. J. M. Gadgil

Mr. Yuvraj Damugade

Mr. Sangram Patil

Ms. Tejal Patil

October 2017- October 2018 • Designing of Ambient AQM network

for use in prediction modeling andmicro metrological data development

• Development and application of airquality models in prediction ofpollutant dispersion,

• Plotting of isopleths of GLCs, Worstcase scenarios prediction w.r.t. sourceand receptors.

Sr. No.

Functional Area



6 HG Dr. J.B. Pishte

Mr. Vaibhav Survase

October 2017- January 2018 • Hydro geological studies, data

processing; analysis and evaluation,Ground water table measurement andmonitoring network methodologypreparation.

• Planning and scheduling ofgroundwater sampling stations in theregion.

• Study of geology & generalgeological configuration of the regionas well as sub-surface geology.

• Determination of impact andsuggesting mitigation measures

7 GEO

8 SHW Dr. Sangram Ghugare

October 2017- January 2018 • Detailed study of manufacturing

process and mass balance.• Solid wastes generation in different

steps of manufacturing was identifiedand their quantification done waschecked.

• Identification of various hazardouswastes generated throughmanufacturing process.

• Practices of storage and disposal ofHW its impact and mitigationmeasures.

9 RH Mr. Vinod Sahasrabuddhe

October 2017- January 2018 • All the necessary literature for

processes storage of hazardouschemicals was studied before visit.

• Site visit and Verification of adequacyof on-site emergency preparednessplan for proposed unit was done.

• Identification of probableemergencies and procedures forpreparedness for handling the samewas verified.

• Worst case analysis by usingALOHA, Ware house safetymeasures, suggestion of mitigationmeasures.

10 NV Mr. Vinay Kumar Kurakula

October 2017- January 2018 • Verification of noise levels

Monitoring (both work zone andambient) in the industrial premisesand study region

• Finalization and verification ofsampling locations, ambient noise

11 LU

Sr. No.

Functional Area



monitoring stations and the data collected.

• Land use land cover mapping usingNRSC Satellite image,

• Satellite image processing, Imageclassification, Technical analysis and study for setting up of facility, planning of storage facility.

12 SC Dr. J. B. Ghugare

October 2017- January 2018 • Involvement physical analysis &

characterization of the soils. • Identification of Impact and its

mitigation measures • Interpretation of soil analysis, results

and data including comparison of same with standard soil classification.

• Collection, study and evaluation ofsoil information from data obtained from secondary sources & its interpretation.

Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization/authorized person:

I, M/s. Equinox Environments (I) Pvt. Ltd. (EEIPL); Kolhapur, Environmental & Civil Engineers, Consultants and Analysts., hereby confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the Draft EIA and Executive Summary w.r.t. expansion of sugar factory from 5000 TCD to 10,000 TCD of Deshbhakt Ratnappa Kumbhar Panchganga Sahakari Sakhar Karkhana (D.B.R.K. Panchganga S.S.K. Ltd.) leased unit to Shree Renuka Sugars Ltd. (SRSL) located at Ganganagar, Ichalkaranji, Taluka Hatkanangale, District Kolhapur, Maharashtra.

I also confirm that the consultant organization shall be fully accountable for any mis-leading information mentioned in this statement.

Signature:

Name: Dr. Sangram Ghugare, Chairman & MD Name of the EIA Consultant Organization: M/s. Equinox Environments (I) Pvt. Ltd. (EEIPL); Kolhapur. NABET Certificate No. & Issue Date: NABET/EIA/1518/SA063 dated 01.06.2018

ABBREVIATIONS

AAQM Ambient Air Quality Monitoring ACF Activated Carbon Filter ACGIH American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists AP Air Pollution APC Air Pollution Control APHA American Public Health Association AQ Air Quality BDL Below Detectable Limit BIS Bureau of Indian Standards BOD Biochemical Oxygen Demand CE Critically Endangered CGWB Central Ground Water Board CHWTSDF Common Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage, Disposal Facility CMD Cubic Meter per Day CO Carbon Monoxide CO2 Carbon Dioxide COD Chemical Oxygen Demand CPCB Central Pollution Control Board CPU Condensate Polishing Unit CREP Corporate Responsibility For Environmental Protection CER Corporate Environmental Responsibility CTE Consent to Establish CTO Consent to Operate CWC Central Water Commission dB (A) A- weighted Decibel DBRKPSSKL Deshbhakt Ratnappa Kumbhar Panchganga Sahakari Sakhar Karkhana Ltd. DG Diesel Generator DIRD Directorate of Irrigation Research and Development DMP Disaster Management Plan DO Dissolved Oxygen DoE Department of Environment DVP Deccan Volcanic Province E East EAC Expert Appraisal Committee EB Ecology and Biodiversity EC Environmental Clearance EEIPL Equinox Environments (India) Pvt. Ltd. EIA Environmental Impact Assessment EMC Environment Management Cell EMP Environmental Management Plan EN Endangered ENA Extra Neutral Alcohol EPA Environmental Protection Act

X

http://www.bis.org.in/

ESP Electrostatic Precipitator ETP Effluent Treatment Plant FAE Functional Area Expert GEO Geology GLC Ground Level Concentration GMPs Good Manufacturing Practices GPS Global Positioning System GSDA Ground Water Survey and Development Agency GW Ground Water Ha Hectare HDPE High-density polyethylene HG Hydrology, Ground Water and Water Conservation HSD High Speed Diesel IMD Indian Metrological Department IRS Indian Remote Sensing IS Indian Standards ISO International Organization for Standardization IUCN International Union for Conservation of Nature KL Kilo Liter KM Kilo Meter KLPD Kilo Liter per Day KVA Kilo Volt Ampere LC Land Cover LC Least Concern LLHE Liquid Liquid Heat Exchanger LU Land Use LUP Land Use Planning MoEFCC Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change MOU Memorandum OF Understanding MPCB Maharashtra Pollution Control Board MSEB Maharashtra State Electricity Board MSIHC Manufacture Storage And Import of Hazardous Chemical MSL Mean Sea Level MT Metric Tone MW Mega Watt N North NAAQM National Ambient Air Quality Monitoring NAAQS National Ambient Air Quality Standards NABET National Accreditation Board for Education and Training NBSS National Bureau of Soil Survey NE North-East NFPA National Fire Protection Association NL Not listed NOx Oxides of Nitrogen

XI

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/High-density_polyethylene

http://www.mppcb.nic.in/MSIH.htm

NOC No Objection Certificate NT Near Threatened NTU Nephelometric Turbidity Units NV Noise and Vibration O&M Operation and Maintenance OHC Occupational Health Center OHSAS Occupational Health and Safety Assessment Series. PAH Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension PH Public Hearing PHC Primary Health Center PLC Programmable Logic Controller PM Particulate Matter PP Project Proponent PSF Pressure Sand Filter QCI Quality Council of India RA Risk Assessment RO Reverse Osmosis RS Rectified spirit S South SCBA Self Contained Breathing Apparatus SC Soil conservation SDB Sludge Drying Bed SE Socio - Economic SEIAA State Environment Impact Assessment Authority SHE Safety and Health Environment SHW Solid and Hazardous Waste SO2 Sulphur Dioxide SPM Suspended Particulate Matter SRSL Shree Renuka Sugars Ltd. SS Suspended Solids STP Sewage Treatment Plant SW South -west SWD Side Water Depth TCD Tones Crushing Per Day TDS Total Dissolved Solids TLV Threshold Limit Value ToR Terms of References TPH Tones Per Hour TWA Time Weighted Average USEPA United States Environmental Protection Agency VU Vulnerable W West WP Water Pollution

XII

CONFIGURATION OF REPORT

Questionnaire - Questionnaire in prescribed format of MoEFCC

Chapter 1 - Introduction

This chapter is an introductory chapter, presenting background information of project, its location, objectives of the project and scope of study and documentation.

Chapter 2 - Project Description

This chapter deals with technology and process to be used for proposed expansion of the project. It also deals with sources of pollution and mitigation measures under existing and expansion activities.

Chapter 3 - Description of the Environment

In this chapter study of various attributes of environment such as Air, Water, Noise, Soil, Land Use Pattern, Geology, Hydro-geology and Ecology is carried out so as to describe the existing environmental status. Also, present social status is discussed to know if there are any sensitive issues in the area.

Chapter 4 - Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

This chapter presents conclusion drawn by studying impacts considering both the pre-project and post project scenarios. It describes some impact of the proposed expansion project and mitigation measures for abatement of the pollution.

Chapter 5 - Analysis of Alternatives

Various alternatives in terms of site selection and technology to be used are discussed in this chapter and the environment friendly and best suited technology is selected for the expansion project.

Chapter 6 - Environmental Monitoring Program

This chapter deals with planning of Environmental Monitoring Program both during construction phase and operational phase to assess the performance of pollution control equipments to be installed.

Chapter 7 - Additional Studies

This chapter illustrates possible risk areas under proposed expansion project and safety and disaster management plan prepared to mitigate the same.

Chapter 8 - Project Benefits

This chapter describes predictable benefits due to proposed expansion of the sugar factory in existing premises of sugar, co-gen plant and distillery.

Chapter 9 - Environmental Management Plan

This chapter deals with protection and mitigation measures for pollution after execution of the project. It also deals with roles and responsibilities of the environmental management cell for proper implementation of the Environmental Management Plan.

Chapter 10 - Summary and Conclusion

This chapter summarizes conclusions of the EIA report.

Chapter 11 - Disclosure of Consultant Organization

In this chapter, name and brief resume of consultant organization engaged in preparation of the EIA report is presented.

XIV

CONTENTS

CHAPTER 1 – INTRODUCTION

1 -15

1.1 Introduction 11.2 The Project & Project Proponent 11.3 Achievements of SRSL 21.4 The place

Importance to Country & Region 2

1.5 61.6 Scope of the study 6 1.6.1 Details of Regulatory Scoping Carried out as per Terms of Reference 6 CHAPTER 2 – PROJECT DESCRIPTION

16-53

2.1 Type of Project Need for the Project

162.2 16 2.2.1 Employment Generation Potential

Export Potential of the Products 16

2.2.2 162.3 Project Location 17 2.3.1 Site History 182.4 Details of Land Requirement 192.5 Project Operations, Approvals & Implementation 20 2.5.1 Plan for Approval and Implementation Schedule 202.6 Technology and Process Description 21 2.6.1 Product 21 2.6.2 Raw Material for Integrated Project 21 2.6.3 Raw Material and Product Transportation Details 22 2.6.3.1 Storage Details of Product, By-products and Raw

materials 23

2.6.4 Manufacturing Process 23 2.6.4.1 Sugar Manufacturing Process 23 2.6.4.2 Co-generation Manufacturing Process 25 2.6.4.3 Distillery Manufacturing Process 272.7 Sources of Pollution and their Control 29 2.7.1 Water Pollution 29 2.7.1.1 Water Consumption of Sugar and Co-gen 29 2.7.1.2 Water Consumption from Distillery 30 2.7.1.3 Effluent Generation from Sugar & Co-gen 30 2.7.1.3.1 Domestic Effluent 30 2.7.1.3.2 Industrial Effluent 30 2.7.1.4 Agricultural Management Plan for Utilization of Treated

Effluent31

2.7.1.5 Effluent Generation from Distillery 32 2.7.2 Air Pollution 36

XV

2.7.2.1 Fugitive Emissions 37 2.7.2.2 Process Emissions 37 2.7.3 Solid waste 37 2.7.4 Hazardous Wastes 38 2.7.5 Noise Pollution 39 2.7.5.1 Sources of Noise Pollution 40 2.7.6 Odour Pollution 40 2.7.7 Land Pollution 40 2.7.8 Budgetary Allocation by Industry towards Environment Protection 41 2.7.9 Waste Minimization Techniques in DBRKPSSKL 412.8 Green Belt Development Plan 44 2.8.1 Area Calculation for Green Belt Plan 44 2.8.2 Existing Tree Plantation 45 2.8.3 Proposed Tree Plantation 50 2.8.4 Criteria for Green Belt Development 502.9 Rain Water Harvesting 52 CHAPTER 3 – DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

52-113

3.1 Introduction 523.2 Land Use and Land Cover(LU & LC) 52 3.2.1 Scope of work 52 3.2.2 Study Area 52 3.2.3 Purpose of Land Use Mapping 52 3.2.4 Land use Map Analysis 53 3.2.5 Methodology for LU & LC Study 533.3 Land Use Studies 58 3.3.1 Land Use of Study Area 58 3.3.2 Topographical Features 613.4 Soil Characteristics 64 3.4.1 Introduction 64 3.4.2 Methodology 64 3.4.2.1 Methodology of Data Generation 64 3.4.2.2 Sources of Information 64 3.4.3 Soil Types 64 3.4.4 Soil Sampling 64 3.4.4.1 General Observations 663.5 Drainage and Geomorphology 67 3.5.1 Drainage 67 3.5.2 Geomorphology 673.6 Geology, Hydrology and Hydrogeology 71 3.6.1 Stratigraphic succession of Deccan Basalt Group of the Western

Ghats 71

3.6.2 Extension of Deccan Trap Province 71 3.6.3 Hydrology 74

XVI

3.6.3.1 Surface Water Hydrology 74 3.6.4 Hydrogeology 75 3.6.4.1 Ground Water Development and Management Strategy 773.7 Meteorology 78 3.7.1 Introduction 78 3.7.2 Methodology 79 3.7.2.1 Methodology of Data Generation 79 3.7.2.2 Sources of Information 79 3.7.2.3 Wind Pattern at Project 793.8 Air Quality 79 3.8.1 Introduction 79 3.8.2 Methodology 80 3.8.2.1 Selection of Sampling Locations 80 3.8.2.2 Parameters, Frequency and Analysis Methods for AAQ

Monitoring 80

3.8.3 Presentation of Results 81 3.8.4 Observations Based On Period December 2015 – January 2016 –

February 2016 82

3.9 Water quality 83 3.9.1 Introduction 83 3.9.2 Methodology 83 3.9.2.1 Methodology of Data Generation 83 3.9.3 Sampling Procedure for Primary Data Generation 84 3.9.4 Presentation of Results for Survey from Oct. 2017 – Nov. 2017 –

Dec.2017 85

3.9.4.1 Surface Water 85 3.9.4.2 Ground Water 88 3.9.4.3 General Observations: Surface Water 90 3.9.4.4 General Observations: Ground Water 903.10 Noise Level Survey 91 3.10.1 Introduction 91 3.10.2 Identification of Sampling Locations 91 3.10.2.1 Ambient Noise Monitoring Stations 92 3.10.2.2 Method of Monitoring 93 3.10.2.3 Standards for Noise Levels 93 3.10.3 Presentation of Results 94 3.10.3.1 Observations 943.11 Socio-Economic Profile 95 3.11.1 Introduction 95 3.11.2 Objective of the study 95 3.11.3 Sources of Secondary Information 96 3.11.4 Methodology of Questionnaire Survey 96 3.11.5 Results and Discussion 96 3.11.6 Observations 98 3.11.7 Conclusion 99 3.11.8 Suggestion 99

XVII

3.12 Ecology 99 3.12.1 Study Area 99 3.12.2 Methodology 100 3.12.3 Ecology 100 3.12.3.1 Field Observations 100 3.12.3.2 Questionnaire Survey 101 3.12.4 Biodiversity 101 3.12.4.1 Field Observations 101 3.12.5 Questionnaire Survey 102 3.12.6 Environmental Impact of Proposed Project on Ecology and

Biodiversity in the region102

3.12.7 Green Belt 103 3.12.7.1 Observations and Recommendations 103 3.12.8 CSR Activity 103 3.12.8.1 Observations and Recommendations 103 3.12.9 General Observations and Recommendations 104 CHAPTER 4 – ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

113-155

4.1 Introduction 1134.2 Construction Phase 1134.3 Operation Phase 118 4.3.1 Impact on Air Quality 121 4.3.1.1 GLC Evaluation through Air Dispersion Modelling 121 4.3.1.2 Calculations for Particulate Matter & SO2 Emission

from Boiler124

4.3.1.3 Mitigation Measures 125 4.3.2 Impact on Climate 126 4.3.3 Impact on Water Resources 126 4.3.3.1 Calculation for Quantification of Impact on Panchganga

River (Surface Water)128

4.3.3.2 Mitigation Measures 132 4.3.4 Impact on Hydro Geology 133 4.3.4.1 Mitigation Measures 133 4.3.5 Impact of Solid and Hazardous Wastes 134 4.3.5.1 Mitigation Measures 135 4.3.6 Impact on Soil and Agriculture 135 4.3.6.1 Mitigation Measures 135 4.3.7 Impact on Noise Levels 135 4.3.7.1 Mitigation Measures 137 4.3.8 Impact on Land use 138 4.3.9 Impact on Ecology and Bio-diversity 138 4.3.9.1 Mitigation Measures 138 4.3.10 Impact due to Industrial Operations Involving Risk and Hazard 139 4.3.11 Impact on Historical Places 1394.4 Evaluation Of Impact 139

XVIII

4.4.1 Battelle Environmental Evaluation System (BEES) 1404.5 Environmental Impact Evaluation for DBRKPSSKL 141 4.5.1 Biological Environment 142 4.5.1.1 Terrestrial Vegetation 142 4.5.1.2 Aquatic Environment 143 4.5.2 Environmental Pollution 144 4.5.2.1 Water 144 4.5.2.2 Soil 144 4.5.2.3 Air 145 4.5.2.4 Noise 145 4.5.2.5 Vibration 145 4.5.3 Aesthetics 145 4.5.3.1 Topographical Character 145 4.5.4 Human Interest 1464.6 The Mitigation Measures 1514.7 Impacts Due To Decommissioning Activity 153 4.7.1 Decommissioning Phase 153 4.7.2 Planning for Decommissioning of the DBRKPSSKL Project 154 CHAPTER 5 – ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE

156-157

5.1 Introduction 1565.2 Alternative Technologies 1565.3 Analysis of alternative sites 157 CHAPTER 6 – ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM 158-171

6.1 Introduction 1586.2 Monitoring Program during Construction Phase 1586.3 Monitoring during the Post Construction/ Operational Phase 159 6.3.1 Air Pollution Management 159 6.3.2 Water Management 159 6.3.3 Noise Level Management 160 6.3.4 Land Management 161 6.3.5 Dust Management 161 6.3.6 Odour Management 1616.4 Operation Control and equipment maintenance 1616.5 Occupational Health & Safety Measures 1626.6 Measures for socio-economic Development 163 6.6.1 Better Employment Opportunities 163 6.6.2 Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Plan 163 6.6.2.1Proposed CSR Plan by DBRKPSSKL 163 6.6.3 Measures for Improvement of Ecology 1656.7 Environmentalmonitoring Program Schedule 1666.8 Implementation Schedule For Environmental Management Aspects 1696.9 Compliance To Recommendations Mentioned In TheCrep Guidelines 170

XIX

CHAPTER 7- ADDITIONAL STUDIES

172-210

7.1 Public Consultation 1727.2 R & R Action Plan 1977.3 Risk Assessment 1977.4 Hazard Identification 1977.5 Potential and major hazards in sugar manufacturing plant 198 7.5.1 BagasseProduction and Storage 199 7.5.2 Hazard identification and Mitigation measures:Sulphur storage 200 7.5.3 Hazard Identification: Molasses Storage 202 7.5.4 Hazard Identification: Sulphur dioxide(SO2) production and handling 204 7.5.5 Mitigation Measures suggested based on Quantitative Risk Analysis

(QRA) 206

7.6 Potential and major hazards in co-generation plant 2077.7 Fire triangle 2077.8 Occupational health aspects and medical provision in the factory 209 7.8.1 Occupational Health Center (OHC) 209 7.8.2 Medical check-up 210 7.8.3 EHS policy 2107.9 Onsite emergency plan 210 CHAPTER 8 – PROJECT BENEFITS

211-212

8.1 Introduction 211 8.1.1 Improvement in the Physical Infrastructure 211 8.1.2 Improvement in the Social Infrastructure 2118.2 Activities Done By Shree Renuka Sugars Ltd. (SRSL) Under Shree Renuka

Sugars Development Foundation212

8.2.1 Proposed CSR Plan 2128.3 Employment potential 2128.4 Other Tangible Benefits 212 Chapter 9 – ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)

213-219

9.1 Introduction 2139.2 Environmental Management Cell(EMC) 2139.3 Working of Environmental Management Plan 2159.4 Recommendation & Implementation Schedule 215 9.4.1 Summary of Recommendations 2159.5 Environmental Post Monitoring Programmes 2189.6 Environmental Post Monitoring Programme 218

9.7 Monitoring Equipment 219

XX

CHAPTER 10 – SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

220-224

10.1 Introduction 22010.2 Project at a Glance 22010.3 Process Description 221 10.3.1 Product & Raw Material 22110.4 Sources of Pollution & Mitigation Measures 222 10.4.1 Water Pollution 222 10.4.1.1 Sugar Factory and Co-gen Plant

10.4.1.2 Distillery Unit222 222

10.4.2 Air Pollution 222 10.4.3 Noise Pollution 222 10.4.4 Solid Waste 223 10.4.5 Hazardous Waste 223 10.4.6 Odour Pollution 22310.5 Green Belt Development 22410.6 Environmental Monitoring Program 22410.7 Environment Management Plan 22410.8 Conclusion 224 CHAPTER 11 – DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ORGANIZATION

225-238

11.1 Organization 22511.2 Technical key personnel 22511.3 Services Offered 229

XXI

SR. NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE NO

Enclosure -I 239-246

Appendices

Appendix – A Plot Layout 247 Appendix – B MPCB Consent copies and Environmental Clearance (EC) 248-277 Appendix – C List of Equipment 278-280 Appendix – D Water Permission Letter 281-290 Appendix – E Photographs of Online Monitoring System 291 Appendix – F Rainwater Harvesting & Fire Hydrant layout 292 Appendix – G Worst Case Scenario 293-296 Appendix – H Occupational Health And Safety 297-304 Appendix - I Onsite Emergency Plan 305-345 Appendix - J Details of Public Hearing 346-374Appendix - K Photographs of Bagasse Conveyor and ESP Purchase

Order 375-378

Appendix - L Traffic Management Plan 379-381Appendix - M Agreement with Farmers for Utilization of Treated

Effluent 382-445

Appendix - N Image showing nearby residential areas 446Appendix - O RO MoEFCC; Nagpur Site Visit Report (30 MW Cogen)

And Crushing Details447-470

Appendix - P JVS Monitoring Reports 471-497Appendix - Q Documents w.r.t. Distillery Unit of DBRKPSSKL Leased

To M/s. Saideep Traders498-537

Appendix - R Consent Condition ComplianceAppendix - S Standard Mass Balance of a DistilleryAppendix - T

Certificates and other Documents

PIL and Court Case Details

538-553554-555556-601

602-611

XXII

LIST OF TABLES

Table No. Name of Table Page No. 1.1 Project Investment Details 21.2 Summary of Terms of Reference 72.1 Details of Manpower 162.2 Salient Features of the DBRKPSSKL Project Site 172.3 Area Statement of DBRKPSSKL 192.4 Working Pattern 202.5 Plan for Project Implementation schedule 202.6 List of Products for Integrated complex 212.7 List of Raw Materials 212.8 Cane Availability Within 25Km (Circle-wise) 212.9 Bagasse Availability 222.10 Sugarcane Transportation Details 222.11 Sugar and Pressmud Transportation Details 232.12 Storage Details of Product & By-products 232.13 Electricity Requirement Details 262.14 Steam Balance 272.15 Steam Saving Measures 272.16 Details of Water Consumption in Sugar Factory &Co-gen Plant of

DBRKPSSKL 29

2.17 Water Consumption for 45 KLPD Molasses Based Distillery 302.18 Effluent Generation in Sugar Factory & Co-gen Plant of DBRKPSSKL 312.19 Agricultural Management Plan 312.20 Effluent Generation form 45 KLPD Molasses Based Distillery 322.21 Details of Boiler and Stack in DBRKPSSKL 362.22 Details of ESP 372.23 Solid Waste Generation & Disposal 382.24 Ash Storage Details 382.25 Sludge Storage Details 382.26 Details of Hazardous Waste 392.27 Capital As Well As O & M Cost (Existing & Proposed Expansion) 412.28 Waste Minimization Techniques 422.29 Area Details 442.30 List of Trees under Existing Green Belt 453.1 Area Statistics for Land Use Land Cover Classes 583.2 Soil Sampling Locations 653.3 Existing Soil Characteristics 653.4 Standard Soil Classification 663.5 Stratigraphic Succession of Deccan Basalt Group 713.6 Well inventory data for the area around DBRKPSSKL Site 753.7 Meteorological Parameters 793.8 AAQM Location Details 803.9 AAQ Parameters, Monitoring Frequency and Analysis Methods 813.10 Summary of the AAQ Monitoring Results for Season 81

XXIII

Table No. Name of Table Page No. 3.11 National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) Specified by CPCB

Notification 82

3.12 Monitoring Locations for Surface Water 833.13 Monitoring Locations for Ground Water 833.14 Surface Water Results 853.15 Ground Water Results 883.16 Noise Sampling Locations 923.17 Ambient Noise Level Standards 933.18 Standards for Occupational Exposure 933.19 OSHA Standards for Occupational Exposure 943.20 Ambient Noise Levels 943.21 Detail of Households and Sample Size 963.22 Names of EB Study Villages and their Distance from Project Site 993.23 List of Birds observed during Survey 1043.24 List of Flora observed during Survey 1063.25 List of fauna commonly reported by the locals during survey 1074.1 Impact Identification and Mitigation Measures due to

ConstructionPhase of DBRKPSSKL, Kolhapur 114

4.2 Disposal of Waste Generation during Construction Phase 1174.3 Identification of Impacts on Environment due to Operation Activities

under Existing Sugar, Co-Gen and Distillery Project of DBRKPSSK, Kolhapur.

119

4.4 Predominant Wind Directions 1224.5 Predominant Wind Direction and Speed Categories 1224.6 Baseline Concentrations 1224.7 Quantification of Pollutants’(Effluent from Sugar Factory & Co-gen Plant)

Load 128

4.8 Quantification of Impact due to discharge of untreated effluent into Nallah

128

4.9 Quantification of Impact due to discharge of contaminated Nallah due to untreated effluent into River

129

4.10 Permissible Exposure In Case of Continuous Noise 1364.11 Standards in Respect of Ambient Noise Levels 1374.12 Application of BEES for Impact Evaluation due to DBRKPSSKL;

Hatkanangale, Kolhapur147

4.13 Identification of RED Flags to the Potential Problem Areas in Battelle EES for DBRKPSSKL

151

4.14 Identification of Impacts due to Decommissioning of DBRKPSSKL 1535.1 Prominent Implementations by SRSL in DBRKPSSKL 1566.1 Trees with Good Canopy for Noise Attenuation 160 6.2 Health Care Facility Equipment 1626.3 Proposed CSR activities for DBRKPSSKL 1636.4 CSR Implementation Schedule 1646.5 Plan for Monitoring of Environmental Attributes within Industrial 167

XXIV

Table No. Name of Table Page No. Premises (Onsite)

6.6 Plan for Monitoring of Environmental Attributes within Industrial Premises (Offsite)

168

6.7 Environmental Monitoring Schedule Within Industrial Premises 1696.8 Environmental Monitoring Schedule Surrounding Industrial Premises 1696.9 Implementation of Environmental Monitoring Program 1697.1 Points Raised in the PH & Response of PP 1727.2 Points in Letters submitted w.r.t. PH & Clarifications by PP 1837.3 Possible Hazardous Locations onsite 1987.4 Storage Details of Molasses 2027.5 Values of NH and TH 2057.6 Values of TLV 2057.7 Details of Fire Extinguishing Equipment 2087.8 Details of Hydrant Point 2089.1 Environmental Management Cellin DBRKPSSKL 2139.2 Summary of Recommendations 2159.3 Implementation schedule 2189.4 Compliance against the Consent Condition 21910.1 Salient Features of the DBRKPSSKL 22010.2 List of Products 22110.3 List of Raw Materials 22110.4 Solid Waste Details 22310.5 Hazardous Waste Details 22310.6 Area Details 224

XXV

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure No. Name of Figure Page No. 1.1 Location of the Project Site 31.2 Image Showing Existing Units Of DBRKPSSKL 41.3 Photographs of Existing Unit 52.1 Images Showing Site History 182.2 Flow Diagram of Sugar & Co-gen Process 252.3 Flow Diagram of Co-gen Process 262.4 Flow Diagram of Distillery 282.5 Flow Chart of Sugar Factory ETP 342.6 Photographs of Existing ETP 352.7 Storage Yard for Solid & Hazardous Waste 392.8 Avenue Plantation In DBRKSSKL’s Factory premises 472.9 Mass Plantation In DBRKSSKL’s Factory premises 482.10 Shelterbelt Plantation In DBRKSSKL’s Factory premises 492.11 Image Showing Existing and Proposed Green Belt by DBRKPSSKL 513.1 Process Flow Chart 543.2 Google Image 553.3 Satellite Image 563.4 Visual Interpretation Keys used for the Study 573.5 Land Use and Land Cover Statistics 583.6 Land Use and Land Cover Map 603.7 Topographical Map 623.8 Settlement Map 633.9 Drainage Map 683.10 Geomorphological Map 693.11 Geological Map 703.12 Regional Geological Map of the Southernmost Exposures of the DVP

with Other Stratigraphic Units72

3.13 Lithological Section at West of DBRKPSSKL 733.14 Lithological Section (Showing Seepages) at West of DBRKPSSKL 743.15 Well Monitoring Locations for the area around DBRKPSSKL Site 763.16 GW Contour for the area around DBRKPSSKL Site 773.17 Age Distribution within Sample size 973.18 Biodiversity in the study area 1093.19 Different habitats in the study area 1103.20 Biodiversity in the study area 1113.21 Wetland habitat in the study area 1123.22 Fish diversity in the study area 1134.1 Impact Identification Process Flow Chart 1184.2 Windrose for October 2017 to December 2017 1234.3 Topographical Map 1317.1 Molasses Tank 2047.2 Fire Triangle 207

XXVI

Figure No. Name of Figure Page No. 7.3 Fire Hydrant System 2099.1 Environmental Management Cell and Responsibilities 2149.2 Environmental Management Plan 215

Chapter 1

INTRODUCTION

INTRODUCTION…1

1

1.1 INTRODUCTION

'Environmental ImpactAssessment (EIA)' is the process of evaluating likely environmental impacts, both positive and negative, of a new or expansion project by taking into account natural, social and economic aspects. It also comprises of suggesting possible mitigation measures,for the negative impacts, before implementation of the project. The main objectives of an EIA report are -

To describe a pre-project baseline condition with respect to Environmental Indicators. To identify possible sources of pollution and their environmental impacts including

identifying risks associated with setting up of a new/expansion project and suggestingappropriate mitigation measures for alleviating adverse impacts to the extent possible.

To suggest environmental / risk management plans for implementing the mitigationmeasures.

India is the largest producer of sugarcane and sugar, still sugar factories in India are facing problems. Sugar factories cannot survive in healthy condition on a single product i.e. sugar. Thus, it is essential to develop sugar factory into an affiliated complex so as to utilize the valuable by-products more profitably. Bio-mass is the most promising alternative fuel. Agro-waste and agro industrial products have today been recognized as ‘modern’ bio-mass material which can be converted directly into useful forms of energy. So co-generation would benefit both the nation and the industry. As per recent survey by agriculture department of sugar factory, it is evaluated that there is ample cane availability in the command area which can help increase crushing capacity upto 10,000 TCD. With a due consideration to all the above facts, the management of Shree Renuka Sugars Ltd., Ganganagar, Ichalkaranji, Tal.: Hatkanangale, Dist.:Kolhapur, aleased unit of M/s. Deshbhakt Ratnappa Kumbhar Panchganga Sahakari Sakhar Karkhana Ltd., (D.B.R.K. Panchganga S.S.K. Ltd.)has decided to go for an expansion of its existing sugar factory having 5000 TCD capacity. 1.2 THE PROJECT & PROJECT PROPONENTS The project site of D.B.R.K. Panchganga S.S.K. Ltd. (DBRKPSSKL) is located in Ganganagar, Ichalkaranji, Taluka - Hatkanangale, District - Kolhapur, Maharashtra State.DBRKPSSKL industry was registered on 1st October 1955. Sugar factory of DBRKPSSKL was commenced in the year 1958. The approval for existing 5000 TCD sugar factory capacity was obtained long back in year 1978. Thereafter, in 2010, Sugar Factory of DBRKPSSKL was taken on lease by Shree Renuka sugars Ltd. (SRSL). Subsequently, SRSL established and commissioned 30 MW Co-generation Plant in the Sugar Factory premises. The distillery was established in year 1973. The expansion of sugar factory will be undertaken in existing project complex of 5000 TCD sugar factory, 30 MW Co-gen plant and 45 KLPD Molasses based distillery. The Sugar Factory and Co-gen plant are on lease to Shree Renuka Sugars Ltd. for 18 years from 2011. Also, the existing 45 KLPD is given on lease to Saideep Traders. After expansion, the capacity of sugar factory will increase from 5,000 TCD to 10,000 TCD(expansion by 5,000 TCD). There is no any planning of distillery expansion.

INTRODUCTION…1

2

This report has been made in overall context of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification No. S. O. 1533 (E) dated 14.09.2006 and amendments thereto issued by the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEFCC); New Delhi. The sugar factory expansion project of DBRKPSSKL comes under Category ‘B’, Item No.:5(j). But due to applicability of General Condition i.e. an interstate boundary is located within 5 Km from the boundary of project site, the category of the project changes from ‘B’ to ‘A’ as per Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change Notification No. S.O. 1598 (E), dated 25.06.2014.The EIA report has been prepared by incorporating required information with regards to the project as mentioned in the Standard Terms of References (ToRs) issued by MoEFCC vide letter No.IA-J-11011/116/2017-IA-II (I)to DBRKPSSKL on 22.02.2018. Also, there is a case filed against the bagasse carrying conveyor belt of DBRKPSSKL and excess crushing for year 2015-2016 and 2016-2017. The details of the same are appended at Appendix-T. The investment in respect of existing and proposed expansion project of DBRKPSSKL project is presented at table 1.1.

Table 1.1 Project Investment Details

No. Industrial unit Capital Investment 1. Existing 5000 TCD Sugar Factory and 30 MW Co-gen Plant Rs. 210.00 Cr. 2. Sugar Factory Expansion from 5000 TCD to 10,000 TCD Rs. 80.90 Cr. Total Rs. 290.90 Cr.

1.3 ACHIEVEMENTS OF SRSL Shree Renuka Sugars Ltd. (SRSL)started after a successful relocation and rehabilitation of a sick Public Sector unit of Nizam Sugars Ltd. at Hindupur in Andhra Pradesh which was moved to Munoli in Belagavi District, Karnataka. The company expanded its operations year after year by building up new sugar plants and also by leasing sick sugar plants and turning them around. After a successful operation in India, the company acquired forayed into Brazil by acquiring sugar and ethanol plants. Dr. Vidya Murkumbi is the Chairperson and co‐founder ofShree Renuka Sugars Ltd.In 1998, she co-founded SRSL in a landmark initiative. In the last 12 years, Shree Renuka Sugars has become a fully integrated sugar manufacturer, which also has large power generation, ethanol and sugar refining capacities.Following are the features of SRSL‐

• Global Agro-business and Bio-energy Corporation • Leading Manufacturer of Sugar & Ethanolin the World • SRSL operates 11 integrated Sugar Mills Globally (4 in Brazil & 7 in India) • Global revenue of over 1.5 Billion Dollars

Moreover, recently DBRKPSSKL has been awarded 5 Star Rating by Maharashtra Pollution Control Board (MPCB) on the basis of their Particulate Matter (PM)emissions. Refer Appendix-A for Certificate from MPCB. 1.4 THE PLACE The proposed expansion of sugar factory will be carried out in existing set up of DBRKPSSKL. Total land acquired by industry is 5,94,651.39 Sq. M. (59.4 Ha.). The total built-up area after expansion of DBRKPSSKL will be 2,12,259.1Sq.M. (21.2 Ha).For more details about area break-up refer Chapter 2, Table2.3.A no objection certificate(NOC) for proposed sugar factory expansion project is obtained from Grampanchayat of Kabnur.

INTRODUCTION…1

3

Figure 1.1 Location of the Project Site

Latitude: 16°42'48.65"N, Longitude: 74°26'11.88"E

INTRODUCTION…1

4

Figure 1.2 Image showing Existing Units of DBRKPSSKL

ETP Sugar Factory

Co‐gen Plant

Distillery (Leased to Saideep Traders)

DBRKPSSKL

INTRODUCTION…1

5

Figure 1.3 Photographs of Existing Unit

INTRODUCTION…1

6

1.5 IMPORTANCE TO COUNTRY & REGION

The sugar Industry in India is well maintained and is growing at a steady pace, boasting of a consumer base of over billions of people. India is the second largest producer of sugar in the world. With more than 45 millions of sugarcane growers in the country, the bulk of rural population in India depends on this industry. One of the agro-based enterprises in India, sugar manufacturing is the second largest agricultural industry, after the textile sector.

Sugar manufacturing in Maharashtra is one of the most notable sectors in the country. The pace of growth of this industry has been massive over the past few years. Most of the sugar units have by-product utilization plants, based on bagasse and molasses. Ethanol, power and paper projects have tremendous scope for development in India. In near future, about 10-15% ethanol may be allowed to be blended with petrol. Thus, alcohol production from molasses has the most promising prospects. Bagasse based power generation projects, installed in the premises of sugar factory, not only fulfil captive need of the industry but also make available surplus power which could be exported in the grid thereby providing value addition.

Bagasse based co-generation of steam and electricity is not new to India and has been practised for long in sugar mills. The primary objective in the past had been to produce steam required for processing and incidentally generating electricity. Since process steam was required at pressures that were not high, low pressure boilers were used to produce steam. Steam turbines driving the mills and generators were therefore, designed to operate with low pressure steam. As the low-pressure steam has a large quantum of heat, which is lost in the process of condensing, the efficiency of conventional power plants is only around 35%. In a cogeneration plant, very high efficiency levels, in the range of 75%–90%, can be reached. This is so, because the low-pressure exhaust steam coming out of the turbine is not condensed, but used for heating purposes in factories or houses. In certain mills, electricity generated was not enough to meet captive requirements and the short fall was met by drawing electricity from the utility grid. In the mid-eighties it was realized that by making maximum use of potential for co-generating steam and electricity from bagasse, generation of electricity could be increased not only to fully meet the captive requirements but also to have exportable surplus that could bring in additional profit. Since co-generation can meet both power and heat needs, it has other advantages as well in the form of significant cost savings for the plant and reduction in emissions of pollutants due to reduced fuel consumption. Where there is a need to augment the steam and power generation within the plant on account of capacity up-gradation, where there is a potential to improve the energy efficiency of the sugar plant by retiring inefficient boilers and turbo generators, it is prudent for the sugar factory to go in for new high pressure and high efficiency boilers and matching turbo generators. Such system, in addition to generating surplus power for export which improves the bottom line of the sugar mill operations, improves the energy efficiency of the sugar mill process itself.

1.6 SCOPE OF THE STUDY

1.6.1 Details of Regulatory Scoping Carried out as per Terms of References

DBRKPSSKL initially had submitted duly filled Form-1 application for expansion of sugar factory from 5000 TCD to 7500 TCD to MoEFCC on 02.03.2017. Thereafter, proposal was considered in its 22nd EAC and 24th EAC Meetings for grant of ToRs. Subsequently, ToRs were granted on 30.08.2017. The monitoring for primary data collection was carried out in months namely October 2017 – November 2017 – December 2017. Later, management of

INTRODUCTION…1

7

DBRKPSSKL decided to go for expansion from 5000 TCD to 10,000 TCD due to maximum availability of cane. In light of this, Industry DBRKPSSKLsubmitted a duly filled in online freshForm – 1(5000 to 10,000 TCD) application to the MoEFCC, New Delhi on3rdJanuary 2018for grant of Terms of Reference (TORs).The proposal was accepted by Member Secretary (MS) on 22ndJanuary 2018.This EIA report has been complied with the TORs issued by MoEFCC. The summarized details of same are provided in following table -

Table 1.2 Summary of Terms of Reference

No List of TOR’s Compliance A Standard Terms of Reference 1 Executive Summary Refer Chapter 10, Page 220-2242 Introduction i. Details of the EIA Consultant including

NABET accreditation Refer Chapter 11, Page 225-238

ii Information about the project proponent Refer Chapter 1 iii Importance and benefits of the project Refer Chapter 1, Section 1.5, Page

6. Refer Chapter 8 Page 211-2123 Project Description i. Cost of project and time of completion Capital investment for proposed

expansion of sugar factory is Rs. 80.90 Crores. For more details, refer Chapter 2, Section 2.5.1, Table 2.4, Page 20

ii Products with capacities for the proposed project

Refer Chapter 2, Table 2.6, Page 21

iii If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate land is available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.

Refer Chapter 2, Table 2.6, Page 21 Refer Appendix B for existing Consent Orders and earlier EC of Co-gen, Page 248-277

iv List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation.

Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.6.2, Table 2.7, Page 21

v Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities

Refer Chapter 2

vi Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management.

Refer Chapter 2

vii Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram, man-power requirement (regular and contract)

Refer Chapter 2 , Page 29-30 (Water consumption), Page 25 (Electricity requirement), Page 16 (Manpower)

viii Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet (quantities) from raw material to products to be provided

Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.6.4, Page 23-28

ix Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems

Refer Chapter - 7, Section 7.4 to 7.7 Page no. 197-208

x Expansion/modernization proposals a. Copy of all the Environmental

Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained for the project from

The approval for existing 5000 TCD sugar factory capacity was obtained in year 1978. Since then,

INTRODUCTION…1

8

No List of TOR’s Compliance MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of the latest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests as per circular dated 30thMay, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulated in all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. In addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing/ existing operation of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.

MPCB is regularly granting renewal of our Consent to Operate (CTO). Enclosed copy of the CTO for 5000 TCD dated 08.11.2000 (Refer Appendix-B) which was issued prior to the EIA notification No. S. O. 1533 (E) dated 14.09.2006. This means 5000 TCD industry does not attract any requirement of EC under EIA notification of 2006.

Environmental Clearance letter w.r.t. existing 30 MW Co-gen plant is enclosed at Appendix-B. Also, the compliance to the EC conditions is submitted to RO.Refer Appendix B, Page 248-277.

b. In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for not taking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/ or EIA Notification 2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/ No Objection Certificate and Consent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005 - 2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliance report to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted.

The approval for existing 5000 TCD sugar factory capacity was obtained in year 1978. Since then, MPCB is regularly granting renewal of our Consent to Operate (CTO). Enclosed copy of the CTO for 5000 TCD dated 08.11.2000 (Refer Appendix-B) which was issued prior to the EIA notification No. S.O. 1533 (E) dated 14.09.2006. This means 5000 TCD industry does not attract any requirement of EC under EIA notification of 2006. Refer Appendix B, Page 248-277. Refer Appendix-R for Consent Condition Compliance.

4 Site Details i.

Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/ Tehsil, District and State, Justification for selecting the site, whether other sites were considered.

The proposed expansion of sugar factory will be conducted under existing unit of DBRKPSSKL. No any other site is considered for expansion project. Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.3, Page 17

ii A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places)

Refer Chapter 3, Figure 3.7 for Toposheet on Page 62

iii Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site.

As the expansion of sugar factory will be done within the existing premises of DBRKPSSKL. Industry has sufficient land for expansion same and hence no any alternative sites

INTRODUCTION…1

9

No List of TOR’s Compliance were considered.

iv Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site.

16°42'48.65"N, 74°26'11.88"E 16°42'36.16"N, 74°26'16.16"E 16°42'35.48"N, 74°26'33.15"E 16°42'40.27"N, 74°27'1.42"E 16°42'57.50"N, 74°26'37.26"E Refer Chapter 2, Table 2.2, Page 17

v Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site.

Refer Chapter 3, Figure 3.2, Page 55

vi Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.

Refer Appendix-A for plot layout, Page 247

vii Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, show photographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular.

Refer Chapter 1, Figure 1.2, Page 4

viii Landuse break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (not required for industrial area).


ix A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10 km radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study area.

Refer Chapter 3

x Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included.

Refer Chapter 3, Section 3.5, Page 67-77

xi Details of Drainage of the project up to 5 km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 km radius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the project site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green field projects)

Refer Chapter 3, Page 67-68

xii Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition process and expected time of complete possession of the land.

NA

xiii R & R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy

NA

INTRODUCTION…1

10

No List of TOR’s Compliance

5 Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable)

i Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, and recommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable)

NA

ii Land use map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating the forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha)

NA

iii Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with latest status shall be submitted.

NA

iv The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project location and the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon

NA

v Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State Government for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area

NA

vi Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to the Standing Committee of the National Board for Wildlife

NA

6 Environmental Status i. Determination of atmospheric inversion

level at the project site and site-specific micrometeorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall.

By using meteorological data the windrose have been plot.The same are reflected in chapter 4, section 4.3.1.1, Page128.

ii AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO and other parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests.


iii Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given


INTRODUCTION…1

11

No List of TOR’s Compliance in the NAAQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA Report.

iv Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point) and other surface drains at eight locations as per PCB/ MoEF&CC guidelines.


v Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/ MoEFCC, if yes give details.

NA

vi Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included.


vii Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area.


viii Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines. Refer Chapter 3, Section 3.4, Page 64-67

ix Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.

Refer Chapter 2, Table 2.10 , Page 22

x Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared and furnished.


xi Socio-economic status of the study area. Refer Chapter 3, Section 3.11, Page 95-99

7 ImpactandEnvironmentManagementPlan i. Assessment of ground level concentration

of pollutants from the stack emission based on site specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modeling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of the model used and the input data used for modeling shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of

No new boiler will be installed under proposed expansion of sugar factory.

INTRODUCTION…1

12

No List of TOR’s Compliance project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

ii Water Quality modeling - in case of discharge in water body

Refer Chapter 4

iii Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environment shall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials and finished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor cum- rail transport shall be examined.

Entire transportation of productsand raw material shall be done by road. Refer Chapter 2 for transportation details, Page 22

iv A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reused for different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E (P) Rules.

Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.7.1.3, Page 30-32

v Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards.


vi Measures for fugitive emission control Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.7.2.1, Page 36

vii Details of hazardous waste generation & their storage, utilization & management. Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste - minimization, recycle/ reuse/ recover techniques, Energy conservation, & natural resource conservation.

Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.7.4, Page 38

viii Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailed plan of action shall be provided.

Refer Chapter 2, Section2.7.2 , Page 35-38

ix Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.


x Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to use for the various


INTRODUCTION…1

13

No List of TOR’s Compliance activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the water requirement from other sources.

xi Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measures shall be included.

Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.7.8, Page 41

xii Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted.


xiii Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency Management Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should be linked with District Disaster Management Plan.

Refer Chapter 7, Section 7.9, Page 210, Appendix- I for Onsite Disaster Plan –Page 305-345

8 Occupational health i Plan and fund allocation to ensure the

occupational health & safety of all contract and casual workers

Refer Chapter 7, Section 7.9, Page 210

ii Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers' health is being evaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed data of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise.

Refer Chapter 7, Section 7.9, Page 210, Appendix –H for Health Check-up Report Page 297-304

iii Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazards and whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers can be preserved,

NA

iv Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety.

Refer Chapter 7, Section 7.9, Page 210, Appendix –H for Health Check-up Report Page 297-304

9 CorporateEnvironmentPolicy i Does the company have a well laid down

Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.


ii Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedures to

--

INTRODUCTION…1

14

No List of TOR’s Compliance bring into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms / conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

iii What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance conditions? Details of this system may be given.

Refer Chapter 9, Section 9.2, Page 213

iv Does the company have system of reporting of non compliances / violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report


10 Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the labourforce during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase.

Refer Chapter 4

11 Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) i Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project

cost) shall be earmarked towards the Enterprise Social Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time bound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to be elaborated upon.

Rs. 2.00 Cr. (2.5% of Capital Investment – 80.90 Cr.) has been earmarked for CER activities. Refer Chapter 6

12 Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any notice under the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case.

NA

13 A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TOR.

Refer Chapter 1, Section

B. Specific Terms of Reference 1. Complete process flow diagram describing each

unit, its processes and operations in production of sugar, along with material and energy inputs and outputs (material and energy balance).


2. Details on water balance including quantity of effluent generated, recycled & reused. Efforts to minimize effluent is charge and to maintain quality


INTRODUCTION…1

15

No List of TOR’s Compliance of receiving water body.

3. Details of effluent treatment plant, inlet and treated water quality with specific efficiency of each treatment unit in reduction in respect to fall concerned / regulated environmental parameters


4. Number of working days of the sugar production unit

Sugar and Cogen – 200 Days. Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.5, Page 20

5. Details of the use of steam from the boiler Steam required for proposed expansion of sugar factory will be used from existing boiler. Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.6.4.2, Page 25-27

6. Details of proposed source-specific pollution control schemes and equipments to meet the national standards

ESP is installed for existing boiler if 140 TPH. Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.7.2, Page 35-36

7. Collection, storage, handling and transportation of molasses

Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.6.3.1, Page 23

8. Collection, storage and handling of bagasse and pressmud

Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.6.3.1, Page 23

9. Fly ash management plan for coal based and bagasse and action plan

Refer Chapter 2

10. Details on water quality parameter such as Temperature, Colour, pH, BOD, COD, Total Kjeldhal, Nitrogen, Phosphates, Oil & Grease, Total Suspended Solids, Total Coli form bacteria etc.


11. Details on existing ambient air quality and expected, stack and fugitive emissions for PM10, PM2.5, SO2*, NOx*, etc., and evaluation of the adequacy of the proposed pollution control devices to meet standards for point sources and to meet AAQ standards. (*-As applicable)


Chapter 2

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

PROJECT DESCRIPTION …2

16

2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT The sugar factory of DBRKPSSKL has been given on lease to SRSL and the management of SRSL has now decided to undertake sugar factory expansion from 5000 TCD to 10000 TCD. 2.2 NEED OF PROJECT As discussed in Chapter-1,in India, sugar is an essential item of mass consumption and the cheapest source of energy, supplying around 10 percent of the daily calorie intake. India is the second largest producer of sugar (16.3 million ton production in 2008-09).It, however, ranks 15th in export rankings (0.23 million ton exports in 2008-09) as India is the largest consumer of sugar in the world. Raw as well as refined sugar prices plunged this year on expectation that output in Brazil and India, the second biggest producer, will increase. Raw sugar prices declined by 45 percent since the start of the year 2010 amid hopes that global output will rebound. Four factors determine sugar production in India: Area under sugarcane production (Max. acreage of 4.43 million hectare) Sugarcane yield per hectare (Max. yield of 71.3 tonnes per hectare) The production of sugarcane that is crushed by sugar factories in relation to the total

sugarcane produced (Max drawl percentage = 69%) Recovery of sugar (Max recovery = 10.48%) Sugar factory is the 2nd largest agro-based

industry in the Country. 2.2.1 Employment Generation Potential Activities under expansion project of DBRKPSSKL would improve socio-economic status of people in the study area in terms of local employment and contract basis jobs. A question was raised during public hearing regarding manpower details. Consultant replied that the proposed activity could provide employment opportunities to the skilled and semi-skilled local populace, especially in small-scale business and other related services. No any additional employment would be executed under expansion. Expansion activities would be done by utilizing existing manpower. Following table 2.1 gives details about the number of workers employed in the existing set up.

Table2.1Details of Manpower

Sr. No.

Unit Existing Unskilled Skilled

1 Sugar & Co-gen 521 116 Total 637

2.2.2 Export Potential of the Products

There is a good demand for products from the manufacturing, in India as well as abroad. Sugar from existing set up is exported out of state. Moreover, the electricity produced from co-gen is taken to switch yard from where it is fed to MSEB grid. Some part of electricity is used for meeting captive needs in the industrial complex.


17

2.3 PROJECT LOCATION As described in earlier chapter, the sugar factory expansion would be implemented in existing DBRKPSSKL complex located at Ganganagar, Ichalkaranji, Taluka-Hatkanangale, Dist- Kolhapur, Maharashtra.Geographical location of the site is 74°26’33.99” E longitude and 16°42’47.79"N latitude. While making selection of site for existing activities of DBRKPSSKL, certain aspects were taken in to consideration prominently. The same were namely – (1) Availability of all basic facilities like water, electricity, man power, raw material such as Sugar cane etc., (2) Kolhapur district had rail and road links to prominent market places so that procurement of raw material as well as marketing of finished product was easier and economical, (3) Availability of good communication facilities, (4) No rehabilitation and resettlement required, (5) No national park or wildlife habitats were located in immediate vicinity of the project site. Refer Chapter-3for Google image of study area within 10 Km radius of the DBRKPSSKL plant.

Table 2.2Salient Features of the DBRKPSSKL Project Site

Sr. No.

Particulars Details

1. Name and Address of the Industry

DBRKPSSKL Sugar Factory given on lease to Shree Renuka Sugars Ltd., Ganganagar, Ichalkaranji, Tal.: Hatkanangale, Dist.: Kolhapur

2. Total Land Acquired(Sugar) 5,94,651.39 Sq.M. (59.4 Ha)3. Elevation 582 M above MSL4. Nearest Habitation Ichalkaranji (1.48 Km)5. Nearest City Ichalkaranji(1.48 Km)6. Nearest Highway NH 204 – 4.78 Km7. Nearest Railway Track from

Project Site Hatkanangale railway station (4.42 Km)

8. Nearest airport Kolhapur (18 Km) 9. Nearest tourist places Ramling Mandir(10 Km)10. Defense installations Nil within 10 Km radius11. Archaeological important Nil within 10 Km radius12. Ecological sensitive zones Nil within 10 Km radius13. Reserved /Protected forest /

National Parks/ Wildlife Sanctuary (from Project Site)

Nil within 10 Km radius

14. Nearest streams / Rivers / water bodies (from Project Site)

Panchganga river (4.8Km) Atigare Lake (8.50 Km)

15. Nearest Industrial Area Sri Laxmi Co-op. Industrial Estate (4.28 Km) 16. Interstate Boundary Maharashtra–Karnataka interstate boundary @4.80

Km.17. Site Co-ordinates (all

corners) 16°42'48.65"N, 74°26'11.88"E 16°42'36.16"N , 74°26'16.16"E 16°42'35.48"N , 74°26'33.15"E 16°42'40.27"N , 74°27'1.42"E 16°42'57.50"N 74°26'37.26"E


18

2.3.1 Site History

DBRKPSSKL is located in Ganganagar, Taluka Hatkanangale of Kolhapur district in Maharashtra. DBRKPSSKL industry was registered on 1st October 1955. Sugar factory of DBRKPSSKL was commenced in the year 1958. The approval for existing 5000 TCD sugar factory capacity was obtained long back in year 1978. Before establishment of sugar factory on procured land by DBRKPSSKL, entire land was non-agricultural land. The land was acquired from villagers. Thereafter, in 2010, DBRKPSSKL was taken on lease by Shree Renuka sugars Ltd. (SRSL). Moreover, Co-gen plant of 30 MW capacity was commissioned in the year 2010. Lease deed between SRSL and DBRKPSSKL was made on 30.09.2011 for a period of 18 years from commencing of crushing season.

Figure 2.1 Images Showing Site History

Image a: - Land use Status of Existing Sugar Factory before Establishment of Cogen Plant by DBRKPSSKL– 2007

Image b: -Land use Status of Existing Sugar Factory after establishment of Co-gen Plant and Distillery by DBRKPSSKL– 2017

Distillery Unit (On lease by Saideep Traders) Existing Sugar Factory & Co-gen Plant (On lease by SRSL)

Existing Sugar Factory


19

2.4 DETAILS OF LAND REQUIREMENT

Total land area acquired by the DBRKPSSKL is 59.4 Ha. Out of this total built up area is 20.57 Ha. Detailed area statement is given below -

Table 2.3Area Statement of DBRKPSSKL

Sr. No.

Description Area (Sq. M.)

A. Administration Block 4243.00B. Residential Colony 14411.00C. General Office 1640.54D. Meeting Hall 390.17E. Agriculture Office 313.60F. Civil Office & Dispensary 559.31G. Cycle stand 620.88H. Time Office 324.13I. Petrol Pump 3137.73J. Sugar Factory & Co-gen Plant1. Cane Yard 28280.002. Weigh Bridge 236.813. Lavatory Block 42.334. Cane Unloader and Cane Carrier 1362.405. Mill House & Boiler 3251.936. Boiler House 782.647. Bagasse Yard 19490.608. RCC Stack 40.169. Work Shop 610.1510. Power House 3130.0011. Boiler House 515.1012. Sugar Godowns 21203.4113. Spray Pond 9585.2014. Pump House 226.4115. Water Reservoir 178516. Molasses Tank 1535017. ETP Plant 4042.5018. Sanitary Block(1&2) 440.7019. Irrigation Account Office 279.7820. Staff Quarters 11905.721. Account Office 384.6022. Veterinary Dispensary 50.4823. Shed (Hamal Patra) 220.0424. Switch Yard 2976.0025. Fertilizer Godown 1508.0026. Proposed Project area 38685.04K Existing Distillery (On lease by Saideep Traders) 8093.71L Area under Roads 12140M Total Built up (A+B+C+D+E+F+G+H+I+J+K+L) 212259.1

N Open area 186157.4O Existing Green Belt Area (15% of Total plot area) 89197.7


20

Sr. No.

Description Area (Sq. M.)

P Proposed Green Belt Area under expansion (18% of Total plot area.)

107037.25

Total Plot Area (M+N+O+P) 594651.39

From the above table, it could be seen that the land available with DBRKPSSKL for various purposes is adequate as per the requirements. In an area other than the project space, additional infrastructure for green belt development would be provided. Refer Appendix–A for plot layout plan of project site.

2.5 PROJECT OPERATIONS, APPROVALS AND IMPLEMENTATION

Presently, in the integrated project complex of DBRKPSSKL, 5000 TCD sugar factory, 30 MW co-gen and 45 KLPD Distillery is in operation. Existing 5000 TCD sugar factory has been granted Consent to Operate (CTO) form Maharashtra Pollution Control Board (MPCB) dated 08.11.2000 which was issued prior to the EIA notification No. S. O. 1533 (E) dated 14.09.2006.Existing Co-gen plant has been granted Environmental Clearance (EC) by Department of Environment (DoE), Maharashtra dated 18.11.2009.Copy of the latest CTO for existing unit of sugar factory and EC Letter w.r.t. existing co-gen is enclosed at Appendix-B. Sugar Factory expansion project will be implemented only after obtaining requisite approvals, permissions, consents from MPCB etc. Project would be formulated in such a fashion and manner so that the utmost care of safety norms and environment protection measures shall be taken. Project details in respect of days of operation w.r.t. DBRKPSSKL project is given in Table 2.4.

A question was raised during public hearing regarding manpower details. Consultant replied that sugar factory and cogeneration plant will be operated for 200 days after expansion.

Table 2.4 Working Pattern

Sr. No. Type of Activity Days of Operation 1. Sugar Factory and Co-gen Plant 200 Days 2. Distillery 240 Days

2.5.1 Plan for Approval and Implementation Schedule

Table 2.5 Plan for Project Implementation Schedule

Sr. No

Activity Date of Approval / Implementation schedule

1 Grant of EC by MoEFCC January 2019 2 Construction and Erection of Machinery March 2019 (Start) 3 Application for Consent to Operate from MPCB June 20194 Trials & Commissioning of plant August 2019

Refer List of Equipments under existing and expansion of sugar factory at Appendix-C.


21

2.6 TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS DESCRIPTION

2.6.1 Product The details of products that are being manufactured under existing sugar factory, co-gen and distillery as well as those to be manufactured under sugar expansion are represented in following table.

Table 2.6 List of Products for Integrated complex

Industrial unit

Product& By-product

Quantity Existing Expansion Total

Sugar Factory

Capacity (5000 TCD) (5000 TCD) (10,000 TCD)Sugar (13%)* 650 MT/D 650 MT/D 1300 MT/DMolasses (4.5%)* 225 MT/D 225 MT/D 450 MT/DBagasse (30%)* 1500 MT/D 1500 MT/D 3000 MT/DPress Mud (4%)* 200 MT/D 200 MT/D 400 MT/D

Co-Gen Electricity 30 MW -- 30 MW Distillery Rectified Spirit 1350 KL/M -- 1350 KL/M

Fusel Oil 0.8 KL/M -- 0.8 KL/M

* - Percent of Cane Crushed 2.6.2 Raw Material for Integrated Project

Basic raw materials required for existing as well as proposed along with their quantities and sources are listed in the following tables-

Table 2.7 List of Raw Materials

Name of Raw Material Existing Quantity

Expansion Quantity

Total Quantity

Source Sugar Factory Existing

(5,000TCD)Expansion

(5,000 TCD)Total

(10,000 TCD) Sugarcane 5,000 MT/Day 5,000 MT/Day 10,000 MT/Day Near By FarmsLime 10 MT/Day 10 MT/Day 20 MT/Day

Local Vendor

Orthophoshporic acid 0.2 MT/ Day 0.2MT/Day 0.4 MT/Day Sulphur 3.1 MT/Day 3.1MT/Day 6.2 MT/Day Oil & Grease 0.3 MT/Day 0.3 MT/Day 0.6 MT/Day

Table 2.8 Cane Availability Within 25 Km (Circle-wise)

Sr. No.

Circle Name

Total cane cultivated area in Ha. Yield in

MT

Actual Cane availability area in Ha. Yield in

MT Plant cane

Ratoon Total Plant cane

Ratoon Total

1 Ichalkaranji 1846 1561 3407 298130 868 773 1642 1436352 Abdul Lat 1508 1100 2608 228200 462 698 1160 1014593 Hatkanagale 3128 3538 6666 583275 1491 584 2075 1815494 Aurwad 1907 1416 3323 290780 555 651 1206 1055325 Jayshingpur 5880 3560 9441 826070 1978 1256 3234 283010


22

Sr. No.

Circle Name

Total cane cultivated area in Ha. Yield in

MT

Actual Cane availability area in Ha. Yield in

MT Plant cane

Ratoon Total Plant cane

Ratoon Total

6 Kurandawad 3726 4310 8036 703150 569 595 1165 1019147 Bedkihal 3792 4363 8155 713580 582 466 1053 921388 Hupari 3744 2480 6224 544600 1348 701 2079 1819089 Shirol 9428 5176 14604 1277850 1109 1031 2139 18718410 Kagal 4566 3273 7839 685930 603 553 1156 10112211 Kunnur 3236 2100 5336 466900 411 297 708 61969

Total 42761 32878 75640 66,18,465 9976 7606 17616 15,41,419Note: The availability of cane mentioned above is from farms within 25 Km from project site. In addition to this, there is availability of cane from other farms.

Table 2.9 Bagasse Availability

No. Description Quantity 1. Sugar Cane Crushing 10000 TCD2. Working Days of Sugar Factory 200 Days3. Total Crushing 20,00,000 MT / Season4. Bagasse Quantity generated @ 30% of Cane Crushed 3000 MT / Day5. Bagasse Quantity generated during season 6,00,000 MT / Season6. Daily Bagasse required for Co-gen 1526.4 MT/Day7. Bagasse required for Co-gen during season(200 Days) 3,05,280 MT/Season8. Total Saved Bagasse during season 2,94,720 MT/Season

2.6.3 Raw Material and Product Transportation Details Sugarcane as raw material for sugar factory shall be made available from nearby farms in 25Km area from the factory. During cultivation of sugarcane in farms, farmers inform the field men of DBRKPSSKL (who are appointed region wise) regarding the start of cultivation. Later on, the field men submit the information to sugar factory office. Accordingly, days of maturation of sugarcane cultivation are calculated and labours as well as vehicles are forwarded by the industry to the individual farms for its harvesting.Subsequently, this harvested cane is brought to sugar factory site and consumed for processing within 24 hrs. The vehicles filled with cane wait in parking lot for their turn and directly dump their contents on the carrier chain leading to mills. Hence, no any bulk storage of sugarcane is done on site. Sugarcane shall be transported to site through various means of transportation viz. bullock carts, trucks and tractor trolleys. Ample parking space is provided, at industry site, for the bullock carts and other vehicles.

Table 2.10 Sugarcane Transportation Details

Sr. No.

Type of Vehicle Avg. wt (MT)

/ Vehicle Daily No. of

Vehicles Quantity of Cane (MT)

%

1. Bullock Carts 1.6 400 640 6 2. Power Carts 4.5 150 540 5 3. Tractor Trolleys 18 450 8100 814. Trucks 12 50 720 7

Total 31.5 900 10,000 99


23

Table 2.11 Sugar and Pressmud Transportation Details

Sr. No.

Product Type of Vehicles

Daily No. of Vehicles

Daily Quantity of Material, MT

1. Sugar Trucks 10 975 2. Pressmud [During Season

only] Trolley 2 200

A question was asked w.r.t. transportation details and traffic management plan. It was informed that Industry has already constructed a good road network in the area without taking any money from farmers. There under Rui to Ketkale road planning for one way has been done through survey and consultation with traffic police department A proposal towards declaration of the one-way & road categorization is pending at the district collector office and he requested Chairman of PH panel - Shri Sanjay Shinde (ADM) - to clear the same at the earliest. Also, it was informed that the road above which the conveyor belt is passing is in the premises owned by the sugar factory which can be verified from 7/12 extract. Appendix-L for Traffic Management Plan. 2.6.3.1 Storage Details of Product, By-products and Raw materials

Table2.12 Storage Details of Product & By-Products

No. Product, By-products

and Raw Materials Mode of Storage

Details of Storage

1. Lime, Orthophoshporic acid Sulphur

HDPE Bags Store

2. Sulphur HDPE Bags Store3. Lubricants Barrels / Tins Store4. Sugar P.P. Bags Stacking in Godowns 5. Bagasse

(By-product) Bagasse Yard Burnt in boiler as fuel. Maximum

quantity of 7500 MT stored in area of 3750 Sq.M.

6. Pressmud (By-product) Windrows Sale online to farmers as manure. (Storage area – 4046 Sq.M.)

7. Molasses Steel Tanks Sale. Three Steel Tanks of capacity 3513.80 MT, 3597.50 MT and 3727.90 MT

2.6.4 Manufacturing Process

2.6.4.1 Sugar Manufacturing Process Matured, clean and fresh cut sugar cane from the field of cultivators is brought by bullock carts, trucks &tractor trolleys to sugar factory site. It is weighted on the electronic platform type weigh bridge. The carts, trucks &trolleys are unloaded into cane carrier by mechanical unloader. The cane is cut into small fine pieces by means of chopper, leveler, cutter & fibrizor called the cane preparatory devices. The prepared cane is then crushed by five or six mill tandem. The imbibitions hot water is added before last mill for better extraction of juice. The all juice extracted is screened through DSM or rotary screen, weighted by mass flow matter and sent to boiling house for further processing. The last mill bagasse, which is a by-product, is used for co-gen boiler as a fuel. Saved bagasse shall also be used for co-generation in the off-season. The weighed and mixed juice is heated upto 70°C to 75°C in juice heater


24

and sent to reaction tank where same is treated with milk of lime and SO2 gas and the pH is kept as 7 to 7.1. This sulphured juice is again heated up to 100°C to 105°C in juice heater and sent to clarifier for sedimentation. Here, clear juice and precipitated non-sugars, organic & inorganic chemicals are separated which are called mud of the clarifier. The mud is filtered by means of vacuum filter unit where sugary filtrate and press cake (pressmud) are separated. The filtrate is reprocessed and pressmud, which is a by-product, is used as filler material for bio-composting. The clear juice from clarifier having 95°C temperature is heated to 112°C to 115°C in the juice heater and taken to evaporator set where 16° Brix juice is concentrated up to 60° Brix syrup. Thereafter, it is again treated with SO2 gas and finally sulphured syrup is sent to pan floor supply tanks. At pan section, 3 massecuite boiling system or 3.5 massecuite boiling is adopted accordingly to purities of basic products. 1. A Massecuite – Syrup + Melt + A light + Dry seed or B seed 2. B Massecuite – A Heavy + B Grain 3. C Massecuite – B Heavy + C Light + C Grain

Slurry is used for B & C grain preparation. After boiling massecuite in the vaccum pans, it is discharged in the crystallizers for maturation and cooling purpose. The cooled A, B, C massecuite are then taken for separation of sugar and mother liquor through continuous high speed and batch type automatic three speed machines. Thus, all mother liquors, B sugar and C sugar are taken for reprocess and the white sugar is taken from drying and cooling through hoppers and elevators to grader where L30, M30&S30sugar is separated. The dust is taken for reprocess. C mass mother liquor is called final molasses which is a byproduct that is sold for distilleries. It could be consumed in own distillery also for production of alcohol, ENA & ethanol. The above graded white sugar is taken to silo and then it is filled in bags after weighing (50 Kg net wt.)and some are sent to go downs for storage.


25

Figure 2.2 Flow Diagram of Sugar &Co-gen Process

2.6.4.2 Co-generation Manufacturing Process Co-generation is broadly defined as the coincident generation of useful thermal energy and electrical power from the same input fuel. Thus, cogeneration can allow the energy consumers to lower their energy costs, through use of the energy normally wasted in conventional systems as losses. The useful thermal energy could be in the form of hot gases, hot liquids or steam; generally used for meeting the process and or heating requirements. When the thermal energy is required in the form of steam, industries employ steam boilers for raising the required steam at the required pressure and temperatures, suitable for the process. Under proposed expansion project of sugar factory 10,000 TCD of cane crushing shall be done in 24 hours (i.e.) 416.6 TCH. Also, the co-gen plant is sized adequately by considering Operations n at more than 5,000 TCD i.e.10,000 TCD crushing capacity. The power distribution system will also be sized to meet with the power requirement at 10,000 TCD crushing level. The proposed co-generation power export scheme for the DBRKPSSKL Plant consists of a one existing boiler of having capacity 140 TPH. Cogeneration will be done through steam turbines of back pressure route and double extraction and condensing route (DCE) by installing 67 ata steam pressure boiler at 520 oC steam temperature and using steam turbines.


26

Table 2.13 Electricity Requirement Details

Sr.No. Industrial Unit Existing Expansion 1. Sugar Factory & Colony 5.2 MW/Hr. 9.5 MW/Hr. 2. Co-gen 1.8 MW/Hr. 3.5 MW/Hr. 3. Export 15.6 MW/Hr. 17 MW/Hr. Total 22.6 MW/Hr. 30 MW/Hr.

Figure 2.3 Flow Diagram of Co-gen Process

Main Steam header-133.5 TPH

Boiler- 140 TPH

Economizer

HPH

D/A

To ejector & Gland Seal-0.5 TPH

T/G I/L-133 TPH

30 MW 30000 kWh

To HP Heater- 6 TPH

MP Process Steam-4

To Deaerator-3TPH

LP Process Steam-110TPH

Steam to condenser-10TPH

C


27

Table 2.14Steam Balance

Sr. No.

Particulars Unit Existing Capacity Proposed Expansion

Capacity 1 Cane Crushing TCD 5000 10000 2 Crushing Rate TCH 208 417 3 Boiler Capacity TPH 140 140 4 Steam Generation TPH 130 138 5 Steam to Deareator TPH 4 4 6 Steam to Condensor TPH 20 8 7 Steam to HP Heater TPH 16 8 8 Steam to Process TPH 90 118 9 Steam % Cane % 43.50 28.30

Steam usage under existing unit (5000 TCD) is 43.50 % on cane. After expansion, the steam usage will be reduced to 28.30 % on cane. The steps taken to reduce the steam % cane are as follows:

Table 2.15Steam Saving Measures

Sr. No.

Particulars Unit Existing Proposed Expansion

1 Provision of liquid to liquid juice heater for RJ heating (Steam saving @ 2.75% on cane)

TPH ‐ 11.50

2 Installation of FFE set instead of conventional Evaporator set & using 4th body vapours to VKT for all three massecuite. (Steam Saving @ 10.9%)

TPH ‐ 45.50

3 Heat recovery system for Sulphur burner (steam saving @ 0.5% on cane)

TPH ‐ 2.00

4 Provision of first vapour to molasses conditioner instead of 7 Kg/cm2 (Steam saving @ 0.5% on cane)

TPH ‐ 2.00

5 Provision of exhaust instead of 7 kg/cm2 to SHWW for A curing (Steam saving @ 0.5 % on cane)

TPH ‐ 2.00

6 Total steam saving TPH - 63.00

2.6.4.3 Distillery Manufacturing Process

Molasses is stored in mild steel storage tank. Proper care is taken to cool down molasses before it goes to molasses tanks. Then the molasses is pumped from the MS storage tanks to weighing scales. Here it is weighed on automatic weighing scales and then fed for further processing. In the production of ethyl alcohol from molasses, two major steps are involved. 1) Fermentation of Molasses with the help of yeast strains of the species Saccharomyces

cerevisiae to produce 6% to 8% alcohol in the fermented wash; and 2) Distillation of the fermented wash for recovery and concentration of alcohol.


28

Fermentation Molasses containing 40 to 50% of total sugar is weighed and diluted with clean as well as fresh water to the desired concentration. This is achieved in a continuous diluter. The molasses-water mixture have a specific gravity to the tune of 1.060 for pre-fermentation and specific gravity of to the tune of 1.096 to 1.100 for the main fermentation process. The molasses with sp. gr. of 1.060 is taken in to pre-fermenters and to it, ready compressed yeast is added for further activation. As soon as the yeast becomes active in solution, the molasses-yeast slurry is transferred to main fermenters for the process of conversion of sugars into alcohol. It takes about 24 to 30 hours to complete the fermentation reaction. Sugar in the molasses gets converted into ethyl alcohol and carbon dioxide through metabolic activities of the yeast. The fermentation efficiency observed, in above process, is generally to the tune of 85% and ethyl alcohol concentration to the tune of 6% to 8% of volume in the fermented wash is obtained. This depends on the quality of molasses & its total sugar content. Distillation

The fermented wash, then, is taken to Distillation House. The distillation unit mainly consists of wash boiling column and rectification column. Before feeding to the boiling column the fermented wash is passed through beer heater and heat exchangers where the final temperature rises to about 850 C to 900C.Fermented wash is fed to the wash boiling column from its top and open steam is introduced from its bottom. While the wash trickles from the top, alcohol vapours get recovered along with rising steam. The alcohol vapours, analyzed from this wash boiling column, containing 40% to 45% of alcohol is then fed to rectification column at its bottom. Here, in this column, alcohol rectification from 45% to 95% has taken place. The product i.e. 95% alcohol is drawn from the top of rectification column where temperature is @ 780C, which is boiling point of rectified spirit. Thereafter, the alcohol would be cooled and stored in daily receiving tanks. Condensers and refluxes is provided to each column for proper concentration and condensation. About one beer heater and one condenser are provided for the boiling column, whereas two condensers and one beer heater are provided to the rectification column. The daily product manufactured is transferred to spirit storage warehouse.

Figure2.4Flow Diagram of Distillery

Molasses

Weighing of Molasses

Dilution of Molasses

Pre-fermenter

Culture Yeast

Fermentation

Distillation

Rectified Spirit


29

2.7 SOURCES OF POLLUTION AND THEIR CONTROL The sources of pollution from existing and proposed operations in the DBRKPSSKL complex shall be mainly manufacturing operations and processes in the industry, boiler and stand by D.G., cooling towers etc. Detailed identification and quantification of impacts, due to above sources, are separated under various heads. They are – (1) Water Pollution, (2) Air Pollution, (3) Noise Pollution, (4) Hazardous Wastes, (5) Solid Waste, and (6) Land Pollution.

2.7.1 Water Pollution

2.7.1.1 Water Consumption of Sugar and Co-gen

The assignment w.r.t. water pollution aspect was done by Dr. Sangram Ghugare who is an in-house Functional Area Expert (FAE) for WP. Fresh water requirement for existing and proposed activities shall be met from the Panchganga River. Also, the condensate i.e. natural water present in sugarcane becoming available after crushing of cane followed by subsequent processing, evaporation and condensation operation shall be recycled in process.

During public hearing, a question was asked regarding water requirement. It was informed by the consultant that total water requirement for DBRKPSSKL integrated project complex (Sugar and co-gen) after expansion shall be to the tune of2330M3/Day. Out of this, 2280 M3/Day would be condensate water and 50 M3/Day would be fresh water requirement. It could be observed that no any fresh water would be required for industrial purpose in sugar factory& co-gen plant except for drinking purpose i.e.50 M3/Day. No any fresh water will be required for expansion of 10,000 TCD Crushing. Initial one time fresh water requirement before the start of crushing season would be 22,400 CMD.

The fresh water consumption for industrial purpose in sugar factory is 5 Lit./MT of sugarcane crushed against the CPCB norm of 100 Lit./MT of cane crushed. Refer Appendix – D for water permission letter.

Table 2.16 Details of Water Consumption in Sugar Factory & Co-gen Plant of DBRKPSSKL

No. Description Sugar Factory & Co-gen Plant

Existing Unit (5000 TCD & 30 MW)

After Expansion (10,000 TCD & 30 MW)

1. Domestic #50 #50

2. Industrial a. Process *126 *253 b. Steam &Vapour Drain *9 *17 c. Cooling 1456 (#461 + *995) *1456 d.Boiler, DM BW & Sulphur burner

#369 *534

e. Lab & Washing *10 *20 Industrial Total (a+b+c+d+e)

1970 (#830 + *1140)

*2280

3. Total (1+2) 2020 (#880 + *1140) (56 % recycle)

(Fresh Water Consumption @ 176 Lit. / MT of Cane Crushed Against Norm of 100 Lit / MT)

2330 (#50 + *2280) (98% Recycle)

(Fresh Water Consumption @ 5 Lit./MTof Cane Crushed Against Norm of 100 Lit. /MT)

Note:#- Actual quantity of fresh water taken from Panchganga River. * - Cane Condensate water.


30

2.7.1.2 Water Consumption from Distillery

Existing Distillery unit of DBRKPSSKL is leased to Saideep Traders. The water consumption is as follows-

Table 2.17 Water Consumption for 45 KLPD Molasses Based Distillery

No. Purpose Consumption

(M3/Day) Remarks

1. Domestic #0.4 ----

2. Industrial Process using boiler, cooling and other

#620 The existing water consumption rate in distillery is 13.8 KL / KL of Alcohol.

Total (1+2) #620.4

Note: # - Fresh water For the working pattern in DBRKPSSKL complex, overall water requirement becomes as follows- Total water consumption

For the Sugar Factory and Co-Gen plant; total fresh water requirement in a season of 200 Days shall be - 50 CMD X 200 Days = 10,000 M3/Season

Initial fresh water requirement =22,400 M3/Day (Season) Distillery : Fresh water requirement in a season of 240 days is

620.4 M3/Day X 240 Days = 1,48,896 M3/Season Total Fresh water requirement = 1,81,296M3/Season

From above calculations; it is seen that total fresh water requirement in DBRKPSSKL campus is1,81,296M3/Season. This figure works out to be 0.18Million M3. The permission granted to DBRKPSSKL by Irrigation Department; Govt. of Maharashtra for lifting fresh water from the Panchganga River reservoir is 0.463 Million M3, which is more than the actual usage under existing as well as proposed expansion activities in the complex. 2.7.1.3 Effluent Generation from Sugar & Co-gen

2.7.1.3.1 Domestic Effluent

The domestic effluent from existing activities of DBRKPSSKL sugar factory and co-gen plant is to the tune of 45 M3/Day. Presently, the same is treated in septic tanks followed by soak pits. The domestic effluent after expansion will be treated in proposed Sewage Treatment Plant (STP). 2.7.1.3.2 Industrial Effluent

Industrial effluent would be generated from the various industrial operations & processes in DBRKPSSKL complex. Details of effluents generated from existing and expansion activities in sugar factory, co-gen plant and distillery are presented in following table.


31

Table 2.18 Effluent Generation in Sugar Factory & Co-gen Plant of DBRKPSSKL

No. Description Sugar Factory

Remarks Existing (5000 TCD & 30 MW)

Expansion (10000 TCD & 30 MW)

1. Domestic 45 45 Prop. STP

2. Industrial Existing ETP to be Upgraded under Expansion Project.

a. Process 126 253

b. Steam &Vapour Drain 9 17

c. Cooling 66 66

d. Boiler, DM BW & Sulphur burner

369 534

e. Lab & Washing 10 20

Industrial (a+b+c+d+e)

580 (Effluent Generation @ 116 Lit./MT Cane against 200 Lit/MT as per MoEFCC Notification)

890 (Effluent Generation @ 89 Lit./MT Cane against 200 Lit/MT as per MoEFCC Notification)

Rate of Effluent Generation Reduced by 23%

As shown in Table 2.18,subsequent to implementation of expansion, total effluent generated from sugar factory and co-gen plant activities to the tune of 890M3/Day. The effluent generated shall be treated in existing ETP which will be upgraded after sugar factory expansion. Effluents from sugar factory and co-gen plant would be generated @ 89 Lit./MT of cane crushed against norm of 200 Lit./MT of cane crushed as per MoEFCC Notification. The treated water from sugar factory ETP shall be used for gardening and on farmland. 2.7.1.4 Agricultural Management Plan for Utilization of Treated Effluent

Table 2.19 Agricultural Management Plan

Sr. No.

Description Details

1. Classification of soil Loamy2. Hydraulic loading rate applicable to loamy Clay

Loam oil 110and170m3/Ha./day

3. Consider average hydraulic load 140 cum/Hectare/day 4. Total greenbelt area 19.6Hectare5. After expansion treated effluent from ETP 890cum/day6. Hence total area requirement load Treatedeffluent/Averagehydraulic

= 890/140 =6.35Hectare

7. Factory having existing greenbelt 8.92Hectare


32

From above table, it is observed that the land available is adequate to take care of treated effluent utilization. How ever the proposed 10.71 Ha green belt area will be developed within three years. The total land available is 19.63Ha (Existing-8.92+Proposed 10.71). Hence the land available is adequate even for proposed greenbelt development. In additional to our greenbelt, the Farmers in the vicinity are also requested to supply the treated water for their own land for crop cultivation on land area of 165 Ha. During public hearing, a question was asked regarding utilization of treated effluent. It was informed that after expansion there will be 25 to 30% reduction in generation of wastewater from the sugar factory & cogen plant which is a very positive aspect. Also, treated effluent can be used for gardening as well as in the farms.

The ETP units comprises of namely Oil skimmer, Anaerobic Tank, Aeration Tank, Clarifier, Pressure Sand Filter, Activated Carbon Filter, Treated water tank. Excess sludge will be forwarded to Sludge Drying Beds (SDBs). The treated effluent shall be used for gardening and on farmland. Presently, two days storage tank has been provided for treated water. As per CREP norms, 15 days storage capacity tank for treated water shall be provided on site. Refer Appendix–E for photographs of online monitoring system.

2.7.1.5 Effluent Generation from Distillery

Table 2.20Effluent Generation from 45 KLPD Molasses Based Distillery

No. Purpose Effluent (M3/Day) Remarks

1. Domestic 0.3 Disposal on land for Irrigation2. Industrial

(Spentwash) 360 a. Re-boiler followed by bio-

composting b. Spentwash generation in

existing distillery is 11.9 KL/KL of alcohol.

Total (1+2) 360.3 -- Existing Distillery unit of DBRKPSSKL has been given on lease to Saideep Traders. The distillery is molasses based and has a capacity of 45 KLPD. Effluent generated from the 45 KLPD distillery plant comprises of raw spent wash and spent lees. A question was raised during public regarding treatment for effluent from ethanol plant. It was informed that, Raw spent wash is treated in re-boiler followed by bio-composting. Prior to the public hearing as well as during the actual event, number of representations and complaints were received by the SRO; MPCB Kolhapur office. Among those representations, there were many letters of complaint in respect of the existing distillery unit of DBRKPSSKL. Especially, the main points were w.r.t. spentwash handling; storage and disposal management through composting operations. It was repeatedly stated that practices of spentwash storage in the tank and composting operations on the yard were inefficient thereby leading to problems of percolation & seepage causing pollution of land and groundwater. Thus, the distillery unit of DBRKPSSKL (leased out to M/s. Saideep Traders) is persistent pain and problem area in the integrated complex of the industry. It is a well-known fact that sugar factory and co-gen plant, in an integrated complex, do not pose much threat of water pollution and the distillery is principle & prominent polluter of various environmental attributes.


33

During preparation of the Draft EIA report, submitted for conducting Public Hearing, all the possible information and data in respect of the DBRKdistillery’s operations and methodology of spentwash treatment and disposal was gathered through SRSL channel. The more or less generic information was incorporated in the report while stating general impacts of the distillery on the environment. During primary data collection; from physical observations and interactions with people for socio-economic data, the inefficient distillery operations and inadequate environmental management practices therein were understood. Ground water analysis results mentioned in the EIA; further throw light on pollution of the sources that has occurred over a period of time. From survey of other industrial operations and domestic activities in the study area, it could be concluded that there has been a substantial evidence for impact of distillery spentwash on the ground water quality.This point was also raised during public hearing on which certain clarifications from the SRSL management were presented when the distillery management (Saideep Traders) did not come forward to answer the questions of public and to defend environmental management in the distillery. The heat was clearly felt during the public hearing and this issue is going to be a problem area in future also. It is noted from certain documents (enclosed at Appendix-Q) procured from the MPCB office and those supplied by SRSL that spentwash handling, storage, treatment and disposal operations in the distillery, being operated by Saideep Traders, are not being carried out properly and efficiently. Due to inadequacy of the compost yard, the distillery management was directed to reduce its operational capacity from 45 KLPD to 30 KLPD so that less spentwash could be generated. Also, the distillery unit was given some notices for causing pollution of ground water through leakages in spentwash storage tank and leachates from compost yard. Under these circumstances the DBRKPSSKL management was requested to look in the matter and give directions to Saideep Traders for improving performances of the distillery. The consultant was not allowed to enter distillery premises nor supplied adequate information such as spentwash generation details, mass balance of composting, pressmud availability and compost disposal details etc. Under these circumstances precise details of the distillery operations and its impact could not be worked out. In light of above, in this EIA, only general information on the distillery and its operations have been stated which includes - generic impacts on air; water; land and other environmental attributes, aspects of odour, compost management, spent wash handling; storage and disposal, aesthetics etc. The specific impacts w.r.t. the distillery unit are not possible as the consultants were not allowed to visit the distillery and its environmental management infrastructure (spentwash tank, compost yard etc.) nor they were given any log books and other records on manufacturing; pollution control and management facilities, monitoring reports, routine compliance documents, visit reports of MPCB; CPCB & MoEF officials, details of legal actions and distillery performance in the past etc.


34

Figure 2.5 Flow Chart of Sugar Factory ETP

Oil Skimmer (8 x2 x1.6 M)

Effluent – 890 CMD

1st Anaerobic Tank (40 x 39 x 3 M)

Existing Aeration Tank (32 x 22 x 3 M)

Sludge Drying Beds‐2 Nos. (16 X 17 x 1 M)

Recirculation Line (RAS)

Treated Effluent to Irrigation

Treated Effluent Tank (40 x 25 x 1.2 M)

Online Monitoring System

Clarifier (13 M Ø X 3 M

SWD)

Pressure Sand Filter

Activated Carbon Filter

Legends: ‐ Existing Units

‐ Proposed Units

Excess Sludge

Proposed Aeration Tank MBBR (25 x 20 x 3.5 M)

Note: Existing Aeration tank to be converted into Anaerobic Tank


35

Figure 2.6Photographs of Existing ETP

AERATION TANK


36

2.7.2 Air Pollution Air Pollution can be defined as the presence in the outdoor atmosphere, of one or more air contaminants (i.e. dust, fumes, gas, mist, odour, smoke or vapour) in sufficient quantities, of such characteristics and of such duration so as to threaten or to be injurious to human, plant or animal life or to property, or which reasonably interferes with the comfortable enjoyment of life or property. The assignment w.r.t. Air Pollution (AP)aspect was done by In-house Functional Area Experts of EEIPL namely Dr. Sangram Ghugare. Also, the empanelled expert of EEIPL Mr. J. M. Gadgil and in-house FAE Mr.Yuvraj Damugade were in volved in the overall exercise w.r.t. Air Quality and Modeling studies i.e. AQ aspect w.r.t. the project. Under existing activities, one boilerof140 TPH capacity is installed and two D.G. Sets of 1010 KVA capacity each is installed on site. Fuel in the form of Bagasse is used for existing boiler to the tune of 63.6 MT/Hr. Diesel of quantity 200 Lit./Hr. is used as fuel for D.G. Sets. Steam required for existing sugar factory and co-gen plant is taken from same. Also, steam for proposed expansion will be taken from existing boiler. To control the particulate matter emission ESP followed by 75 M of stack is provided to the same boiler as APC. Following table gives details of existing boiler, fuel pattern, stack etc. Under existing unit of distillery separate boiler of 7 TPH capacity is installed on site. Coal to the tune of 30 MT/Day is used as fuel. Dust collector followed by bag filter is used as APC for distillery boiler along with a stack of 42 M.

Table 2.21 Details of Boiler and Stack in DBRKPSSKL

No. Description Existing Remarks / Details

1. Source Boiler D.G. set(2 Nos.) • Under expansion activity, No new Boiler shall be installed. • D.G. Set is operated only during power failure. • Online Monitoring System is installed on site.

2. Capacity 140 TPH 1010 KVA

3. Fuel Bagasse Diesel

4. Quantity 63.6 MT/Hr 200 Lit/Hr.

5. Calorific Value 2250 Kcal/Kg 10,500 Kcal/Kg

6. Material of Construction RCC MS

7. Shape Round Round

8. Stack Ht. 75 M 6 M

9. Internal Diameter 4.43 M 150 mm

10. Exit Gas Velocity 5-7.5 M/Sec --

11. ID Fan Capacity 75 M3/Sec --

12. APC Equip. ESP --


37

Table 2.22 Details of ESP

No. Description Details

1. Make ETS-ELEX

(I) Pvt. Ltd.

2. Gas Flow Inlet 287604

NM3/Hr.

3. Temperature Inlet 150 oC

4. Dust Load at ESP

Outlet

100

mg/NM3

5. Inlet Dust

Concentration

6 g/NM3

6. Overall Dust

Collection

Efficiency with all

fields

98.33 %

7. Effective

Migration

Velocity

8.18

Cm/Sec

8. Treatment Time 10.01 Sec

2.7.2.1 Fugitive Emissions Fugitive emission under existing and expansion activities of sugar factory shall be mainly the dust emissions. The sources of same are mill house, sugar bagging, bagasse yard, pressmud yard, internal kuccha roads, bagasse conveyor; feeding section and ash storage yard in co-gen plant, improper function of APC equipment etc.The trouble with dust in work zone and ambient atmospheres shall be controlled by certain dedicated measures. An action plan has been prepared in the industry that includes – proper exhaust and ventilation arrangements, monitoring of proper working of pollution control equipment, proper handling; storage and disposal of dust collected, use of PPEs for staff and workers, augmentation of existing green belt with adequate density and type to control and attenuate dust transfer in the premises, provision of properly surfaced internal roads and work premises (tarred and concrete).

2.7.2.2 Process Emissions There are no any sources of process emissions from existing sugar and co-gen unit. 2.7.3 Solid Waste Solid wastes from the industries are categorized as hazardous and non-hazardous. Waste that pose a substantial danger immediately or over a period of time to human, plant, or animal life


38

are classified as hazardous wastes. Non-hazardous waste is defined as the waste that contributes no damage to human or animal life. However, it only adds to the quantity of waste. The assignment w.r.t. solid and hazardous waste was done by in-house Functional Area Expert - Dr. Sangram Ghugare.

Table 2.23 Solid Waste Generation & Disposal

Sr. No.

Type of Waste Existing After Expansion

Disposal

Sugar and Co-gen Unit 1 Boiler Ash 21.6 MT/D 21.6 MT/D Farmers / sale to bricks

manufacturers2 ETP Sludge 2.5 MT/Yr. 3.5 MT/Yr. Used for Plantation as Manure Distillery

1 Boiler Ash 2.5 MT/D -- Mixed with pressmud and used for composting

Table 2.24Ash Storage Details

Sr. No.

Description Details

1 Unit Existing Co-Gen

2 Boiler 140 TPH 3 Ash Quantity 21.6 MT/D

4 Storage Type Sold to farmers /

brick manufacturers

5 Days of Storage 2 Days

6 Capacity 60 MT/Day

7 Transportation Trolleys

The ash generated from the proposed boilers shall be collected separately and taken to ash silo system having capacity 60 MT/Day. Water sprinkling arrangement is made to avoid suspension of fly ash into the air. Further ash generated from existing Co-gen boiler is sold to farmers/brick manufacturers.

Table 2.25 Sludge Storage Details

Sr. No.

Unit Sludge Sludge Quantity

Storage Area Disposal Existing Expansion

1. Sugar ETP Sludge

2.5 MT/Yr.

3.5MT/Yr. From SDB, it shall be filled in HDPE bags and kept in covered elevated concrete platform.

Sludge is utilized for green field plantation as manure


39

2.7.4 Hazardous Wastes The different types of hazardous wastes being generated from existing operations as well as those to be generated from proposed activities and their disposal methods are presented in following table.

Table 2.26 Details of Hazardous Waste

Sr. No.

Hazardous Waste Category

Quantity Disposal Existing Expansion Total

Sugar and Co-gen Unit 1 5.1- Spent Oil 2.5 MT/Yr. 2.5 MT/Yr. 5 MT/Yr. Burnt in Boiler 2. 5.2- Residue Oil 2.5 MT/Yr. 2.5 MT/Yr. 5 MT/Yr.

Distillery

1. Distillation Residue 2.5 MT/D -- 2.5 MT/D CHWTSDF

Refer Figure 2.7- given below for storage yard of hazardous waste

Figure 2.7 Storage Yard for Solid & Hazardous Waste

2.7.5 Noise Pollution Noise is normally defined as objectionable or unwanted sound, which is without agreeable quality and essentially non-euphonious. The concern on noise depends upon the noise level near the source, on the work environment and near the residential zone. Earlier, noise was summarized to be exclusively an occupational problem. But, since the effects are found also on people who are not directly involved, it has acquired wider dimension. Hence it is necessary to know the noise levels near the sources as well as near the residential colonies.


40

2.7.5.1. Sources of Noise Pollution In the sugar factory and co-gen; noise generating sources generally are the boiler house, turbine rooms, cane crushing section and mill house, etc. The expected noise levels in these sections would be in the range of 65 to 70 dB(A). All preventive measures such as regular operation & maintenance of pumps, motors, and compressors would be carried out and enclosures would be provided to abate noise levels at source. During public hearing a question was asked regarding noise pollution. It was informed that noise pollution the noise pollution sources, impacts and mitigation measures are mentioned in detail. Adequate noise abatement measures like silencer is implemented in this section. Moreover, enclosures to the machinery are provided wherever possible. It is predicted from existing unit that the magnitude of noise levels, from various sources, to the human habitation at a distance of 0.5 Km would be around 12 dB(A). Therefore, there would be no any significant change in the background noise levels in the premises of the industrial unit. Already a green belt has been provided in and around the Industry. The same would be further augmented adequately and properly so that it would further attenuate the noise levels. The noise would also be created by movement of trucks/ tractor trolleys and other vehicles for material transportation. However, this would not be of a continuous nature and would not have much impact on the work environment of the project site. Insulation helps considerably in limiting noise levels. The workers entering the plant shall be protected by earmuffs, which would give the reduction of about 30 dB (A). that 2.7.6 Odour Pollution

There are number of odour sources in existing sugar factory, which include molasses handling and storage, bacterial growth in interconnecting pipes & unattended drains. The measures adopted under existing unit for controlling the same are proper housekeeping, sludge management in biological ETP units, steaming of major pipe lines, regular use of bleaching powder in the drains, efficient handling, prompt & proper disposal of pressmud to compost yard. To abate the odour nuisance, the DBRKPSSKL has a concrete planning which includes following steps and actions- 1. Suitable plantation of fragrant species in and around the treatment units, which can

minimize undesirable smells. 2. Adoption of GMPs(Good Management Practices) 3. Arranging awareness and training camps for workers 4. Use of PPE like masks at odour prone areas 5. India has very few trained and skilled manpower as per the requirement of international

practices for the odour monitoring and control. Therefore, the human resource shall be 6. Proper House Keeping 7. Prompt Sludge Management in Biological Treatment Units 8. Efficient handling 9. Prompt and proper disposal of Pressmud


41

2.7.7 Land Pollution Land pollution may take place due to use of untreated effluent for gardening / irrigation purpose. Fly ash, if gets deposited and /or disposed on land in haphazard manner would lead to land pollution. Under expansion certain steps shall be taken and many advanced technologies shall be adopted that shall include – total revamping of existing sugar factory ETP with treatment up-gradation. Appropriate and adequate management practices including good housekeeping and periodic monitoring of various attributes contributing to dust shall considerably curb these types of emissions. 2.7.8 Budgetary Allocation by Industry towards Environment Protection The capital as well as O & M cost towards environmental aspects under the proposed expansion activities would be as follows –

Table 2.27Capital as Well As O & M Cost (Existing & Proposed Expansion)

Sr. No.

Description Cost Component Capital

(Rs. In Lakhs) O & M/Year

(Rs. in Lakhs) I Existing (5000 TCD and 30 MW Co-gen)

1. Installation of APC to Co-gen boiler with Stack Height 75 M & ESP. Online monitoring System of TPM installed for APC System.

Rs. 324.00

Rs.9.05

2. Water pollution Control- ETP, Online Monitoring System to ETP

Rs. 95.54 Rs.9.70

3. Solid Waste Disposal Rs. 23.00 Rs. 5.004. Occupational Health and Safety Rs. 40.00 Rs. 5.005. Green Belt Development Rs. 35.00 Rs. 5.006. CSR – Education School, Construction of Recreation

Hall Rs.560.00 --

Total Rs. 1077.54 Rs.33.75II Proposed Expansion(10,000 TCD)1. Water Pollution Control – ETP Up- gradation

(Primary & Tertiary) Rs. 234.00 Rs. 10.50

2. Occupational Health and Safety Rs. 20.00 Rs.2.403. CSR Rs. 200.00 --- Total Rs. 454.00 Rs. 12.90 Total after Expansion Rs. 1531.54 Rs. 46.65 A question was raised during public in respect of cost management of existing as well as proposed effluent treatment expenses. It was answered to public that under existing unit almost Rs. 1077.54 Lakhs have been spent for cost of ESP fitted as APC to boiler, ETP, solid waste disposal, occupational health and safety, green belt development and CSR. It was told that under prosed expansion about Rs.234 Lakhs shall be spent on ETP upgradation.


42

2.7.9 Waste Minimization Techniques in DBRKPSSKL

Table 2.28Waste Minimization Techniques

Sr. No.

Station Pollutant Preventive Measures Waste Management Options Cost

Nature Type1 Cane Yard Solid Cane trash

&dungImmediate collection

Compost Low

2 Bagasse StorageYard

Solid Bagasse Collect at the end of the season

Sale Low

3 Milling Section

Liquid Oil & grease Collect in trays which can be easily lifted & stored in drum

Can be sold as low grade lubricants or burnt in boilers after mixing with Bagasse

Low

Liquid Floor washings

Adopt dry cleaning, give proper slope to floors, improve collection system etc.

------ Low

Liquid Leakages & Spillovers

Use mechanical seals for all pump glands & alarms for overflow

Collect leakages &spillages in a pit and recycle into process

Low

Liquid Cooling Waters

Collect desuperheater& mill bearing cooling water

Recycle Low

4 Cane Carrier Solid Bagasse Use closed transfer system

Cover the drains so that Bagasse do not enter into the drains

High

5 Sulphur Burner

Gaseous SO2 Operate scrubbers efficiently

Provide mask to operators

Low

6 Lime Station Semi-solid Lime solution Provide proper slope to the drain

Allow it to mix with the effluent

Low

7 Clarificationand Vacuum Filters

Liquid Leak ages from pumps, glands & pipes overflow

Install over flow alarms & provide mechanical seals

Recycle the cooling Waters

Low

8 Boiler House

Liquid

Gaseous

Boiler blow Down Stack Emissions

Maintain boiler condition & also feed water quality

Adjust air fuel ratio for efficient combustion.

Check the air pollution control equipment performance

Use it for irrigation along with other effluents Fly ash can be used as soil conditioner/brick manufacturing

Low

High


43

Sr. No.


Nature Type 9 Crystallizer

& Pan Boiling

Liquid

Leakages from pumps Spillovers

Provide Mechanical seals wherever it is appropriate

Recycle all cooling Waters Avoid overloading the Equipment

Recycle the cooling Waters Collect spillages &recycle in process

Low

10 Evaporator & Juice Heating

Liquid Sugar entrainment

Provide additional external catchers for the last body evaporators & all vacuum pans

Use poly baffle stainless steel instead of umbrella type save all.

Pump gland shall be provided with mechanical seals to prevent leakages.

Recycle the water if there is no entrainment and in case there is entrainment use it for irrigation

High

11 Cleanings of Vessels, Boilers etc., & LaboratoryWashings

Liquid High BOD & COD, chemicals as NaOH, Sulphamic Acid, lead

Recycle NaOH for next cleaning. Provide standby units to have continuous operations. Store the effluent in a holding tank to avoid shock loads on ETP.

Controlled loading in ETP from a storage Tank Segregate laboratory effluents and join to storage tank

High

12 Pressmud Solid Soil conditioner

Immediate disposal.

Pressmud is sold to outside parties

Low

13 Molasses Semi-solid By-product Use only steel tanks.

Pressmud is sold to outside parties

High

14 *Fugitive Emission

Gaseous Sugar DustSO2

Dust collectors Scrubbers

Recycle High

15 Vibrating & Heavy Machinery

Noise Sound Use silencer pads & closed rooms

Provide earplugs &earmuffs to workers and also change the work environment frequently

Low

16 ETP Sludge Primary & secondary sludge

H.W. as per notification of 2010

Used for plantation as manure

Medium


44

Sr. No.


Nature Type 17 Bagasse Solid Dust & Fire Provide proper

ventilation for storage and also stand posts in case of fire

Store it far away from the industry

Low

18 Odour Gaseous ETP, stale cane Stale cane, bad mill sanitation, Bacterial growth in interconnecting pipes& unattended drains

Proper House Keeping, Better cane management to avoid staling of sugar

Sludge management in biological ETP units, Steaming of major pipe lines, Regular use of Bleaching powder in the drains, Efficient handling, prompt & proper disposal of Pressmud

Low

*The fugitive emissions are mainly sugar dust emanating from sugar graders. The SO2 emissions are from Sulphur Burner. The stack height should be above the roof level. If there are leakages, the SO2

gas may cause air pollution and hence, the provision for scrubbing of the SO2 shall be made.

2.8 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT PLAN The major sources for noise pollution, dust emissions due to existing as well as proposed expansion activities by DBRKPSSKL have been described above. Impact due to noise generation and particulate emission can be abated by plantation of green belt. Accordingly a comprehensive green belt has already been developed in DBRKPSSKL campus. Further, under proposed expansion augmentation of existing green belt shall be done in phase wise manner. Native and fast growing species shall be selected for green belt development. 2.8.1. Area Calculation for Green Belt Plan

Table 2.29 Area Details

No. Description Area (Sq. M.) A Total Plot area 594651.39B Total Open Area 186157.4C Existing Green Belt Area (15% of Total plot area) 89197.7D Proposed Green Belt Area under expansion (18% of Total

plot area) 107037.25

E Total Green belt – 33% of totalplot area 196234.95


45

During public hearing, a question was raised regarding green belt development. It was informed by the consultant that DBRKPSSKL is having an existing green belt of 89197.7 Sq. M. i.e. 15 % of total plot area. Proposed green belt area after expansion would be 107037.25 Sq.M. i.e. 18% of total plot area. 2.8.2. Existing Tree Plantation Total open space available in the premises of DBRKPSSKL (including existing sugar factory, co-gen plant) is 186157.4 Sq.M. (18.61 Ha). As per MoEFCC norms, green belt should be developed on 33% of the total plot area of industry. Under existing setup of DBRKPSSKL an area of 89197.7Sq.M.is under green belt which is only 15% of total plot area. The same is less than required norms of 33%. Refer Appendix – A for plot layout showing existing and proposed green belt.

Table 2.30 List of Trees under Existing Green Belt

Ornamental Plants Sr. No. Common Name Scientific Name No.of Species

1 Chafa Plumeria rubra 50 2 Jaswand Hibiscus rosasinensis 15 3 Kaneri Nerium oleander 20 4 Mehandi Lawsonia 35 5 Zendu Tageteserecta 50 6 Kamal Nelumbo nucifera 10 7 Duranda Durantaerecta 15 8 Mogara Jasminum 75 9 Gulab Rosa chinensis 90 A Total 360

Tree VegetationSr. No. Common Name Scientific Name No.of Species

1 Amba Mangifera Indica 150 2 Ashok PolyalthiaLongifolia 150 3 Babhul Acacia nilotica 25 4 Badam Terminalia catappa 31 5 Bamboo Bambusa vulgaris 25 6 Chiku Manilkarazapota 10 7 Chinch Tamarindusindica 52 8 Jambhul Syzygiumcumini 42 9 Kadunimb Azadirachtaindica 10 10 Palas Butea monosperma 7 11 Peru Psidium guajava 59 12 Sagvan Tectonagrandis 40 13 Neem Azadirachtaindica 15 14 Pimple Ficusreligiosa 15 15 Coconut Cocos nucifera 150 16 Umber Ficusracemosa 32 17 Wad (Banyan) FicusBenghalensis 22 18 Aawala Phyllanthus emblica 10


46

19 Rain Tree Samaneasamanea 91 20 Suru Casuarina equisetifolia 250 B Total 1186 Total (A+B) 1546

2.8.3. Proposed Tree Plantation Under proposed expansion of sugar factory, green belt would be developed on an area of 107037.25 Sq.M. (i.e. 18 % of total plot area). The total green belt under existing and proposed expansion would be 196234.95 Sq.M. (i.e. 33% of total plot area). A comprehensive ‘Green Belt Development' programme would be implemented in a phase wise manner under proposed activities, salient features of which are as follows – 1. Tree plantation at different tiers to suit existing topography. 2. Avenue plantation along the roads and shelterbelt plantation along the peripheral fence of

the plots. 3. Mass Plantation in certain pockets in the DBRKPSSKL campus. 4. Plantation of peculiar tree species serving typical purposes such as noise attenuation and

dust suppression at selected premises. 5. Lawns and landscaped gardens in the campus. 6. To arrest dust and to attenuate noise, plantation of certain species like

Mangiferaindica(Mango), Sesbaniagrandiflora (Shewarie) Derris indica (Karanj), Terminaliacatappa (Indian Almond Tree), Polyalthialongifolia (Ashok) etc. shall be done.

2.8.4. Criteria for Green Belt Development Emission of SPM, SO2 is the main criteria for consideration of green belt development. Plantation under green belt is provided to abate effects of the above emissions. Moreover, there would also be control on noise from the industry to surrounding localities as considerable attenuation would occur due to the barrier of trees provided in the green belt. Preparation for Plantation: Take pits of 2 X 2 X 2 ft. for good soil strata while 3 X 3 X 3 ft. for poor soils or murum

strata. Expose them to direct sun for 15 days Fill the pits as per availability of site soil-

o In case of shortage of good quality site soil : site soil (35%) + good fertile soil (35%) + good composted cow dung (30%) + Neem cake (200 gm)

o In case of good quality site soil: site soil (80%) + good composted cow dung (20%) + Neem cake (200gm) + leaf litter and grass or agri residue.

Plant appropriate sapling after rain starts Start watering after rains Make shade for saplings when temperatures rise, generally after February or March

depending upon local climate and condition of plants. This can be managed with bamboo sticks and locally available grass.


47

Figure 2.8


48

Figure 2.9


49

Figure 2.10


50

Figure 2.11 Image showing Existing and Proposed Green Belt by DBRKPSSKL

Legend: ‐ Proposed Green Belt, ‐ Existing Green Belt


51

2.9 RAIN WATER HARVESTING Rain water harvesting could be of two types namely harvesting from ground and harvesting from rooftops. The quantity of harvested rainwater that becomes available during and after precipitation depends upon a number of factors such as area of land, nature of soil, impervious or paved areas, plantation on the land, average annual rainfall in the region, ambient temperatures of the region, wind direction and speed etc. A. The Rooftop Harvesting Here collection of the rainwater getting accumulated from direct precipitation on the total roof area is taken in to account. The rainwater thus becoming available from terraces as well as roofs of various structures and units in the industrial premises would be collected through arrangements of channels and pipes to be provided as per appropriate slopes at the roof level. The collected rain water would then be taken to ground and either stored in open excavated tanks / ditches in the ground or charged directly to bore wells to be provided in the premises. For the calculation of rain water quantity that is going to become available subsequent to rooftop harvesting, a computation method from the ‘Hydrology and Water Resources Engineering’ has been adopted. There under, A. N. Khosla’s formula has been followed. The calculations are as under- Average annual rainfall in the area = 720mm Now, as per “A. N. Khosla’s Formula”, the average annual accumulation can be calculated by using the following equation: R = (P- t / 2.12) Where, R=Average annual accumulation in cm, for the catchment area. P=The corresponding average annual rainfall or precipitation, in cm, over the entire

catchment. (In current case it is 720 mm i.e. 72 cm) t = Mean annual temperature in deg. Centigrade. (In current case it is 270C.) The accumulation on the entire catchment area will be, R = (72 – 27/2.12) = 59.26 say 59 cm Volume acquired by this accumulation water will be, = 59 Cm Roof Top Area = 0.59 M 8198.7 M2

= 4837.23 M3 Thus, about 4837.23M3 of rainwater could become available during every season from the ‘Roof Top Harvesting’ operations. This when charged to open / bore wells would definitely have a positive impact on the ground water quantity. B. Surface Harvesting Under this type of harvesting, the rainwater getting accumulated through surface runoff, from land area in the industrial premises, would be collected and stored in open excavated tanks / pits to be provided in the industrial plot. This harvested rainwater would recharge the ground water through actions namely seepage and infiltration to the aquifers. On the open land in the premises counter bunding, terracing and dressing would be done so as to divert the rainwater


52

as per natural slopes to various tranches excavated on the plot in a decentralized manner. The entire industrial premises would be divided in zones and the harvested water from such zone would be directed to the nearest available ditch / tank constructed as mentioned above. Further, the recharge points would be located as per geometry of zones. Now, a. Average annual rainfall in the Kolhapur area – 720 mm b. Open land area in the industrial premises – 1,86,157.4Sq.M. c. Type and nature of the area with about 30% area being impervious (paved). Here, areas

under curing roads, bagasse storage and ash storage come in the category of paved surfaces.

d. Type of land in Kolhapur is on an average flat. e. Value of Runoff Co-efficient based on type and nature of area as well as the land is 0.40 f. Runoff getting accumulated from the land area under Point No. b above-

1,86,157.4Sq.M. X 0.720 M x 0.4 = 53,613.33 M3

Hence, the total water becoming available after rooftop and land harvesting would be 4837.23M3+ 53,613.3 M3= 58450.53M3 i.e. 58.45 ML

Refer, Appendix-F for rainwater harvesting layout.

Chapter 3

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT…3

53

3.1 INTRODUCTION This chapter incorporates description of existing environmental status in the 'Study Area' which is a region within a circle of 10 Km radius with the industry/plant at its centre. The existing environmental condition of the study area is representative of impacts due to all the industries, units and projects in it and is described with respect to the topography, climate, hydro-geological aspects, atmospheric conditions, water quality, soil characteristics, flora, fauna, socio-economic profile, land use and places of archaeological importance. The study area in respect of expansion project by D.B.R.K. Panchganga S.S.K. Ltd. (DBRKPSSKL) Leased to SRSL is located in Taluka Hatkanangale, of Kolhapur district. The industrial site is located at Latitude 16°42'47.79” N & Longitude 74°26' 33.99” E (MSL-582 M). 3.2 LAND USE AND LAND COVER (LU & LC) The term Land use relates to the human activity or economic function associated with a specific piece of Land, while the term Land Cover relates to the type of feature present on the surface of the earth (Lilles and Kiefer, 2000). The knowledge of Land Use Land Cover is important for many planning and management activities as it is considered as an essential element for modeling and understanding the earth system. Land use maps are presently being developed from local to National to Global Scales for Environmental Impact Studies. The satellite Remote Sensing technology has found its acceptance worldwide for rapid resource assessment and monitoring, particularly in the developing world. All these advancement have widened the applicability of Remotely Sensed data in various areas, like forest cover, vegetation type mapping, and their changes in regional scale. If satellite data is judiciously used along with the sufficient ground data, it is possible to carry out detailed forest inventories, monitoring of land Use and vegetation cover at various scales. The assignment w.r.t. land use and land cover mapping of study area using LISS IV Satellite Image has been done by Mr. Vinaykumar Kurakula who is an empanelled FAE of EEIPL for LU & LC. The scope of work methodology involved and allied details are presented in following paragraphs. 3.2.1 Scope of Work Major objective of the assignment was to prepare Land Use Land Cover map of the study area and simultaneously demarcating topographic features especially emphasizing drainage map of region. 3.2.2 Study Area

For the present study, an area of 10 Km radius from the DBRKPSSKL plant, (which comes to about 314 Sq. Km.) has been marked and selected as per guidelines. Also, there are many industries located in study area. Location of DBRKPSSKL industry is shown on satellite image in Figure 3.3 and visual interpretation keys used for the study are given in Figure 3.4 3.2.3 Purpose of Land Use Mapping Land use study requires data regarding topography, zoning, settlement, industry, forest, roads and traffic etc. The collection of this data was done from various secondary sources viz. census books, revenue records, state and central government offices, Survey of India


54

toposheets etc. and through primary field surveys as well as high resolution multi spectral satellite image from IRS RESOURCE SAT 2 Satellite with LISS IV sensor. The date of pass of the image is 10.11.2016. Apart from LULC Map, topographic features of the region were extracted covering village locations, streams, roads, river in the satellite image. In addition to this, natural drainage network is also captured to prepare drainage map as required. The purposes of land use studies are – To determine the present land use pattern; To analyze the impact on land use due to industrial growth in the study area; To give recommendations for optimizing the future land use pattern vis-à-vis growth of

industries in the study area and its associated impacts

3.2.4 Land use Map Analysis Land use Map Analysis done based on the image color, texture, Tone etc. Following steps are used to analyze the Land use pattern of project site: Collection of IRS Resourcesat-2 images and made fused and blended the images for color

combinations using Image interpreter-Utilities and Layer stack option available in ERDAS.

Identifying Area of interest and extracting a buffer of 10km radius. Enhance the Fused and blended IRS Resourcesat-2 image using the Spatial, Radiometric

and Temporal options in ERDAS. Rectify the IRS Resourcesat-2 image using Geo-referencing technique, Toposheet to get

UTM coordinate system. Subset the IRS Resourcesat-2 images and Toposheet using 10 Km buffer AOI. Automatic classifications done for IRS Resourcesat-2 images using maximum iterations

and number of options in unsupervised classification options. Create the signature file by selecting the more samples of different features with AOI on

Unsupervised classification image. Export to Vector layer from supervised classification image. Conducting QC / QA and finalized the data.

3.2.5 Methodology for LU & LC Study The overall methodology adopted and followed to achieve the objectives of the present study involves the following steps - Satellite data of IRS Resourcesat-2 sensor is geometrically corrected and enhanced using principal component method and Nearest Neighbourhood re-sampling technique. Preparation of basic themes like layout map, transport & settlement map and from the satellite image by visual interpretation. Essential maps (related to natural resources) like Land use / Land cover map are prepared by visual interpretation of the satellite imagery. Visual interpretation is carried out based on the image characteristics like tone, size, shape, pattern, texture, location, association, background etc. in conjunction with existing maps/ literature. Preliminary quality check and necessary corrections are carried out for all the maps prepared. All the maps prepared are converted into soft copy by digitization of contours and drainages. In that process editing, labelling, mosaicing, quality checking, data integration etc are done, finally Land use areas are measured in Square Kilometers.


55

Figure 3.1 Process Flow Chart


56

Figure 3.2 Google Image


57

Figure 3.3 Satellite Image


58

Figure 3.4 Visual Interpretation Keys used for the Study

Satellite Image 10 Kms Radius

Project Site

Railway Line

Settlement

Water Bodies

Roads

Scrub Land

Crop Land

Fallow Land

River

Barren Land


59

3.3 LAND USE STUDIES It includes study of topographic features and land use under which area statistics for Land Use Land Cover classes and Land Use Land Cover statistics are included. 3.3.1. Land Use of Study Area Land use map developed was based on the image colour, texture, tone and also ground truth verification data. Ground truth verification was carried out to validate the results of classified image and reconciliation was carried out with actual location of land mark features such as water bodies, agriculture land, etc. The supervised classification of the satellite image yielded the following classes:

Table 3.1 Area Statistics for Land Use Land Cover Classes

No. Land Use Land Cover Area (Ha) Percentage (%)

1 Built Up Area 5772.4 18.37 2 Crop Land 14740.9 46.92 3 Fallow Land 4093.8 13.03 4 Water Bodies 64.2 0.20 5 Barren land 2787.82 8.87 6 Scrub Land 3791.72 12.07 7 River 164.66 0.52

Total 31415.50 100.00 Graphical Presentation of Land use classification within 10 km radius of proposed project.

Figure 3.5 Land Use and Land Cover Statistics


60

Built Up Area: Built Up Area cover about 18.37 % of area within 10 km radius of study area. The surrounding villages around the project site are well developed with road electricity, and water connectivity. Crop land : Most of the land use within 10 km radius buffer is crop land. Crop land covers about 46.92% area. Fallow land: Fallow land, that covers about 13.03% area within 10km radius buffer. This fallow land is because of changing of crop type and leaving the land uncultivated to get fertile. Some of the fallow land is seen because of hilly region where there is lack of continuous water supply. Water Bodies: Water bodies covers about 0.20% in this study area. Main river that is passing is Panchganga River on the Southern side of the existing unit. Barren land: Barren land covers about 8.87 % of study area, this is due to open dry land with rocky surface. There is no possibility of any crop growth or plantation on this land.

3.3.2 Topographical Features Topographical map of proposed site is of scale 1:50,000 which was obtained from Survey of India. Map which is prepared with four topographical maps to cover study area. Area has good literacy rate and there is a lot of development taking place. Because of existing industries, the area is well developed. All the villages are well connected with the roads, water and electricity supply. Settlement map (Figure 3.8) showing location of villages and other allied details is presented below. Contours are digitized using the topographical maps with scale 1:50,000. Contours levels range from 540 to 780 M in 10 Km buffer zone. Contour map has been developed with contour interval of 20 M. In order to know height information, contour liners are indicated with different colors. Source of contour is from survey of India, topographical map. Contour values are with reference to mean Sea level. Proposed site is located at a height of around 560 M from MSL.


61

Figure 3.6 Land Use and Land Cover Map


62

Figure 3.7 Topographical Map


63

Figure 3.8 Settlement Map


64

3.4 SOIL CHARACTERISTICS

3.4.1 Introduction Agriculture is the main occupation pattern in the area. Hence, it is essential to determine agriculture potential of soil from the area and identify the impacts of urbanization and industrialization in the area. Study has been conducted to determine the agricultural and afforestation potential of the soil. The assignment w.r.t. Soil Conservation was done by Dr. J. B. Ghugare; Functional Area Expert for SC. 3.4.2 Methodology 3.4.2.1 Methodology of Data Generation For studying soil profile of the region, five locations were selected to assess the existing soil conditions in and around the project area representing various land use conditions. The physical and chemical properties and heavy metal concentrations of the soil were analyzed. The soil samples were collected once during October 2017 – November 2017 – December 2017. Soil samples were collected by ramming core-cutter in the soil up to a depth of 60 cm (by taking samples at different spots in the same area and then by mixing it homogeneously and considering it as one sample). 3.4.2.2 Sources of Information In addition to field surveys, the other sources of information were offices of National Bureau of Soil Survey and Land Use Planning (NBSS and LUP) as well as District Census Data from Census of India, 2011. 3.4.3 Soil Types Kolhapur district can be divided into three broad soil zones: (a) the western part, with heavy rainfall and is covered with lateritic soils, b) the fertile central part, with brownish well-drained soils of neutral reaction and c) the dry eastern zone, with precarious rainfall and covered with medium black soil of varying depth. The study area mainly consists of well drain to moderately drain soil with moderate erosion. Rice, Jowar, and Groundnut are grown on these soils in kharif season. Sugarcane is major crop in the study area. 3.4.4 Soil Sampling Soil samples were collected at selected locations in the study area to assess the existing soil conditions in and around the plant site. This will establish the baseline characteristics and will facilitate identification of the incremental concentrations from the proposed plant at a later stage. The baseline characteristics analyzed include the impact on soil due to the existing industries in the study area. Thus, the sampling locations were decided based on criteria listed below – To determine baseline soil characteristics of the study area; To determine the impact on soil characteristics due to the activities of the existing

industries located in the study area; To determine the impact on agricultural productivity of soil due to the proposed

expansion of sugar factory activity.


65

Overall, Five Soil Sampling points were selected. The locations are listed in Table 3.2. Soil characteristics presented in Table 3.3 are compared with standard classification given in Table 3.4. Comments on soil characteristics are presented at table 3.3.

Table 3.2 Soil Sampling Locations

Station Code

Location Name

Type Distance from site

(Km)

Direction w.r.t site

Latitude Longitude

MSL

S1 Industrial Site -- -- -- 16̊42’44.62”N 74̊26’29.63”E 582 M

S2 Korochi Rural 4.85 E 16̊42’51.19”N 74̊29’17.91”E 582 MS3 Kabnur Rural 1.00 S 16̊42’12.34”N 74̊26’32.49”E 565 MS4 Tilawani Rural 3.50 W 16̊42’53.56”N 74̊24’36.33”E 568 MS5 Yadrav Rural 4.85 E 16̊42’51.19”N 74̊29’17.91”E 558 M

Table 3.3 Existing Soil Characteristics

Sr. No.

Parameter Unit

Location Industrial

SiteKorochi Kabnur Tilawani Yadrav

(S1) (S2) (S3) (S4) (S5) 1. Colour -- Blackish Blackish Blackish Blackish Blackish2. Soil Texture -- Silty Loam Silty

LoamSilty

Loam Silty

Loam Silty

Loam3. Porosity % 36.40 40.15 35.49 31.57 30.254. Infiltration Rate cm/hr 2.51 2.34 2.68 2.11 2.085. Bulk Density gm/cc 1.36 1.31 1.38 1.40 1.416. Cation Exchange

Capacity meq/ 100 gm

3.108 2.281 3.152 4.167 4.280

7. Exchangeable Potassium

meq/ 100gm

0.641 0.415 0.724 0.869 0.809

8. Exchangeable Sodium

meq/ 100gm

0.354 0.198 0.343 0.445 0.489

9. Exchangeable Calcium

meq/ 100gm

1.320 0.949 1.230 1.565 1.630

10. Exchangeable Magnesium

meq/ 100gm

0.793 0.719 0.856 1.289 1.353

11. Sodium Adsorption Ratio (SAR)

------- 0.3443 0.2171 0.3360 0.3724 0.4006

12. Organic matter % 1.77 1.63 1.79 2.73 2.8013. Organic Carbon % 1.03 0.95 1.04 1.59 1.6314. pH -- 7.6 7.9 7.5 7.9 8.015. Electrical

Conductivity mS/cm 127 105 113 152 160

16. Calcium as Ca mg/100gm 26.4 18.98 24.59 31.29 32.5917. Magnesium as Mg mg/100gm 9.52 8.63 10.27 15.47 16.2318. Sodium as Na ppm 8.14 4.56 7.89 10.23 11.25


66

Sr. No.

Parameter Unit

Location Industrial

SiteKorochi Kabnur Tilawani Yadrav

(S1) (S2) (S3) (S4) (S5) 19. Nitrogen as N mg/kg 825.23 923.54 751.46 632.51 818.7920. Phosphorus as P mg/kg 17.23 20.29 21.25 26.54 30.2521. Potassium as K mg/kg 335.32 339.65 398.85 402.21 485.3622. Sulphate (SO4) mg/100gm 8.4 6.3 4.2 5.2 4.1623. Manganese as Mn ppm 64.1 87.9 75.9 66.5 91.224. Iron as Fe ppm 351.5 318.6 459.9 509.2 532.125. Lead (Pb) g/gm BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL26. Nickel (Ni) g/gm BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL27. Zinc as Zn ppm BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL28. Copper as Cu ppm BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL29. Boron as B ppm BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

3.4.4.1 General Observations pH of soil ranges from 7.5-8.0. It indicates neutral nature of soil. This indicates presence of clay material. The porosity varies between 30.25 to 40.15%, which can be categorized as moderate. Electricity Conductivity of all samples is in range of 105 to 160 mS/cm. Available Nitrogen in soil is in 632.51 – 825.23 mg/kg which can categorized as better nitrogen content soil. Phosphorous in the soil is in range of 17.23-30.25 mg/kg. As per standards soil classification it indicates that phosphorous contents of soil is on an average sufficient. The potassium available in samples is between 335.32-485.36 mg/kg. Heavy metals like Pb, Ni, Zn, Cu, B etc are Below Detectable Limit (BDL). As N,P,K values are adequate, soil is fertile at all locations, good quality of crops can be grown without use of fertilizers.

Table 3.4 Standard Soil Classification

No Soil Tests Classification1. pH

(* tolerable to crops)

<4.50 extremely acidic 4.50-5.50 very strongly acidic 5.00-5.50 strongly acidic 5.50-6.00 moderately acidic 6.00-6.50 slightly acidic

6.5-7.3 neutral * 7.3-7.8 slightly alkaline * 7.6-8.5 moderately alkaline* 8.5-9.0 strongly alkaline 9.0 very strongly alkaline

2. Salinity Electrical conductivity (mhos/ cm) (1 mhos/ cm = 640 PPM)

upto 1.00 average 1.01-2.00 harmful to germination 2.01-3.00 harmful to crops sensitive to salts

--

3. Organic Carbon upto 0.2 very less 0.21-0.4 less 0.41-0.5 medium

0.61-0.8 on an average sufficient 0.81-1.0 sufficient >1.0 more than sufficient

4. Nitrogen (kg/ha) upto 50 very less 51-100 less 101-150 good

151-300 better above 300 sufficient

5. Phosphorus (kg/ha) upto 15 very less 16-30 less

51-65 on an average sufficient 65-80 sufficient


67

No Soil Tests Classification 31-50 medium above 80 more than sufficient

6. Potash (kg/ha) 0 very less 120-180 less 181-240 medium

240-300 average 301-360 better above 360 more than sufficient

3.5 DRAINAGE AND GEOMORPHOLOGY The assignment w.r.t. Hydrology, Ground water & Water conservation and Geology (HG & GEO) has been done by Dr. J. B. Pishte who is an empanelled expert FAE of EEIPL for HG & GEO. The scope of work methodology involved and allied details are presented in following paragraphs. 3.5.1 Drainage

The topography of the region governs the drainage pattern of that area. If the area has well developed drainage pattern then the other resources are also well benefited through this. Geomorphologically the area exhibits rolling country. No prominent hills or other geomorphological features are visible in the area. As far as the drainage pattern of the study region is concerned, it has dendritic drainage pattern with one Perennial River (named Panchganga), which flows in meanders from West to East direction along with its large & tiny tributaries. The drainage map of the study area was prepared using the latest satellite image and the topographical map. 3.5.2 Geomorphology The district as a whole is monotonously covered by Deccan Trap basaltic lava flows, which, in turn, are covered by a thin mantle of soil almost everywhere. These flows, on account of differential weathering, give rise to undulating relief. There are no prominent hill ranges in the district and the region is characterized by typical Deccan Trap geomorphology.

The area around the project site rests on East slopes of the plateau. It has maximum elevation of about 600 MSL along the northern periphery and lowest elevation of less than 550 MSL is seen on South and East peripheral regions. The project site is located at around 580 M elevation on a gentle high-ground that slopes southernly from the plateau. Following image represents geo-morphological region of 10 Km radius around the project site.


68

Figure 3.9 Drainage Map


69

Figure 3.10 Geomorphological Map


70

Figure 3.11 Geological Map


71

3.6 GEOLOGY, HYDROLOGY AND HYDROGEOLOGY 3.6.1 Stratigraphic succession of Deccan Basalt Group of the Western Ghats

(After Beane et al.1986, Bodas et al. 1988, Cox and Hawkesworth, 1985, Subbarao and Hooper, 1988 and Khadri et al. 1988 in Geology of Maharashtra, editor Dr. G. G. Deshapande, 1998, by Geological Society of India, Bangalore – Modified to suite this report). The Deccan Trap Group is divided into three Sub-groups viz. Kalasubai, Lonawala and Wai. The Wai Sub-group is the youngest among these. It is exposed in the south with progressively younger flows from Nasik to Belgaum. As shown in Table 3.5, the Wai Sub-group is divided into five Formations. The area under study forms a part of the Mahabaleshwar Formation of Wai Sub-group.

Table 3.5 Stratigraphic Succession of Deccan Basalt Group

Deccan Basalt GroupSub Group Formation

Wai DesurPanhala

Mahabaleshwar AmbenaliPoladpur

Lonavala

Kalasubai Pre-Deccan Kaladagi Group

3.6.2 Extension of Deccan Trap Province

Geologically the area falls roughly in the middle part of the Deccan Volcanic Province (DVP) of Peninsular India. The DVP is dominated by basaltic lava flows of Deccan Traps. The Deccan Traps is the second most extensive geological formation in Peninsular India, next only to the Archaean igneous and metamorphic complex. It occupies large area covering parts of the states of Gujarat, Maharashtra, Madhya Pradesh and Karnataka. The lava flows of Deccan Traps are laterally continuous for considerable distances. It is possible to trace them laterally in exposures and sections on hill slopes and streams, and dug-wells on the basis of their physical properties. Two different types of lava flows have been recognized in Deccan Traps. They are the ‘Pahoehoe’ type and the ‘Aa’ or ‘Block’ type. Usually the flows which are made up of sub-flows or lobes, are called ‘compound’ flows. The other type, the ‘simple’ flows are without sub-flows or lobes.


72

Figure 3.12 Regional Geological Map of the Southernmost Exposures of the DVP with Other Stratigraphic Units

(adapted from GSI, 1987; Kale et al, 1999). The stratigraphic units depicted are (1) Quaternary sediments and Laterites; (2) Deccan Traps; (3) Badami Group; (4) Simikeri

Subgroup; (5) Lokapur Subgroup; (6) Closepet Granite and equivalents; (7) Hungund Schist Belt; (8) Shimoga Schist Belt; (9) Early Archean Granitoids and (10) Undifferentiated

Peninsular Gneissic Complex)

In figure 3.12 shows an extent of dominantly simple and compound lava flows. The simple flows equate to classic flood basalts formed by quite effusive eruption of very large quantities of low viscosity lava from open fissures. The compound flows are either the product of explosive activity from more viscous lavas or can be formed at the distal portion of simple flows where there is an increased viscosity from cooling and degassing. Both types of basalt flows tend to weather variably even across small outcrops. The compound flow basalts result from lavas, which lose much of their volatile gases prior to extrusion and hence are more viscous. This greater viscosity causes the remaining volatile gases to be trapped within the rapidly solidifying lava. The lava is characterized by rubbly upper and lower surfaces.


73

Figure 3.13 Lithological Section at West of DBRKPSSKL

Observations: Almost everywhere in the district, black cotton soil ranging in thickness from 0.3 metre to 2.0 meters is found to cover the top of the different flows. This black cotton soil is the ultimate product of weathering of Deccan Trap. Calcareous kankar nodules are commonly associated with these soils. The thickness of the soil cap along the river sections increases to as much as 3 to 4 meters. Figure 3.13 reflects a single simple flow. In the area under study simple type (AA type of flow) of flow consisting mainly of compact basalt is found exposed in all outcrops and sections (as shown in fig 4) at the locations visited during fieldwork. These rocks are Blackish to Grayish in color. Comparatively, these varieties of basalt are hard, massive than the Vesicular basalt. They are hard to break when fresh, but become fragile on exposure to atmosphere. The spacing of fractures in some parts of the flow is close while that in other parts is wider. Some parts of the flow show vesicles and are filled with secondary minerals belonging mostly to Zeolite Group. This form of cavity filling minerals is called ‘amygdaloidal’. These varieties of basalt do not show distinct joints but have irregular fractures. In Fig 4, seepages from fractures of compact basalt noted. Seepages of GW from shallow level in the subsurface region indicate an unconfined aquifer.


74

Figure 3.14 Lithological Section (Showing Seepages) at West of DBRKPSSKL

In Fig 6, lithological section shows two different rock types in in one single flow. The compact Basalt overlies the vesicular Basalt. Seepages from upper margins from CB indicate the Shallow Unconfined Aquifer. 3.6.3 Hydrology

3.6.3.1 Surface Water Hydrology River Panchganga flows through the study area in west to east direction. River Panchganga is perennial in nature. Apart from the river there is presence of lake – Atigare Lake within study area. The Water Quality Monitoring is carried out by various agencies viz. Central Water Commission (CWC), Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB), Groundwater Surveys & Development Agency (GSDA, Hydrology Project, Maharashtra Pollution Control Board (MPCB), Central Ground Water Board (CGWB) & Directorate of Irrigation Research and Development (DIRD). Hydrology Project takes care of surface water quality through sampling points spread over the state throughout the year; CGWB monitors dug wells in the


75

command area of major and medium irrigation projects. GSDA also monitors the dug wells as well as ground water levels of the state intermittently. 3.6.4 Hydrogeology

Hydrogeology is the study of occurrence, movements and storage of water in the rocks below the earth surface. Such water is called ‘Groundwater’. The rocks which allow movement and storage of water are called ‘aquifers’. The weathered part of rocks immediately below the surface forms a good aquifer. It is called ‘unconfined’ aquifer and is generally tapped by dug wells. The upper surface of unconfined aquifer is known as ‘water table’ and it apparent as the standing water level in dug wells. The aquifers occurring at some depth below the surface that are tapped by bore wells can be ‘confined’ or ‘semi-confined’ aquifers. As the groundwater moves through and stored in rocks, geology of the area plays very important role in understanding groundwater resources of an area. Ground Water The geologic zones important to groundwater must be identified as well as their structure in terms of water-holding and water-yielding capabilities. Hydrologic conditions furnish water to the underground zone; the subsurface data govern its distribution and movement. The unconfined aquifer in basaltic terrain around the project site is restricted to weathered zone adjacent to the earth surface underlain by fractured zone in the bedrock. Hydrology Project takes care of surface water quality through sampling points spread over the state throughout the year; CGWB monitors dug wells in the command area of major and medium irrigation projects. GSDA also monitors the dug wells as well as ground water levels of the state intermittently.

Table 3.6 Well inventory data for the area around DBRKPSSKL Site

Village / Well

location Latitude Longitude

R L of Ground

Level in m from MSL

Pre-monsoon

DTW(mbgl)

R.L. of Pre-monsoon

Water Level mmsl

1 16°42'48.05"N 74°26'42.67"E 566 2.5 563.52 16°43'2.15"N 74°26'45.60"E 568 6.1 561.9 3 16°42'59.67"N 74°26'5.76"E 544 2 5424 16°42'53.37"N 74°26'9.66"E 543 1.5 541.5 5 16°42'44.16"N 74°26'10.50"E 540 6.9 533.1 6 16°42'41.07"N 74°26'12.60"E 565 3.1 561.9 7 16°42'38.57"N 74°26'13.42"E 570 4 566 8 16°42'52.39"N 74°25'44.27"E 563 6.1 556.9 9 16°42'52.75"N 74°25'44.84"E 565 2.1 562.9 10 16°42'34.22"N 74°25'53.27"E 561 5.8 555.2 11 16°42'5.63"N 74°26'9.23"E 556 7.3 548.7


76

Village / Well

location Latitude Longitude

R L of Ground

Level in m from MSL

Pre-monsoon

DTW(mbgl)

R.L. of Pre-monsoon

Water Level mmsl

12 16°41'49.00"N 74°25'56.95"E 556 4.2 551.8 13 16°41'50.38"N 74°25'52.83"E 554 4.3 549.7

14 16°41'56.96"N 74°25'31.57"E 561 12 549

15 16°41'56.98"N 74°25'38.59"E 559 11.7 547.3

Figure 3.15 Well Monitoring Locations for the area around DBRKPSSKL Site

Hydrogeology is an interdisciplinary subject; it can be difficult to account fully for the chemical, physical, biological and even legal interaction between soil, water, nature and society. The study of the interaction between groundwater movement and geology can be quite complex. Groundwater does not always flow in the subsurface down-hill following the surface topography; groundwater follows pressure gradients (flow from high pressure to low) often following fractures and conduits in circuitous paths. Fig 8 reveals the well monitoring locations in the vicinity of DBRK Panchganga SSK Ltd project site.


77

Dug/Bore wells are more common and popular in the study area. Most of the wells are shallow type and water table is at about 5 M deep. The deep dug wells are up to a depth of 12 M.

Figure 3.16 GW Contour for the area around DBRKPSSKL Site

3.6.4.1 Ground Water Development and Management Strategy Maximum development of groundwater resources for beneficial use involves planning in terms of an entire groundwater basin. Recognizing that a basin is a large natural underground reservoir. Ground Water potential has been assessed as per data collected from the State Ground Water Department, Irrigation Department and Central Ground Water Board. In general, Granites and Dharwar schists that are known to be hard rocks, which have least porosity, mainly underlie the entire region. However, ground water allows to move and is found in pockets of the area in the zones of weathered, jointed and fractured rocks. The dug wells in the area generally tap water in the weathered zone and very few extend downwards in the tapping joints and fractured zones. The thickness of the weathered zone varies between the domestic wells and that of irrigation wells. Dug wells, generally located in valley areas and in the canal command areas, yield better ground water. Bore wells in the area are around approx. 300 Nos. and are normally up to a depth of 60-65 M. The yield of these wells as well as the pumping period varies from 4 to 6 hours/day. Most of the dug wells, dug-cum-bore and shallow bore wells up to 30 M tap the shallow aquifers.


78

The bore wells deeper than 30 M tap the water from fractures occurring in between 30 to 100 M depth which tap medium to deep aquifers. 3.7 METEOROLOGY

3.7.1 Introduction Micro-meteorological data within study area during air quality survey period is an indispensable part of air pollution studies. Meteorological data recorded during monitoring period is very useful for proper interpretation of the baseline information as well as for input to the predictive models for air quality dispersion. Historical data on meteorological parameters will also play an important role in identifying general meteorological status of region. Site specific data can be compared with historical data in order to identify changes, which may have taken place due to rapid industrialization in area. Micro-meteorological parameters regulate transport & diffusion of pollutants released into the atmosphere. Principal variables, which affect the micrometeorology, are horizontal connective transport (average wind speed & direction), vertical connective transport (atmospheric stability & inversion conditions) & topography of area. Climate of study area & surrounding area is generally dry except in southwest monsoon season. Year may broadly be divided into four seasons.

Winter season : December to February Pre-monsoon season : March to May Monsoon season : June to September Post monsoon season : October and November Temperature Climate of the district is a blend of coastal and inland elements common to Maharashtra. It receives abundant rainfall from June to September due to its proximity to the Western Ghats. The heavy rains often lead to severe flooding during these months. The temperature has a relatively narrow range between 10 °C to 35 °C. Summer in Kolhapur is comparatively cooler, but much more humid, than neighbouring inland cities. Maximum temperatures rarely exceed 38 °C and typically range between 33 and 35 °C. Lows during this season are around 24 °C to 26 °C. After the withdrawal of the south-west monsoon, early in October, day temperatures increase slightly but night temperature steadily decreases. After mid November both day and night temperatures begin to drop rapidly and December is the coldest month. Humidity is low in winter season making the weather much more pleasant. Except during the south-west monsoon seasons the daily range of temperature is quite large. Except during the monsoon season, the air is generally dry. From November to March the skies are generally clear or lightly clouded. Cloudiness increases progressively from May and during the south-west monsoon season the skies are heavily clouded to overcast. Winds are light to moderate in force with some strengthening during May to August. Rainfall District falls under the proximity of western ghat. It receives abundant rainfall. Most of rainfall is received during south-west monsoon in the months from June to September. This account for about 90-92 percent of the normal annual rainfall. The variation in the annual rainfall from year to year is large. The average annual rainfall of the district is 700 m to 1,200 mm.


79

3.7.2 Methodology The methodology adopted for monitoring surface observations is as per the standard norms laid down by Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) and the Indian Meteorology Department (IMD). On-site monitoring was undertaken for various meteorological variables in order to generate the data, which is then compared with the meteorological data generated by IMD from the nearest station at Kolhapur. 3.7.2.1 Methodology of Data Generation Meteorological data has been generated at site. Meteorological parameters were monitored for one season i.e. from October 2017 – November 2017 – December 2017. Details of parameters monitored, equipments used and the frequency of monitoring is given in Table 3.7

Table 3.7 Meteorological Parameters

No. Parameters Instrument Frequency 1. Wind Speed Counter Cup Anemometer Every Hour 2. Wind Direction Wind Vane Every Hour 3. Temperature Min. /Max. Thermometer Once in a day 4. Relative Humidity Dry/Wet bulb Thermometer Twice a day

3.7.2.2 Sources of Information Secondary information on meteorological conditions has been collected from the nearest IMD station at Kolhapur. Also, reference were taken from book climatological Normals (1971-2000). Wind roses, temperature, relative humidity, rainfall intensity have been compiled from IMD station, Kolhapur. Similarly, data on cloud cover is compiled from climatological tables from the IMD station of Kolhapur. 3.7.2.3 Wind Pattern at Project

Wind Speed & direction are recorded at site every hour. Predominant wind during study season is from East (E) direction. 3.8 AIR QUALITY

3.8.1 Introduction The ambient air quality with respect to study zone of 10 Km radius around the DBRKPSSKL site forms the baseline information. The study area represents some urban environment although there is dominance of rural habitation. The various sources of air pollution in the study area are commercial and residential activities from the urban as well as rural areas, transportation and vehicular traffic etc. The impact of said actions and events through various emissions is reflected in the results of ambient air quality monitoring. The major air pollutants released into atmosphere from the different sources are PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx and to small extent CO. However, these again vary with type and nature of the sources. This section describes selection of sampling locations, includes the methodology of sampling and analytical techniques with frequency of sampling. Presentation of results for the October


80

2017 – November 2017 – December 2017 survey is followed by observations. All the requisite monitoring assignments, sampling and analysis was conducted through the environmental laboratory of M/s. Horizon Services, Pune which is NABL accredited and MOEFCC; New Delhi approved organization. Further, same has received certifications namely ISO 9001– 2008, ISO 14001– 2004 and OHSAS 18001–2007 from DNV. Mr. J. M. Gadgil & Mr. Yuvraj Damugade are FAEs of EEIPL for AQ. 3.8.2 Methodology 3.8.2.1 Selection of Sampling Locations The baseline status of the ambient air quality has been assessed through an ambient air quality monitoring network. The design of monitoring network, in the air quality surveillance program, is based on considerations namely – (1) Meteorological conditions, (2) Topography of the study area, (3) Representativeness of regional background air quality for obtaining baseline status, and (4) Representativeness of likely industrial impact areas. Ambient air monitoring was conducted in the study area to assess the quality of air for SO2, NOx, CO, PM10 and PM2.5. Ambient AAQM stations were set up at eight locations with due consideration to the above mentioned points, details of which are presented below. Monitoring of air quality was done here over a period of one season.

Table 3.8 AAQM Location Details

AAQM Station Code

Location Name


(Km)


Latitude Longitude

A1 Site Industrial --- 16̊42’44.62”N 74̊26’29.63”E A 2 Yadrav Rural 4.85 E 16̊42’51.19”N 74̊29’17.91”E A 3 Korochi Rural 1.25 N 16̊43’25.92”N 74̊26’16.12”EA 4 Tilawani Rural 3.50 W 16̊42’53.56”N 74̊24’36.33”EA 5 Rui Rural 3.45 SW 16̊41’11.52”N 74̊25’36.07”EA 6 Ingli Rural 7.85 S 16̊39’55.27”N 74̊23’42.26”E A 7 Kabnur Rural 1.00 S 16̊42’12.34”N 74̊26’32.49”E A 8 Tardal Rural 4.25 NE 16°44’31.12”N 74°28’07.25”E

3.8.2.2 Parameters, Frequency and Analysis Methods for AAQ Monitoring The frequency adopted for sampling is two days per week; 24 hourly for all eight ambient air quality stations. The baseline data of air environment, for all the six monitoring stations, was generated. Details of same are presented in following table-


81

Table 3.9 AAQ Parameters, Monitoring Frequency and Analysis Methods

No. Parameters Frequency of Monitoring Analysis Methods 1. PM10 Continuous, 24 Hourly,

twice a week Gravimetric Method (IS:5182, Part IV) 2. PM2.5

3. SO2 8 Hourly, three samples/day, twice a week

Modified West and Gaeke Method (IS: 5182, Part II; Sodium Tetra chloro-mercurate).

4. NOx 8 Hourly, 3 samples/day, twice a week

Jacobs and Hochheiser Method (IS: 5182, Part VI)

5. CO Once in a day, once a week NDIR Method (IS: 5182, Part X) Note: Sampling of AAQM was done as per CPCB guidelines April 2013 3.8.3 Presentation of Results Summary of results for analysis of ambient air monitoring is presented in Table 3.10. The permissible ambient air quality limits are also presented in Table 3.11

Table 3.10 Summary of the AAQ Monitoring Results for Season

[October 2017 – November 2017 – December 2017]

Parameter Location

Site Korochi Tilawani Rui Yadrav Ingali Kabnur Tardal PM10

g/m3 Max. 73.30 63.90 61.00 62.40 63.80 62.40 64.96 60.42Min. 46.80 33.70 35.25 44.30 40.90 44.30 42.30 43.50Avg. 57.08 47.86 48.14 53.41 50.95 53.95 53.07 52.9298% 64.53 53.96 52.89 57.43 54.37 58.01 56.66 56.82

PM2.5

g/m3 Max. 28.90 23.00 22.90 25.90 22.80 25.90 24.00 24.10Min. 15.20 13.90 12.90 15.50 12.90 15.90 16.00 15.50Avg. 22.15 19.34 18.38 20.82 19.42 20.70 20.51 20.3798% 24.85 20.98 20.79 22.52 20.92 22.12 22.09 22.24

SO2

g/m3 Max. 47.90 34.00 34.00 36.94 33.98 36.94 36.00 38.81Min. 28.65 14.22 14.84 28.36 21.24 28.36 22.84 20.41Avg. 36.49 24.71 25.18 32.20 27.42 32.79 30.02 30.4798% 41.66 30.46 30.29 34.56 30.34 34.55 32.44 34.62

NOx g/m3

Max. 63.00 44.99 44.99 47.99 45.00 47.96 42.00 44.93Min. 38.89 19.40 19.40 30.38 27.25 30.38 27.45 28.45Avg. 50.74 31.90 32.72 39.64 35.42 40.65 35.39 36.7898% 55.65 38.68 38.42 42.73 38.67 42.86 38.48 41.73

CO mg/m3

Max. BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDLMin. BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDLAvg. BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL98% BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Note: PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx are computed based on 24 hourly values. CO is computed based on 8 hourly values. The CO concentrations were observed to be well below detectable limits and hence the

same are not mentioned in the above table.


82

Table 3.11 National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) Specified by CPCB Notification (New Delhi, the 18th November, 2009)

Zone Station

Industrial, Residential and Rural Area

Ecosensitive Area Notified by Govt.

PM10

g/M3 24 Hr 100 100 A.A. 60 60

PM2.5

g/M3 24 Hr 60 60 A.A. 40 40

SO2

g/M3 24 Hr 80 80 A.A. 50 20

NOx g/M3

24 Hr 80 80 A.A. 40 30

CO mg/M3

8 Hr 4 4 1 Hr 2 2

Note: A.A. represents “Annual Average

3.8.4 Observations Based On Period October 2017 – November 2017 – December 2017 The observations in respect of results presented in Table 3.10 are given below. Particulate Matter (PM10) PM10 values at all the seven locations are attributed to windblown dust. The 98 percentile values at seven stations viz. Industrial Site, Korochi, Tilawani, Rui, Yadrav, Ingali, Kabnur and Tardal are observed between 52.89 g/m3 to 64.53 which is below the permissible value of 100 g/m3 for residential zones. Average value of PM10 for industrial site is 57.08 g/m3 and those for the remaining stations remaining were observed to be in a range between 47.86 g/m3 to 57.08 g/m3, which are within the permissible limit of 100 g/M3. Particulate Matter (PM2.5) All the observed values are within the permissible limits for residential and rural conditions i.e. 60 g/M3. The average values range between 18.38 g/M3 to 22.15 g/M3 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) All the observations are well below the permissible limits of 80 g/M3 with average SO2 concentrations ranging between 24.71 g/M3 to 36.49 g/M3 Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) All the observed values are within the permissible limits for residential and rural conditions (i.e. 80 g/M3). The average values range between 31.90 g/M3 to 50.74 g/M3. Carbon Monoxide (CO) The Carbon Monoxide concentrations were Below Detectable Levels (BDL).


83

3.9 WATER QUALITY 3.9.1 Introduction Selected water quality parameters, for surface and ground water resources from the study area, have been considered for assessing water environment and to evaluate impact due to the project. Understanding water quality is important in environmental impact assessment and to identify critical issues with a view to suggest appropriate mitigation measures for implementation.

3.9.2 Methodology 3.9.2.1 Methodology of Data Generation Reconnaissance was undertaken and monitoring locations were finalized based on (1) Topomaps and drainage map to identify major water bodies, and (2) likely areas which can represent baseline conditions. Sampling and analysis of water samples for physical, chemical and heavy metals were undertaken through NABL & MoEFCC; New Delhi approved laboratory of M/s. Horizon Services, Pune. Eight locations for ground water and surface water samples were selected which are listed below.

Table 3.12 Monitoring Locations for Surface Water

Station Code

Location Name


(Km)

Direction w.r.t. site

Latitude Longitude

SW1 Panchganga (Chandoor)

River 6.05 SE 16°39’44.70”N 74°25’15.38”E

SW2 Panchganga (Ichalkaranji)

River 6.22 SW 16°39’54.86”N 74°28’25.73”E

SW3 Kabnur Nalla 1.34 S 16°42’17.33”N 74°26’03.09”E SW4 Takwade Nalla 7.89 SE 16°41’9.86”N 74°30’42.48”E SW5 Asara Nagar Nalla 3.15 SE 16°41’47.81”N 74°28’4.46”E SW6 Chandoor Nalla 3.11 SW 16°41’5.15”N 74°26’22.31”E

SW7 Kagwade Mala

Nalla 3.46 SE 16°41’9.57”N 74°27’35.98”E

SW8 Atigare Lake 8.54 SW 16°44’24.09”N 74°22’6.29”E

Table 3.13 Monitoring Locations for Ground Water

Location Location

Name Type

Distance from site

(Km)


Latitude Longitude

GW1 Industrial Premises

Open Well 0.30 E 16°43’49.67”N 74°26’45.08”E

GW2 Lokmanya Nagar

Open Well 0.59 N 16°43’01.97”N 74°26’45.57”E

GW3 Near Industry

Open Well 0.72 W 16°42’44.54”N 74°26’11.57”E


84

Location Location

Name Type

Distance from site

(Km)


Latitude Longitude

(W) GW4 Near

Colony Open Well 0.69 W 16°42’38.84”N 74°26’13.52”E

GW5 Korochi (SW)

Open Well 1.55 W 16°42’52.75”N 74°25’44.53”E

GW6 Rui Open Well 1.52 SW 16°42’16.30”N 74°25’54.35”E

GW7 Chandur Open Well 4.37 SW 16°40’41.10”N 74°25’23.29”E

GW8 Korochi (N)

Open Well 1.75 NW 16°43’32.59”N 74°26’03.44”E

3.9.3 Sampling Procedure for Primary Data Generation Ground and surface water sources, covered in an area of 10 Km radius from the proposed site were examined for physico-chemical, heavy metal and bacteriological parameters in order to assess the effect of industrial and other activities on surface and ground water. The samples were collected and analyzed as per procedures specified in ‘Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater’ published by American Public Health Association (APHA).Samples for chemical analysis were collected in polyethylene carboys. Samples were collected in sterilized glass bottles for bacteriological portability test. Parameters analyzed at the site were pH, temperature, odour, turbidity and dissolved oxygen using portable water analysis kits. Selected physic - chemical and bacteriological parameters have been analyzed for projecting the existing water quality status in the core area. Results for the parameters analyzed in surface water samples, are compared with Class ‘C’ water as per IS: 10500:2012, Second Revision; “Specifications for Drinking Water”.


85

3.9.4 Presentation of Results for Survey from Oct. 2017 – Nov. 2017 – Dec.2017

3.9.4.1 Surface Water - Analysis results for surface water are given in the table 3.14

Table 3.14 Surface Water Results

Sr. No.

Parameter Unit

Location Limits

IS 10500: 2012 Panchganga

River (Chandoor)

Panchganga River

(Ichalkaranji)

KabnurNalla

TakwadeNalla

Asara Nagar Nalla

Chandoor Nalla

KagwadeMala Nalla

Atigare Lake

1 pH ------ 7.92 8.06 7.15 7.46 7.54 7.48 7.51 8.06 6.5-8.5 2 Odour Odorless Odorless Pungent Pungent Pungent Pungent Pungent Odorless Not Specified 3 Temp 0C 22 24 26 27 28 27 28 26 Not Specified 4 Color --------- Colorless Colorless Blackish Blackish Blackish Blackish Blackish Colorless Not Specified 5 EC uS 580.62 666.05 3000.70 3352.79 3480.09 3942.67 4180.57 1121.72 Not Specified 6 TDS mg/lit 389.02 446.27 2010.52 2246.43 2331.72 2641.66 2801.05 751.57 5007 Turbidity NTU 0.40 0.50 2.36 3.80 4.11 5.69 4.52 0.8 1.00 8 Total

Suspended Solids

mg/lit 28.00 38.00 111.23 164.85 187.52 152.47 137.49 49.23 Not Specified

9 Chemical Oxygen Demand


10 BOD 3 days at 27o C


11 Ammonical Nitrogen as N


12 Nitrate as NO3

mg/lit 0.75 0.84 65.21 78.53 82.45 102.65 143.56 25.63 45 Max

13 Nitrite as NO2



86

Sr. No.

Parameter Unit

Location Limits


River (Chandoor)

Panchganga River

(Ichalkaranji)

KabnurNalla

TakwadeNalla

Asara Nagar Nalla

Chandoor Nalla

KagwadeMala Nalla

Atigare Lake

14 Phosphorous as P


15 Nitrogen as N


16 Sodium as Na


17 Potassium as K


18 Calcium as Ca

mg/lit 38.40 42.60 194.21 210.41 177.87 185.47 215.18 82.63 75.00

19 Magnesium as Mg

mg/lit 13.50 15.70 45.19 57.09 48.96 51.52 69.97 36.19 30.00

20 Total Hardness as CaCO3

mg/lit 151.62

171.18 671.71 761.24 646.39 675.94 826.23 355.68 200.00

21 Carbonates as CO32-

mg/lit NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL Not Specified

22 Bicarbonates as HCO3


23 Chlorides as Clˉ

mg/lit 48.20 62.40 363.02 380.01 415.10 456.26 428.63 108.23 250.00

24 Sulphates as SO4

mg/lit 24.30 28.25 215.63 226.26 205.87 269.69 251.47 48.96 200.00

25 Iron as Fe mg/lit 0.016 0.021 0.35 0.49 0.63 0.31 0.71 0.11 0.3026 Copper as

Cu mg/lit NIL NIL 0.001 NIL NIL NIL 0.002 NIL 0.05

27 Zinc as Zn mg/lit 0.012 0.015 0.215 0.145 0.29 0.078 0.211 0.025 5.00


87

Sr. No.

Parameter Unit

Location Limits


River (Chandoor)

Panchganga River

(Ichalkaranji)

KabnurNalla

TakwadeNalla

Asara Nagar Nalla

Chandoor Nalla

KagwadeMala Nalla

Atigare Lake

28 Arsenic as As

mg/lit NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL 0.01

29 Cadmium as Cd

mg/lit NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL 0.003

30 Chromium as Cr


31 Lead as Pb mg/lit NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL 0.01 32 Mercury as

Hg mg/lit NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL

0.001 33 Fluoride as

Fˉ mg/lit 0.20 0.35 1.23 1.35 0.95 1.56 1.16 0.62 1.00

34 Boron as B mg/lit NIL NIL 0.006 NIL NIL NIL NIL 0.0045 0.50 35 Total Coli

form MPN/100ml 133.00 150.00 452 523 589 639 749 203 0

36 Fecal Coli form

Org/100ml Present Present Present Present Present Present Present Present Absent


88

3.9.4.2 Ground Water - Analysis results for ground water are given in the table 3.15

Table 3.15 Ground Water Results

Sr. No.

Parameter Unit Location Limits IS

10500: 2012GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8

1 Colour -- Colourless Colourless Colourless Colourless Colourless Colourless Colourless Colourless Colourless2 Odour -- Odourless Odourless Odourless Odourless Odourless Odourless Odourless Odourless Agreeable3 pH -- 7.55 7.2 7.51 7.87 7.63 7.65 7.19 7.1 6.5-8.5 4 Conductivity uS/cm 1757.78 1271.31 1067.018 1670.29 1200.4 1982.53 1890.59 1948.5 Not

Specified5 TDS mg/lit 1177.74 851.8 714.92 1119.12 804.27 1328.33 1266.73 1305.53 < 500.00 6 Nitrite NO2 mg/lit 0.16 0.11 0.19 0.26 0.23 0.19 0.15 0.2 Not

Specified7 Nitrates as

NO3 mg/lit 1.43 2.55 3.29 3.65 4.39 3.63 3.75 4.85 < 45.00

8 Ortho Phosphate

mg/lit 0.11 0 0 0.25 0.31 0.17 0.25 0.3 Not Specified

9 Biochemical Oxygen Demand


10 Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD)


11 Potassium as K mg/lit 13.25 6.52 8.53 8.24 9.53 16.47 7.41 17.52 Not Specified

12 Sodium as Na mg/lit 16.21 18.35 20.21 14.52 21.26 17.52 14.87 13.25 Not Specified

13 Calcium as Ca mg/lit 105.18 80.11 95.63 126.1 115.23 148.2 140.42 158.63 < 75.00 14 Magnesium as mg/lit 69.82 39.78 45.23 75.8 57.89 84.11 79.67 98.92 < 30.00


89

Sr. No.

Parameter Unit Location Limits IS

10500: 2012 GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8

Mg 15 Total Hardness

as CaCO3 mg/lit 550.61 364.17 425.42 627.55 526.58 717.03 679.29 804.13 < 200.00

16 Carbonate as CO3--

mg/lit Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Not Specified

17 Bicarbonates as HCO3


18 Chlorides as Cl mg/lit 284.2 265.71 290.24 300.29 305.33 311.83 326.84 337.18 < 250.0019 Sulphates as

SO4 mg/lit 216.2 193.2 204.26 241.5 211.59 228.5 222.7 231.2 < 200.00

20 Fluorides as F mg/lit 0.42 0.35 0.29 0.24 0.38 0.37 0.24 0.17 < 1.00 21 Boron as B mg/lit Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil < 0.50 22 Iron as Fe mg/lit Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil < 0.30 23 Copper as Cu mg/lit Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil < 0.05 24 Chromium as

Cr+6 mg/lit 0.05 0.07 0.05 0.12 0.08 0.18 0.09 0.08 Not

Specified25 Nickel as Ni mg/lit Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil < 0.0226 Lead as Pb mg/lit Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil < 0.01 27 Mercury as Hg mg/lit Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil < 0.001 28 Cadmium as

Cd mg/lit Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil < 0.003

29 Arsenic as As mg/lit Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil < 0.01 30 Zinc as Zn mg/lit Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil <5.00


90

3.9.4.3 General Observations Surface Water: Table 3.11 shows surface water characteristics in study area of DBRKPSSKL, Hatkanagale, Kolhapur. For this study two samples of River Panchganga at villages viz. Chandoor and Ichalkaranji, five nalla water samples sites collected namely Kabnur, Takawde, Asara Nagar, Chandoor, Kagwade and one surface water location at Atigare lake are monitored. Nalla samples were collected and analyses per APHA (2015) and compared with IS (2012) standards. Panchganga River: Coliform including fecal coliform is exceeding the prescribed limit. Atigare Lake: The water of Atigare lake is found to be hard as hardness is well above the ISO, 2012 limit but other all parameters analysed of the lake including heavy metals were within limits except biological parameters viz. Coliforms including fecal form. Hence, the water of the lake and river is non-potable which can be used as source of domestic water by using proper water treatment method/technologies. Nalla water: The water at all sites is found to be neutral in nature. Parameters like TDS,Turbidity, Nitrates, Ca, Mg, CaCO3, Clˉ, SO4, Fe, Fˉ are exceeding the prescribed limits. Also, there is presence of coliform including fecal form in all samples. At all sites, water samples showed presence to total coliforms and fecal coliforms which are above the prescribed permissible limits. Hence from above observations it could be seen that the water is chemically as well as biologically not potable. 3.9.4.4 General Observations Ground Water: Table 3.15 shows ground water characteristics in study area of DBRKPSSKL. Ground water was collected at eight different locations which are listed in table 3.15. Same is analysed as per APHA (2015) and compared with IS (2012) for portability. Ground water result of these eight samples sites showed that the water is not potable, these sample contain high TDS. All samples were found to be colourless and odourless. The pH values were observed to be in neutral range. Conductivity in the sampled water ranged between 1067.018 to 1982.53 uS/cm. Total dissolved solids were found to be in the range from 804.27 mg/l to 1328.33 mg/l . Nitrite values were below detectable limits. Nitrate values were between 0.11 to 0.26 mg/lit. All sites recorded lower BOD values in the range of 5.2 to 17.42 mg/lit. The COD values recorded were between 13.52 to 38.92 mg/lit. Exceeding concentrations of Calcium, Magnesium and Hardness is observed at all locations All study sites showed presence of fluoride, however, they were within the permissible limits of 1 mg/lit. Heavy metals namely Cr, Ni, Pb, Hg, Cd and As were found to be BDL at all sites. Ground water results of these eight samples sites showed that the water is not potable, these sample contain high TDS.


91

3.10 NOISE LEVEL SURVEY 3.10.1 Introduction

The physical description of sound concerns its loudness as a function of frequency. Noise in general is that sound which is composed of many frequency components of various loudness distributed over the audible frequency range. Various noise scales have been introduced to describe, in a single number, the response of an average human to a complex sound made up of various frequencies at different loudness levels. The most common and universally accepted scale is the ‘A’ weighted scale which is measured as dB (A). This is more suitable for audible range of 20 to 20,000 HZ. The scale has been designed to weigh various components of noise according to the response of a human ear. The impact of noise sources on surrounding community depends on: Characteristics of noise sources (instantaneous, intermittent or continuous in nature). It

can be observed that steady noise is not as annoying as the one, which is of continuously varying loudness.

The time of day at which noise occurs, for example high noise levels at night in residential areas are not acceptable because of sleep disturbance.

The location of the noise source, with respect to noise sensitive land use, which determines the loudness and period of exposure.

The Environmental Impact of noise can have several effects varying from noise Induced hearing loss to annoyance depending on loudness of noise levels. The environmental impact assessment of noise from the industrial activity, vehicular traffic can be undertaken by taking into consideration various factors like potential damage to hearing, physiological responses, annoyance and general community responses. The study area of 10 Km radius with reference to the DBRKPSSKL industry site was covered for noise environment. The four zones viz. residential, commercial, industrial and silent zones have been considered for noise monitoring. Some of the major arterial roads were covered to assess the noise due to traffic. Noise monitoring was undertaken for 24 hours at each location. The purpose of noise pollution impact assessment in the study area is to assess impact of total noise generated by industries and vehicular traffic on the human settlements within 10 Km radius. The main objectives of the studies conducted were - Assessment of background noise levels Identification and monitoring the major noise sources of the existing activity Impact of noise on the workers as well as on general population. The assignment of noise was done by Functional Area Expert of EEIPL for NV - Mr. Vinay Kumar Kurakula in the month of November 2017. 3.10.2 Identification of Sampling Locations A preliminary reconnaissance survey was undertaken to identify the major noise generating sources in the area. Noise generating sources have been identified with respect to the activities, viz. industrial noise and ambient noise due to industries and traffic, which have impact on sensitive areas. The noise sampling locations have been indicated below.


92

3.10.2.1 Ambient Noise Monitoring Stations The noise survey involved determination of noise levels, in decibels, at following 8 locations in the study area. Noise levels were recorded once in a month for 24-hour period at each village.

Table 3.16 Noise Sampling Locations

Station Code

Location Name


(Km)

Direction w.r.t. site

Latitude Longitude

N1 Site Industrial --- 16̊42’44.62”N 74̊26’29.63”E N2 Yadrav Rural 4.85 E 16̊42’51.19”N 74̊29’17.91”E N3 Korochi Rural 1.25 N 16̊43’25.92”N 74̊26’16.12”E N4 Tilawani Rural 3.50 W 16̊42’53.56”N 74̊24’36.33”E N5 Rui Rural 3.45 SW 16̊41’11.52”N 74̊25’36.07”E N6 Ingali Rural 7.85 S 16̊39’55.27”N 74̊23’42.26”E N7 Kabnur Rural 1 S 16̊42’12.34”N 74̊26’32.49”E N8 Ichalkaranji City 1.42 E 16°42’32.43”N 74°27’22.03”E

Parameters Measured During Monitoring A noise rating developed by EPA for specification of community noise from all the sources is the day-night sound level, (Ldn). It is similar to a 24-hour equivalent sound level except that during the night-time period, which extends from 10 PM to 6 AM, a 10 dB (A) weighing penalty is added to the instantaneous sound level before computing 24 hour average. This night time penalty is added to account for the fact that noise during night, when people usually sleep, is judged more annoying than the same noise during the daytime. For noise levels measured over a given period of time interval, it is possible to describe important features of noise using statistical quantities. This is calculated using the percent of the certain noise levels exceeding during the time interval. The notation for the statistical quantities of noise levels is described below: L10 is the noise level exceeded 10 percent of the time L50 is the noise level exceeded 50 percent of the time, and L90 is the noise level exceeded 90 percent of the time Lday is equivalent noise level measured over a period of time during day (6 AM to 10 PM). Lnight is equivalent noise level measured over a period of time during night (10 PM to 6 AM). Equivalent Sound Pressure Level (Leq): The Leq is the equivalent continuous sound level that is equivalent to the same sound energy as the actual fluctuating sound measured in the same period. This is necessary because sound from noise source often fluctuates widely during a given period of time. This is calculated from the following equation: (L10-L90)2 Leq=L50+ ------------- 60


93

Ldn: The noise rating developed for community noise from all sources is all Day-Nights Sound Level (Ldn). It is similar to a 24 hr equivalent sound level except during night time period (10 PM to 6 AM) where a 10 dB(A) weighing penalty is added to the instantaneous sound level before computing the 24 hr average. The Ldn for a given location in a community may be calculated from the hourly Leq’s, by the equation. Ldn=10 log {1/24[15(10 Ld/10) +9 (10(Ln+10)/10)]} Where Ld is the equivalent sound level during the daytime (6 AM to 10 PM) and Ln is the equivalent sound level during the night-time (10 PM to 6 AM). 3.10.2.2 Method of Monitoring A detailed noise level survey was undertaken to study the levels of noise, as the high noise levels may cause adverse effect on human beings and the associated environment. The noise level monitoring was carried out through MoEFCC; New Delhi approved laboratory-M/s. Horizon Services, Pune - that has also received NABL as well as ISO 9001: 2008, ISO 14001:2004 and OHSAS 18001: 2007 accreditations by DNV.

3.10.2.3 Standards for Noise Levels MoEFCC has notified ambient air quality standards in respect of noise vide Gazette notification Dated 14th February 2000. It is based on the ‘A’ weighted equivalent noise level (Leq). The standards are given in following table

Table 3.17 Ambient Noise Level Standards

Area Code Category Limits in dB(A) Leq

Day Time Night Time A Industrial Area 75 70 B Commercial Area 65 55 C Residential Area 55 45 D Silence Zone 50 40

Ref: Gazette of India 14th Feb 2000. Standards for Occupational Noise: (U.S.A) Industrialized countries have specified limits for occupational noise exposure. The permissible noise exposure limit for industrial workers is primarily concerned with the harmful aspect of noise and its objective is to protect the hearing of majority of working people. The American Conference Government of Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH), USA has prescribed the following permissible noise exposure limits for industrial workers. These limits are given in Table 3.18

Table 3.18 Standards for Occupational Exposure

Exposure Time in Hour/day 8 4 2 1 1/2 1/4 1/8 1/16 1/32Limit in dB(A) 090 093 096 099 102 105 108 111 114

Exposure to continuous or intermittent noise louder than 115 dB(A) should not be permitted. Exposure to pulse or impact noise should not exceed 140 dB (A).


94

OSHA Standards: Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) have also prescribed the following allowable limits to noise exposure for industrial workers. These are given in the following Table 3.19

Table 3.19 OSHA Standards for Occupational Exposure

Duration per day (in hours) 8 6 4 3 2 1.5 1 0.5 0.25 Sound level in dB(A) 85 87 90 92 95 97 100 105 110

3.10.3 Presentation of Results The ambient noise levels measured are presented in Table 3.20. The table indicates equivalent noise levels viz. L10, L50, L90, Lday, Lnight and Ldn at different places located within the study area. Similarly, these values viz. Leq, Lday, Lnight and Ldn are compared with the limits.

Table 3.20 Ambient Noise Levels

Sr. No.

Location Average Noise Level in dB(a)L10 L50 L90 Leq (day) Leq (night) Ldn

1. N1 68.56 69.6 70.26 74.1 65.3 74.62. N2 40.25 45.1 46.69 55.5 36.1 53.73. N3 41.82 45.9 47.57 53.1 39.8 52.14. N4 41.52 46.6 47.2 55.1 39.6 53.85. N5 42.47 45.05 45.41 53.6 36.8 52.06. N6 39.59 44.2 45 49.9 39.5 49.77. N7 35.24 39.25 40.41 44.1 35.4 44.68. N8 40.58 45.1 45.69 48.3 42.8 50.6

3.10.3.1 Observations Industrial Site (N1) The equivalent noise level value, because of the activities in the vicinity, observed during day time is below the permissible limits for the observation period. Similarly, the night time values are also lower than the prescribed limits. Yadrav (N2) The day time level of 55.5 dB(A) is within the permissible limit. The night time observation 36.1 dB(A) is below permissible limit Korochi (N3) The equivalent noise level during day time is observed to be within the permissible limits. The equivalent value observed during night time is well below the permissible standards. Tilawani (N4) A highway NH - 204 passes by which cause rise in noise level during daytime upto 55.1 dB(A) which is within the permissible limit. The night time observation 39.6 dB (A) is also below permissible limit.


95

Rui (N5) This represents rural atmosphere. The daytime level of 53.6 dB (A) is within the permissible limit. Night time observation 36.8 dB (A) is below permissible limit. Ingali (N6) This represents rural atmosphere. The daytime level of 49.9 dB (A) is within the permissible limit. Night time observation 39.5 dB (A) is below permissible limit. Kabnur (N7) This represents rural atmosphere. The daytime level of 44.1 dB (A) is within the permissible limit. Night time observation 35.4 dB (A) is below permissible limit. Ichalkaranji (N8) This represents rural atmosphere. The daytime level of 48.3 dB (A) is within the permissible limit. Night time observation 42.8 dB (A) is below permissible limit. 3.11 SOCIO-ECONOMIC PROFILE 3.11.1 Introduction Socio-economic status of any population is an indicator for development of the region. Any developmental project will have bearing on the living conditions and on the economic base of population in particular and the region as a whole. Similarly, the proposed industry will have its share of socio-economic influence in the study area. The section delineates the overall appraisal of socially relevant attributes. This final report is a part of EIA study to be carried out as per the MoEFCC Notification No. 1533 (E). Dated 14th September, 2006. Survey of selected thirteen villages within the 10 Km radius of the study area was carried out with the help of an interview schedule. The objective of this survey was to understand the current socio-economic status of selected villages and the perception of the local people about the existing DBRKPSSKL as well as to know their awareness regarding the expansion of the sugar factory. The following data was collected in the month of November, 2016 by Dr. Anuradha J. Samant who is an in-house FAE of EEIPL and Mr. Neeraj Powar (FAA) assisted her. 3.11.2 Objective of the study The methodology adopted in assessment of socio-economic condition is as given below: 1. To study the social status of selected villages. 2. To analyze the economic condition of selected villages. 3. To know the opinion of villagers about expansion project. 4. To give appropriate suggestions.


96

3.11.3 Sources of Secondary Information As per the scope of this study, the information on socio-economic aspects has been gathered and compiled from several primary and secondary sources. The primary source include structured interview schedule and secondary data from the District Census Report, 2011 for District Kolhapur as these document is comprehensive and authentic. 3.11.4 Methodology of Questionnaire Survey The survey of 13 villages, selected out of 26 villages within the 10 Km radius of DBRKPSSKL, was carried out with the help of a structured close ended interview schedule, comprising of 36 questions in Marathi. The schedule was administered in month of November, 2017. Simple random disproportionate sampling technique was used i.e. a total of 236 locals were covered during the study. Table 3.21 Detail of Households and Sample Size

No. Village Sample Size 1. Kabnur 162. Chandur 13 3. Rangoli 264. Ingali 265. Sajani 246. Yadrav 107. Asra Nagar 68. Rui 209. Tardal 410. Ichalkaranji 511. Takawade 712. Tilawani 2613. Korochi 53

Total 236 3.11.5 Results and Discussion The villages in the study area are well connected by all weather roads. The male: female ratio among the respondents was 66:34 respectively. The difference in the ratio is visible as female members are usually less responsive.


97

Figure 3.17 Age Distribution within Sample size

Within the sample size, about (29%) respondents were between the age-group 31 to 40 and 41 to 50 respectively, 18% between 21 to 30 years, 12% between above 60 years and remaining 12% between 51 to 60 years and 15% (Fig. 3.17). A majority of the respondents within the sample size were literate as only 10% were illiterate. The literates had upto primary (19%), secondary (35%), higher secondary (20%), graduate (13%) and post graduate (3%) education. Within the surveyed area the respondents were reported to be involved in diverse livelihood activities such as agriculture, service, agriculture labour and business. Majority (62 %) of the respondents had agriculture as their main occupation. Around 26% of the respondents were involved in diverse services, while 20% carried out other work; only few (2%) carried out business. A majority (41 %) of the respondents from the study area had an annual income above Rs. 1, 50,000; remaining (59%) had an annual income upto Rs. 25,000 to 1.50.000. In most villages (86%), the population depended for drinking water on river and lake. On the other hand 17% relied on groundwater and other sources as well in the form of wells and bore wells. Among majority (94%) of the respondents there is no any shortage of water in the area as it is available sufficiently for whole year. The respondent stated that their need for water is also fulfilled by the source in their fields. Though a majority (74%) of the respondents revealed that there was no change in water quality in their area, remaining 26% perceived change in water quality which was attributed to the industrial waste water. Among these, 32% of the respondents perceived negative effect on health of locals due to drinking of polluted water. When enquired about the negative environmental effects of existing factory of DBRKPSSKL, there were mixed opinions from the respondents, 58% of them said they are not experiencing any negative effect. However, 42 % of the respondents stressed on the negative impact caused due to DBRKPSSKL. These impacts as communicated by respondents were on health (20%), odour problem (18%), and other negative impacts (9%), loss of cultivable land (8%),


98

noise pollution (5%) and effect on local animals (2%). Cases of breathing problem among locals are being reported in the primary health centres (PHC) of Korochi. 41% of the respondents expressed that the existing industry provided job opportunities in the form of unskilled work, daily wage and transport jobs. As the industry work throughout the year this employment is sustainable. Majority of the respondents (88%) were unaware of the proposed expansion project. When asked about their opinion on this, mixed opinions were expressed. About 34% perceived that no change in existing conditions, 34 % felt that this will further increase the pollution and 31% were hopeful about increase in employment. When asked industries contribution towards environmental programmes, only few (18%) respondents said that industry regularly carries out activities like water re-use(6%), distribution of organic manure (5%), tree sapling at subsidize rate (4%), and other motivation programmes (4%) specially to their share holders. 83% respondent mentioned that the same library permission was given for the competitive exam students for their studies. In 70% village there were halls or mandapam near temple existed outside the temple which was also used for small gathering meeting and common cultural programmes. In 85% villages the primary health centres were working as per the norms, and in 95 % PHC doctors were available. In 95 % villages schools had ground for sports. As communicated by respondents facilities namely reading room (83%), cultural centre (60%), hall near temple (70%), working PHCs (85%), doctor availability in PHCs (92%), toilets (94%), sports ground in village (96%), toilets in schools(99%), private sharing vehicle (66%) were available in their area. Interestingly, 99% of the respondents said that there are self help groups in their respective areas for socioeconomic upliftment of the locals. There were diverse expectations of the respondents DBRKPSSKL. A majority (47%) expected road construction, 34% demanded domestic waste water and 23% asked for solid waste treatment facilities. Some of the respondents 17% stressed on need of better health facility, and 11 % wanted good educational facilities. 3.11.6 Observations

During field visit, heavy traffic especially of tractors and trucks carrying sugarcane was observed on roads connecting the factory. Additional transportation activities for textile goods and local vehicles put further pressure on limited roads causing serious traffic problems. The proposed expansion may further aggravate this problem. Most locals also believed this fact and stressed proper traffic management. Some demanded construction of alternate roads as well as increasing width of existing roads. It was observed that locals residing close to factory suffered from odour pollution, air pollution, water pollution and noise generated from steam generation process. Discharge of textile wastewater and domestic wastewater in to Kabnur odha were also observed during field visit. Two sarpanch’s were of the opinion that there is tremendous increase in use of fertilizers and pesticides in their area which contributing to water pollution. Increased employment and business opportunities in textile industry have caused increased migration in the area. The area has basic infrastructure and educational as well as medical facilities. It is also observed that direct and indirect employment opportunities are being provided by DBRKPSSKL. However, most locals were unhappy on DBRKPSSKL for not providing subsidized saplings, biofertilizers as well as awareness and training programmes for local farmers.


99

3.11.7 Conclusion During field visit, heavy traffic especially of tractors and trucks carrying sugarcane was observed on roads connecting the factory. Additional transportation activates for textile good and local vehicles put further pressure on limited roads causing serious traffic problems. The proposed expansion may further aggravate this problem. Most locals also believed this fact and stressed on need for proper traffic management. Some demanded constriction of alternate Most respondents from all villages are dependent on agriculture and working in textile industries for their livelihood. Major crops grown in the area included sugarcane and soyabean. A majority of the population within the sample size had considerable income which is mostly due to sugarcane cultivation, involvement in textile industry and job opportunities. Cumulative impact due to sugar factory, textile industries, domestic wastewater as well as fertilizers and pesticides is adversely affecting the environment in the region.

3.11.8 Suggestions

The activities like distribution of bio-fertilizer, saplings, at a subsidise rate as well as training programme should be conducted for villages at large which at present is only for share-holders. 3.12 ECOLOGY In-house Functional Area Experts of EEIPL for EB Prof. (Dr.) Jay Samant, Ms. Sulakshna Ayarekar and Dr. Rohan Lad were involved in the overall exercise w.r.t. ecology and bio-diversity aspects of the study area around DBRKPSSKL project.

3.12.1 Study Area

The study area (10 Km radius) from project site forms part of tehsils of Hatkanangale (19 Villages) and Shirol (7 villages) of Kolhapur district. The north and north-west of this study area is slightly undulating with average elevation between 620 M to 740 M above MSL. This area in north represents open scrubs and grasslands habitats. There is an old water tank at village Atigre and it forms the major wetlands with river Panchaganga in study area which provide habitat for aquatic biodiversity. The climate of the region is predominantly sub tropical and moderate throughout the year. Hatkanangale and Shirol tehsils, being in the rain shadow zone, receives relatively modest annual average rainfall between 813 mm to 914 mm (Mangalekar and Samant, 2015). The soils in the terrestrial habitats are dominated by medium to deep black soil. The major crops grown in the area include Sugarcane and groundnut. Out of the total 26 villages within 10 km radius, 7 villages were found suitable for EB studies being representative of the major habitats in the study area i.e. 4 villages within 5 km radius and 3 villages between 5 and 10 km radius. (Table 3.22).

Table 3.22 Names of EB Study Villages and their Distance from Project Site

Sr. No.

Name of Study Village

Sr. No.

Name of Study Village

In radius 0 to 5 Km In radius 5 to 10 Km 1 Korochi 5 Takawade2 Rui 6 Alate3 Chandur 7 Ingali4 Khotwadi


100

3.12.2 Methodology

Initially a preliminary rapid survey of the study area was conducted for familiarization of the study area on 28 October 2017. The representative habitats for EB survey were identified for which topo sheet (surveyed in 1967-68 and updated during 2005-06), IRS LISS IV satellite imagery (10/11/2016) and LULC maps based on them, and relevant data from Census (2011), Kolhapur District Gazetteer, district forest report and relevant literature were referred. During ecology study ground truthing was done by confirming the LULC maps to study major macro and micro habitats in the study area. Major terrestrial habitats i.e. hills, woodlands, grassland, scrub, farmlands and wetland were identified and surveyed in the vicinity of the study villages. Terrestrial, grassland, scrub, and wetland habitats were identified in the vicinity of the study villages. In aquatic habitats together with Atigre village tank, two large abandoned stone quarries in Ichalkaranji town and different sited along Panchganga River stretch were surveyed. Field studies were conducted from early morning to late evening, in post monsoon and winter season, on six days i.e. 28 October 2017, 15 November 2017 and 21 and 22 December 2017. Biodiversity study involved random survey method for flora and opportunistic sighting for fauna (Larsen and Viana, 2016). Indicator species of environmental change particularly birds and fish taxa were attempted. Flora was studied for identification and species dominance at level of major tree species. Field binoculars of makes Nikon (12X50-5.2O), Olympus (7X35-7O), and Minolta (5X50-7O), were used during the observations. Field guides on birds by Salim Ali (1996) and Grimmet et al. (2005) and for freshwater fishes by Ranjit Daniels (2002) were referred. Extensive photo documentation was done for habitat and biodiversity records using Canon camera, model Power-shot (SX30IS (hd35x, 14 Megapixels). Bird survey was conducted following line transect method (Sale and Berkmuller, 1988), and standard point count method (Altmann, 1974). Throughout the study the direct and indirect environmental impacts of industrial activities in the region on ecology and biodiversity was photo documented. Due to time constraint, the study is restricted only to post monsoon-winter season data, and observations were during day time and at selected habitats. To get feedback from locals on status of ecology and biodiversity in the study area besides personal interaction a structured close ended interview schedule, comprising of 21 ecology-biodiversity related questions in Marathi, was administered. In this stratified random sampling, by design 70% of the respondents were above 50+ year age group, to get authentic information about the past status of EB which is not reflected in any records. The total sample size was of 56 respondents, from the 7 study villages. This exercise was focused to get people’s perception on the environmental changes over the years due to industrialization on local ecology and biodiversity. 3.12.3 Ecology

3.12.3.1 Field Observations The study area is comprised of natural terrestrial ecosystems such as woodland, grassland, fallow land, scrubs and manmade ecosystems like agriculture and horticulture with human habitations. The proposed capacity expansion is of the old existing sugar industry which was initially out of Ichalkaranji town, but now surrounded by densely populated urban area as well as other smaller industries. These industries include spinning mills, power-looms, semi-automatic looms, yarn sizing, colour and dyeing industries. This has completely transformed the original natural and manmade habitats.


101

On north and north-west side within 5 km to 10 km radius area, there are Reserved Forests (RF) areas namely in Alte, Tamdalgaon, Nimshirgaon and Danoli village boundaries. The area around Alte village is thickly covered by monoculture of Gliricidia sepium. Upper hilly part of Alte RF, near Alamprabhu temple, exists extensive mixed grassland and scrub habitats. In aquatic habitats Atigre village tank (16°44'23.21"N and 74°22'5.13"E) is situated at a distance of about 8 Km on west of the project site. Shahapur Quarry (Quarry 1 - 16°42'39.01"N and 74°27'51.05"E) and Quarry near Krishnanagar (Quarry 2 - 16°42'25.25"N and 74°27'51.74"E) are prominent large quarries in the region. Quarry 1 was found to be partly eutrophicated with meagre aquatic fauna particularly dominated by Tilapia fish species. It was learnt from a fisherman on site that the number, variety and quality of fish from the quarry had gone down due to sewage pollution. Quarry 2, close to quarry 1, though was being degraded due to reclamation by industrial sand waste dumping, had flocks of egrets and cormorants feeding on fish.

3.12.3.2 Questionnaire Survey

According to more than 50% of the respondents, the terrestrial habitats namely scrub, grassland and agriculture land, and in wetland habitats river Panchaganga were in better environmental condition than today in the past. According to respondents the terrestrial habitats over years have been degraded due to Industrialization (79%), urbanization (63%), sewage pollution (54%), and agriculture expansion (48%) and due to industrial wastewater pollution (30%). According to the respondents the existing habitat landuse in the study area is dominated by agriculture (93%), followed by urban (91%), industrial (50%) and roads (7%) developments. Similar findings were come out from the LULC studies of the area. 3.12.4 Biodiversity

3.12.4.1 Field Observations

Study on wetland habits was primarily restricted to avifauna, as birds are considered to be indicators of environmental health of the habitats. Atigre village tank, two quarries in Ichalkaranji city near the industry and the major stretch of River Panchganga in the study area were studied. A total of 57 species of bird belonging to 13 orders, 51 genera and 38 families were recorded. As per their residence status the bird species are recognised as common residents (24), not common residents (20), common winter visitors (7), and not common winter visitors (4), and species each as common summer visitor (1) and locally common resident (1). Considering limited number of study sites and few opportunistic observations this was a good indicator of environmental quality, mainly due to the mosaic of natural and manmade habitats. Moreover, according to IUCN, (2015) status, Black headed Ibis and Painted stork have became Near Threatened while, River tern, Common pochard and Wooly-Necked Stork have became Vulnerable. In case of feeding guild some species (7) found dependent on multiple sources for feeding, while remaining 50 are dependent on single source. Out of the observed bird species, 16 were Insectivorous, 13 species were Piscivorous, 9 species were Omnivorous, 6 Carnivorous, 4 were Granivorous, 1 was Frugivorous and 1 was Nectarivorous. Refer Table 3.23 to Table 3.25 Below for avifauna, flora and fauna observed in the study area.


102

3.12.5 Questionnaire Survey

Respondents reported only few trees species namely Peepal, Banyan,Umbar, Neem, Drumstick, Babhul, and Karanj in floral biodiversity, which are commonly observed tree species in the area during field studies. In agro habitats crops grown are sugarcane, maize, wheat, jowar, groundnut and vegetables and in horticulture tree species are dominated by Banana and Mango. In general, the area represented poor floral diversity. Respondents reported mammalian wildlife in the area as Indian Wolf, Indian Fox, Indian civet cat, Common Mongoose, Indian Porcupine, Bonnet Macaque, Common Langur, Indian Hare, and Three-striped Palm Squirrel and Indian Fruit Bat. According to most (80%) locals the number of wolf and fox population has drastically declined in the recent years. Conversely, a majority (90%) complained about increased langurs population causing crop damage. A large majority (85%) confirmed common birds in the area as Indian peafowl, common myna, house sparrow, house crow, and black kite. One of the senior locals from Alate village reported complete disappearance of earlier common white backed vultures and civet cat. In reptiles, presence of Indian rat snake, spectacled cobra, common Indian krait, Russel’s viper, saw-scaled viper and garden are common in the region. A majority of respondents (97%) confirmed presence of different frog species like bull frog in the area. In fish diversity, only few (10 %) respondents were aware of locally found fish species and new only Maral, Catla and Rohu. Over 90% of the fishermen reported decline in earlier abundant fish from river Panchaganga in quality and quantity, due to the discharge of sewage and industrial effluent into river. Presence of 26 fish species is reported in the river Panchaganga by respondent fisherman. It was highlighted that the species Ghogrya and Aheer have totally disappeared from river Panchanganga. Over 65% respondents mentioned presence of spiders, butterflies, scorpions and crabs in their locality, though they could not identify the species. Importantly, majority of the respondents (70%) particularly the seniors, who had witnessed earlier environmental conditions, landuse and biodiversity in the past, alleged direct decline in biodiversity in the study area today. This change is attributed to factors mainly agriculture expansion (55%) and industrialization (54%), and to some extent to poaching (21%) of wildlife and deforestation (20%). According to most (91%) respondents burning of sugarcane waste by farmers in the fields is mainly for trash removal (57%) and weed control (27%). As most believed that keeping the thrash in field increases rat population and also attracts snakes in the field. However, they did not realize and refer to burning practice causes air pollution. 3.12.6 Environmental Impact of Proposed Project on Ecology and Biodiversity in the region

The impacts were considered for worst case scenario (direct discharge of untreated wastewater into river Panchganga and air pollution). Though the factory site is more than 5 km from River Panchganga, its major tributary stream i.e. Kabnoor Odha flows just behind the factory site and carries leachate, sewage and industrial effluents. If not controlled the proposed increase of production capacity may further aggravate pollution in the river. Currently out of around 25 fish species locally reported from river Panchganga, one sp. is critically endangered, three sp. are near threatened and two sp. are vulnerable. Discharge of the untreated wastewater from the industry in surrounding area can also cause significant environmental impact on the aquatic habitats and further aggravate river pollution affecting biodiversity. In case of air pollution, the sugar industry is a major contributor in SPM


103

pollution load in the industrialised town. This has negative impact particularly on avifauna and local population during crushing season and co-gen operations. 3.12.7 Green Belt

3.12.7.1 Observations and Recommendations

As per the TOR given to the DBRK industry, (22 Feb 2018), the mandatory green belt should be developed on 33% of the total plot of the industry, with a density of trees not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Including details of species planted, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. which needs to be furnished. The green belt shall be created around the project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated. The total area of the DBRK industrial plot, as per information provided by the industry, is 59.41 ha., therefore 33% green belt area comes to about 19.69 ha. As a result the minimum number of trees to be planted comes to 29,535. It is observed during field visits as well as from satellite imagery that the present green belt is inadequate to comply with TOR norms. 1. Presently only 15% green belt (8.99 ha) is developed with 2721 plants. However, out of these only 1186 are trees as per the records of the industry and rest being ornamental herbs and shrubs which cannot be considered as green belt trees for environmental protection against pollution. Also some portion of the green belt shown is large clear tiled area around statues and temple developed as ornamental garden and devoid of green belt trees as stipulated. Therefore present green belt tree cover is grossly deficient than the minimum stipulated target, and 12,229 trees need to be planted on the earlier plot, also dead trees to be replaced by new saplings. 2. Whereas, 18% (10.7 ha) new area is now proposed for green belt development by the industry. Therefore the total required number of trees to be added to meet the ToR is 16,050. These trees are to be planted in view of environmental pollution control by industry, considering the local climatic conditions and suitable local tree species for better survival and growth. Therefore plantation of a total 28,279 trees is recommended for the green belt development as per TOR norms. 3.12.8 CER Activity

3.12.8.1 Observations and Recommendations Activities such as protection and conservation of the natural habitats, with joint participation of locals by industry, are to be undertaken on priority. The three villages from the study area namely 1) Atigre, 2) Tamdalge and 3) Nimshirgaon are recommended for CER activity for conservation of the existing ecology and biodiversity in their area, as it is still in better state. Depending on local conditions activities like 1.plantation of local tree species, 2. Removal of weeds and exotics, 3. Solid waste and sewage management, 4. Water conservation, 4. Environment awareness campaign, etc. Should be undertaken involving locals, particularly youth groups and women self-help groups. In addition to controlling negative impacts of industrial pollution on the village population, proactively above activities would help improve health of the residents, most of who are employed in the same sugar and distillery industry. This will motivate the locals and industry employees to protect ecology and


104

biodiversity in and around their own villages. Under CER activity, review to be taken of the experience of earlier initiatives implemented in the region, if any, by this or other initiatives before finalizing and implementing new CER activities. The proposed CER activities Ecology and Biodiversity protection and conservation by DBRK need to be different than routinely carried out ritual activities, rather it should be need based, time bound and result oriented activity for protection environment in general for the well being of local population.

The thrust of the CER activity should be based on eco-friendly, self-reliant and sustainable development of the villages around the industry. As DBRKPSSKL is considered to be one of the oldest, leading and decorated sugar industries in the country, attempt needs to be made to ensure that their CER activity in environmental protection should be innovative and become a role model to other industries.

3.12.9 General Observations and Recommendations

1. The Atigre tank provides suitable habitat to significantly rich aquatic biota and avifaunaincluding migratory birds and therefore it needs to be protected and conserved.

2. Washing of clothes, vehicles’, dumping of solid wastes, and discharge of untreateddomestic sewage from town and villages and mainly effluents from local industries andtextile mills in Ichalkaranji flows through Kabnur and Kala Odha streams into riverPanchaganga.

3. In addition to the water pollution due to sewage, industrial effluents and solid waste, runoff of the agro chemicals used in the adjoining predominant sugarcane agriculture belt inthe catchment of Panchganga has cumulative adverse environmental impact on ecologyand aquatic biodiversity of the river. This is evident from the earlier studies on drasticdecline in fish diversity and density in the river (Pawar and Samant, 1988).

4. DBRKPSSKL being the largest agro based industry and major growth engine in theregion for farmers and also employment provider, the locals as stake holders are reluctantto openly comment on specific environmental issue caused due to the industry.

5. The industry, by involving workers and locals, should demonstrate, encourage andpromote suitable eco-friendly alternatives and green technologies in the villages in the 5km and 10 km vicinity, stressing on mass block tree plantation, rain water harvesting,solar lighting, organic farming, etc.

6. The pollution control measures as per EMP should strictly be implemented by theindustry.

Table 3.23 List of Birds observed during Survey

Sr. No.

Order Family Scientific Name Common Name Status Feeding guild

IUCN Status

1 Passeriformes Alaudidae Eremopterix grisea Ashy-crowned sparrow lark

CR I LC

2 Passeriformes Ploceidae Ploceus philippinus Baya Weaver CS G LC

3 Passeriformes Laniidae Lanius vittatus Bay-backed Shrike NR C LC

4 Passeriformes Dicruridae Dicrurus macrocercus Black drongo CR O LC

5 Falconiformes Accipitridae Milvus migrans Black Kite CR C LC

6 Charadriiformes Recurvirostridae Himantopus himantopus Black winged stilt CR I LC

7 Ciconiiformes Threskiornithidae Threskiornis melanocephalus Black-Headed Ibis NR P NT

8 Falconiformes Accipitridae Haliastur indus Brahminy kite NR C LC

9 Passeriformes Sturnidae Sturnus pagodarum Brahminy Starling NR O LC


105

Sr. No.


IUCN Status

10 Ciconiiformes Ardeidae Bubulcus ibis Cattle egret CR P LC

11 Passeriformes Motacilliane Motacilla citreola Citrine wagtail CW I LC

12 Gruiformes Rallidae Fulica atra Common Coot NR O LC

13 Passeriformes Sturnidae Acridotheris tristis Common myna CR I/G LC

14 Anseriformes Anatidae Aythya ferina Common pochard NW P VU

15 Passeriformes Muscicapidae Saxicola torquata Common stone chat NW I LC

16 Ciconiiformes Threskiornithidae Platalea leucorodia Eurasian spoonbill NR P LC

17 Coraciiformes Meropidae Merops orientalis Green bee-eater CR I LC

18 Charadriiformes Tringinae Tringa ochropus Green sandpiper CW C LC

19 Ciconiiformes Ardeidae Ardea cinerea Grey heron NW P LC

20 Coraciiformes Upupidae Upua epops Hoopoe NR O LC

21 Passeriformes Corvidae Corvus spendense House crow CR O LC

22 Galliformes Phasianide Pavo cristatus Indian Peafowl NR O LC

23 Columbiformes Columbidae Streptopelia senegalensis Laughing dove CR G LC

24 Pelecaniformes Phalacrocoracdiae Phalacrocorax iger Little cormorant CR P LC

25 Ciconiiformes Ardeidae Egretta garzetta Little egret CR P LC

26 Podicipitidae Podicipitidae Tachybaptus ruficollis Little Grebe CR P LC

27 Anseriformes Anatidae Anas clypeata Northern shoveler CW C LC

28 Passeriformes Motacilliane Anthus rufulus Paddyfield pipit CR I LC

29 Ciconiiformes Ciconiidae Mycteria leucocephala Painted stork NR P NT

30 Coraciiformes Alcedinidae Ceryl rudis Pied kingfisher NR P LC

31 Passeriformes Nectarinidae Nectarinia asiatica Purple sunbird CR N LC

32 Passeriformes Estrildinae Amandava amandava Red avadavat NR G LC

33 Passeriformes Pycnonotidae Pycnonotus cafer Red vented bulbul CR O LC

34 Charadriiformes Charadriinae Vanellus indicus Red wattled lapwing CR I LC

35 Charadriiformes Laridae Sterna aurantia River tern NR I NT

36 Psittaciformes Psittacidae Psittacula krameri Rose ringed parakeet CR F LC

37 Falconiformes Accipitridae Accipiter badius Shikra CR C LC

38 Anseriformes Anatidae Anus poecilorhyncha Spot-billed Duck NR P LC

39 Coraciiformes Alcedinidae Halcyon smyrensis White throated kingfisher

CR P LC

40 Passeriformes Motacilliane Motacilla alba White wagtail CW I LC

41 Ciconiiformes Ciconiidae Ciconia episcopus wooly-Necked Stork NR P VU

42 Charadriiformes Charadriinae Vanellus malabaricus Yellow wattled lapwing NR I LC

43 Passeriformes Cisticolidae Prinia socialis Ashy Prinia CR I LC

44 Passeriformes Estrildidae Lonchura Malacca Black-headed Munia NR G LC

45 Passeriformes Leiothrichidae Turdoides caudate Common Babbler NR F/G/I LC

46 Passeriformes Aegithinidae Aegithia tiphia Common Iora CR I LC

47 Charadriiformes Scolopacidae Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper CW C/I LC

48 Accipitriformes Accipitridae Circus aeruginosus Eurasian Marsh Harrier NW C/I LC

49 Anseriformes Anatidae Anas querquedula Garganey CW O LC

50 Passeriformes Motacillidae Motacilla cinerea Grey Wagtail CW C/I LC


106

Sr. No.


IUCN Status

51 Passeriformes Passeridae Passer domesticus House Sparrow CR O LC

52 Pelecaniformes Ardeidae Ardeola grayii Indian Pond Heron CR C/F/I LC

53 Pelecaniformes Ardeidae Mesophoyx intermedia Intermediate Egret CR C/F/I LC

54 Charadriiformes Charadriidae Charadrius dubius Little ringed Plover LCR I LC

55 Passeriformes Muscicapidae Cyornis tickelliae Tickell’s Blue Flycatcher NR I LC

56 Passeriformes Motacillidae Motacilla maderaspatensis White-Browed Wagtail NR I LC

57 Passeriformes Hirundinidae Hirundo smithii Wire-tailed Swallow NR I LC

Table 3.24 List of Flora observed during survey

Sr. No. Name of Species Family Common Name Habitat Habit ANGIOSPERMS

1. Agave angustifolia Haw. Agavaceae Ghayapat Terrestrial Shrub 2. Alternanthera sessilis (L.) R. Br. Amaranthaceae Reshim Kata Marshy Herb 3. Achyranthus aspera L. Amaranthaceae Aghada Terrestrial Herb 4. Alternanthera pungens Kunth. Amaranthaceae Reshim Kata Terrestrial Herb 5. Celosia argentia L. Amaranthaceae Kuradu Terrestrial Herb 6. Mangifera indica L. Anacardiaceae Amba Terrestrial Large tree 7. Polyalthia longifolia (Sonner) Thw. Annonaceae Ashoka Terrestrial Large tree 8. Plumeria alba L. Apocynaceae Pandhara Chapha Terrestrial Small tree 9. Plumeria rubra L. Apocynaceae Lal chapha Terrestrial Small tree 10. Calotropis gigantean (L.) R. Br. Asclepiadaceae Rui Terrestrial Shrub 11. Eclipta prostrata (L.) L. Asteraceae Maka Marshy Herb 12. Tridax procumbens L. Asteraceae Dagadipala Terrestrial Herb 13. Pathenium hysterophorus Asteraceae Congressgrass Terrestrial/

Marshy Herb

14. Canna flaccida Rosc. Cannaceae Kardal Marshy Herb 15. Carica papaya L. Caricaceae Papay Terrestrial Small tree

16. Cassia siamea Lam. Casesapiniaceae Kashid Terrestrial Medium sized tree 17. Delonix regia (Hook.) Raf. Casesapiniaceae Gul mohor Terrestrial Medium sized tree 18. Tamarindus indica L. Casesapiniaceae Chinch Terrestrial Medium sized tree 19. Caesalpinia pulcherrima (L.) Sw. Casesapiniaceae Shankasur Terrestrial Shrub 20. Bauhinia purpurea L. Casesapiniaceae Kanchan Terrestrial Small tree 21. Terminalia catappa L. Combretaceae Deshi Badam Terrestrial Medium sized tree 22. Ipomoea aquatica Forssk. Convolvulaceae Beshram Marshy Climber 23. Muntingia calabura L. Elaeocarpaceae Cherry Terrestrial Medium sized tree 24. Emblica officinalis Gaertn. Euphorbiaceae Awala Terrestrial Medium sized tree 25. Jatropha curcas L. Euphorbiaceae Mogali Erand Terrestrial Shrub 26. Dalbergia sissoo Fabaceae Shisav, Shisham Terrestrial Large tree 27. Gliricidia sepium (Jacq.) Steud. Fabaceae Undirmari,

Giripushpa Terrestrial Medium sized tree

28. Pongamia pinnata (L.) Pierre. Fabaceae Karanji Terrestrial Medium sized tree 29. Butea monosperma (Lam.) Taub.,

EngL.&PrantL., Fabaceae Palas Terrestrial Small tree

30. Hibiscus rosa-sinensis L. Malvaceae Jasvand Terrestrial Small tree 31. Memecylon umbellatum Burm.f. Melastomaceae Anjan Terrestrial Shrub 32. Azadirachta indica Juss. Meliaceae Kadulimb Terrestrial Large tree 33. Melia azedarach L. Meliaceae Limbara Terrestrial Large tree 34. Cocculus hirsutus (L.) Theob. Menispermaceae Vasan vel Terrestrial Climber 35. Tinospora cordifolia (Willd) Miers ex. Hook.

F. & Thoms. Menispermaceae Gul vel Terrestrial Climber

36. Pithecellobium dulce (Roxb.) Benth. Mimosaceae Wilayati Chinch Terrestrial Large tree 37. Albizia lebbeck (L.) Willd. Mimosaceae Shirish Terrestrial Large tree


107

Sr. No. Name of Species Family Common Name Habitat Habit 38. Acacia nilotica (L.) Delile Mimosaceae Babul Terrestrial Medium sized tree 39. Leucaena latisiliqua (L.) Gillis. Mimosaceae Subabul Terrestrial Small tree40. Ficus benghalensis L. Moraceae Wad Terrestrial Large tree 41. Ficus racemosa L. Moraceae Umbar Terrestrial Large tree 42. Ficus religiosa L. Moraceae Pimpal Terrestrial Large tree 43. Casuarina equisetifolia L. Moraceae Suru Terrestrial Large tree 44. Moringa olifera L. Moringaceae Shevaga Terrestrial Large tree45. Syzygium cumini (L.) Skells. Myrtaceae Jambul Terrestrial Large tree 46. Psidum guajava L. Myrtaceae Peru Terrestrial Small tree 47. Boerhavia errecta L. Nyctaginaceae Punarnava Terrestrial Herb 48. Bougainvillea spectabilis Willd. Nyctaginaceae Kagadi ful Terrestrial Climber/ Lianas 49. Nymphaea nouchali Burn. f. Nymphaeaceae Kamal Aquatic Herb 50. Nymphaea pubescens Willd. Nymphaeaceae Kamal Aquatic Herb 51. Jasminum sambac (L.) Ait. Oleaceae Mogara Terrestrial Climber/ Lianas

Table 3.25 List of fauna reported by the local respondents during survey

Sr. No. Scientific Name Common Name IUCN Status Mammals

1. Indian Wolf Canis lupus LC2. Indian Fox Vulpes bengalensis LC 3. Indian civet cat Viverricula indica LC4. Common Mongoose Herpestes edwardsi LC5. Indian Porcupine Hystrix indica LC6. Bonnet Macaque Macaca radiate LC7. Common Langur Presbytis entellus LC8. Indian Hare Lepus nigricollis LC9. Indian Fruit Bat Pteropus giganteus LC10. Three-striped Palm Squirrel Funambulus palmarum LC

Reptiles 11. Indian Rat Snake Ptyas mucosa NL 12. Spectacled Cobra Naja naja NL 13. Common Indian Krait Bungares caeruleus NL 14. Saw-scaled Viper Echis carinatus NL 15. Garden lizard Calotes versicolor NL 16. Russel’s Viper Daboia russelii NL

Amphibians 17. Indian Bull Frog Hoplobatracus tigerinus LC

Fish 18. Valshivda Wallago attu NT 19. Maral Channa marulius LC 20. Maral Channa striatus NL 21. Tamber Labeo fimbriatus LC 22. Kanas Labeo calbasu LC 23. Rohu Labeo rohita LC 24. Katerna Mystus cavasius LC 25. Wanz Ompok bimaculatus NT 26. Kolshi Hypselobarbus kolus VU 27. Catla Catla catla NL 28. Khawali Puntius sarana LC 29. Mrigal Cirrhinus mrigala LC


108

Sr. No. Scientific Name Common Name IUCN Status 30. Cyprinus Cyprinus carpio VU 31. Kachki Pseudambassius ranga NL 32. Khawali Puntius jerdoni LC 33. Tilap Oreochromis mossambica NL 34. Dokary Channa orientalis NL 35. Mangur Clarias batrachus LC 36. Singada Aorichthys seenghala NL 37. Parag Puntius jerdoni LC 38. Kharpya Glossogobius giuris LC 39. Mangsha Channa striatus NL 40. Vam Anguilla bengalensis NT 41. -- Chela fasciatus NL 42. Ambali Salmophasia clupeoides NL 43. Ghogrya Rita pavimentata NL 44. Aheer Anguilla Anguilla CE

Birds45. Indian peafowl Pavo cristatus LC 46. Common Myna Acridotheres tristis LC 47. House Sparrow Passer domesticus LC 48. Rose-Ringed Parakeet Psittacula krameri LC 49. Black Kite Milvus migrans LC

LC: Least Concern, NT: Near Threatened, VU: Vulnerable, EN: Endangered, NL: Not listed, CE: Critically Endangered


109

Figure 3.18


110

Figure 3.19


111

Figure 3.20


112

Figure 3.21


113

Figure 3.22

Chapter 4

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES …4

113

4.1 INTRODUCTION Evaluation of impacts on the environmental parameters, due to proposed expansion project, is an important aspect to be studied. This chapter incorporates both, qualitative and quantitative descriptions of various environmental impacts due to proposed expansion of sugar factory in existing premises of co-generation plant and distillery by DBRKPSSKL; Hatkanangale, Kolhapur. Existing unit of Sugar factory and Co-gen plant of DBRKPSSKL is leased to Shree Renuka Sugars Ltd. whereas existing Distillery unit of DBRKPSSKL is leased to Saideep Traders. Various scientific techniques are available to predict and evaluate the impact of developmental activities on the physical, ecological and socio – economic environments. The predictions are superimposed over the base line status (pre-project) of environmental quality to obtain the final (post-project) environmental conditions. ‘Environmental Impact’ can be defined as any alteration of the environmental conditions or creation of a new set of environmental conditions, adverse or beneficial, caused or induced by the action or set of actions under consideration. Generally, the environmental impacts can be categorized as either primary or secondary. Primary impacts are those which are attributed directly to the project. On the other hand, secondary Impacts are the ones which are indirectly induced and typically include the associated investments and changed patterns of social and economic activities by the proposed action. Expansion of sugar factory may influence the environment of the study area in two phases as under- Construction Phase: During the construction period, the impact may be temporary. Operational Phase: Post construction phase may have long term effects on the

environment.

4.2 CONSTRUCTION PHASE Construction phase impacts on the environment can be considered short term. The activities during erection of few equipments and civil structures in the existing set up may affect the environment of the area surrounding the site. The impacts as well as mitigation measures for the same are described below in Table 4.1


114

Table 4.1 Impact Identification and Mitigation Measures due to Construction Phase of DBRKPSSKL, Kolhapur

Sr. No.

Component / Aspect

Parameter Causes Impacts Type of Impact

Mitigation measures / Remarks

1 Air Dust (SPM)

Vehicular movement, drilling, excavation and land levelling

Respiratory problems - coughing and difficult or painful breathing; irritation in eyes.

High SO2 and NOX - lung disorders such as wheezing and shortness of breath.

Obstruction in activities like photosynthesis and evapo-transpiration due to deposition of dust on surface of leaves thereby reducing crop yield.

Minor (Negative Impact)

SO2 and NOX at single location will not increase as the vehicular movement and machines will be mobile.

Control of dust emissions by sprinkling water on open spaces, kuccha roads, heaps of earthen filling material etc. until paved roads get constructed.

Provision of PPEs (Goggles and Masks) to staff and workers

Augmentation of the green belt shall be done immediately after commencement of proposed activity.

SO2 Vehicular movement NOX

2 Water Deterioration of Water quantity, quality and aesthetics of water body.

Water requirement for construction and domestic activities.

Surface runoff and seepage.

Domestic effluent. Spill from fuel, oil

and other chemicals. Leachate from

temporary waste dumps on site.

Industrial premises at DBRKPSSKL has already been well developed Hence, construction to be taken up under proposed expansion project shall have no significant impact on water environment. Some minor impacts are as follow- Contamination of nearby water

body


Proper and adequate segregation of construction area and appropriate drainages, to minimize runoff

Cutting and filling work will be avoided during rainy season.

Stone pitching on the slopes and construction of concrete drains for storm water to minimize soil erosion.

Strengthening the existing green belt.


115

Sr. No.

Component / Aspect



3 Noise Noise Nuisance and Disturbance

Construction equipment like dozers, scrapers, concrete mixers, cranes, pumps, compressors, pneumatic tools, saws, vibrators etc.

Continuous and intermediate source

During construction it is not a continuous source and hence do not pose a health risk or damage peoples' sense of hearing.

Adversely affects the quality of life of occupants and nearby residents.

Disturbance in nearby residents. Constant exposure to high noise

levels can result in damage of ear drums and loss of hearing.

Increased blood pressure levels, cardio-vascular disease and stress related heart problems.


The proposed distillery will be established in existing sugar and co-gen unit. There will be minimum construction work.

Provision of proper acoustic enclosure for noise generating and vibrating machinery.

Protective equipments such as ear plugs, earmuffs etc for workers will be provided.

Onsite workers must not be exposed, for more than 8 hours, to high noise generating sources.

4 Soil and Land use

Soil Quality and Topography

Spill from fuel, oil and other chemicals.

Substratum excavated during construction of foundations.

Improper storage of solid waste

Affects the soil, micro as well as macro flora. Thereby, disturbing the nutritive composition of soil.

Positive benefits in the form of land levelling and tree plantation in the plant vicinity and other premises.

Bad aesthetics due to littering.


Proper maintenance of vehicles as well as machinery used during construction to avoid oil, fuel leakages.

Disposal of waste to authorised recyclers and resellers.

5 Biodiversity and Habitat

Terrestrial as well as aquatic Flora, Fauna and Avifauna.

Dust emissions Noise generation Influx of onsite

workers Flood lights, high

masts etc.

No any major impacts envisaged but some minor impacts may be observed.

Retarded growth and productivity of the plants.


Noise generating and vibrating machinery would be provided with proper acoustic enclosure

Water sprinkling arrangement shall be provided to curb dust emissions during construction activities.


116

Sr. No.

Component / Aspect



Workers staying onsite shall be supplied with fuel source such as LPG, Kerosene etc. for cooking. Moreover, proper care shall be taken so that the surrounding ecological area is duly conserved.

6 Risk, Hazard and Occupational health & Safety

Accidental risk and Hazard

Lifting of heavy tools and tackles, construction equipment

Repetitive motion, awkward postures and vibrations

High noise generating machinery

Continuous exposure to dust

Welding of metal parts

Cabling of electrical work.

Unhygienic conditions resulting from day-to-day activities of workers living in the industrial area.

Physical problems viz. Carpal tunnel syndrome, tendonitis, back pain, muscle soreness and nerve damage reduction in hearing efficiency of workers

Shortness of breath following physical exertion, severe cough and chest pains

Fatigue and loss of appetite Eye irritation and eye sight

problems Electrical shock Spread of various diseases


Use of advanced technology and sophisticated machinery during construction

Maximum Employment of young and adequately trained persons (above 18 years)

Providing various PPEs like dust masks, safety glasses, helmets, gum boots, ear plugs and ear muffs etc. to the workers.

Proper earthing for electrical supply,

Separation of deep excavations and marking of dangerous areas with barricading etc.

24 X 7 medical aid with trained doctors and ambulance facility

Training to the workers from view points of safety, health and hygiene.

7 Socio-Economic

Social and Economic

Expansion of existing sugar factory

Primary and secondary Major (Positive

There will be positive impact to the residents nearby industrial unit


117

Sr. No.

Component / Aspect



status employment generation Impact) in the form of new job opportunities and increase in good employment generation potential.

Table 4.2 Disposal of Waste Generation during Construction Phase

No. Type of Waste Mitigation Measures 1 Metal scrap Sold to scrap dealers for reprocessing.2 Wooden scrap Utilized by local labours as fuel for domestic operations.3 Broken bricks, stones and cement concrete wastes Used as filler material in plinth, low lying areas etc. 4 Paint cans, brushes and other plastic waste

materials. Sold to re-cyclers, authorised re-processers.


118

4.3 OPERATION PHASE Operational phase activities may have impacts minor or major, positive or negative on environmental disciplines such as soils, surface and ground water hydrology, micro meteorology, land use, water use, water and air quality, ecology, socio economics and noise environment. Description of various attributes and effects on same has been presented in following paragraphs.

Figure 4.1 Impact Identification Process Flow Chart

Cogeneration Plant

Soil

SHW , Air

Water

Press Mud

To Factory

Weighment & Cane Preparation

Cane Milling/ Crushing

Juice Extraction & Clarification

Juice Sulphitation

Syrup Boiling

Centrifuging

Storage of Sugar

Bagasse Boiler Turbines

To Grid

PowerSteam

Molasses

Air SHW Noise

Air Noise Water SHW

Air Water Soil

Noise Noise SHW Noise Air SHW


119

Table 4.3 Identification of Impacts on Environment due to Operation Activities under Existing Sugar, Co-Gen and Distillery Project of DBRKPSSK, Kolhapur.

Sr. No.

Environmental Aspects

Activities / Observation Impact Identification Type of impact

Remark

1. Air Cane Yard, Cane Weighment, Milling Section, SO2 preparation section, Lime Slurry preparation, Centrifuge, Sugar bagging house, Bagasse & Pressmud yard, Ash Storage Yard, Molasses Storage Tank, Fermentation.

Generation of fugitive dust, bagasse particles, lime dust, fine sugar dust & water mist, bagasse dust, Odour Nuisance, and release of SO2, CO2

Emissions.

Minor (Non-

quantifiable)

Impacts due to existing boiler operations may not have significant impact on air environment. The impacts due to existing ambient concentrations is described below at Section 4.3.1 of this Chapter.

2. Water Milling Section, Juice storage, Juice clarification, Juice Concentration Section, Vacuum Pan, Crystallizer, Centrifuge

If spillage of juice/syrup accidently discharged into water body, it may cause impact on water quality.

Major (Quantifiable)

The impacts due to operation activities are significant. Quantification of accidental discharge into nearby water body & nalla is given below at Section 4.3.3 of this Chapter.

Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) Discharge of untreated / partially treated effluent

Molasses storage tank, Distillation, Spentwash storage tank

If spillage of Molasses, Spentwash & spentlees accidently discharged into water body, it may cause impact on water quality.

Compost yard Formation of leachates and percolation of same in ground water.

3. Noise Cane yard, Cane weighment, Milling section, Sugar bagging house, Boiler operations (Fuel Burning, Steam vent off), Turbine

Due to cane transportation activities, Milling operations, Conveyors, trolleys, people, sugar bag packing machines, Boiler operations, High pressure steam injection & high speed turbine rotary motions etc.

Minor (Non-

quantifiable)

The impacts due to operation activities are negligible i.e. insignificant.


120

Sr. No.

Environmental Aspects

Activities / Observation Impact Identification Type of impact

Remark

4. Solid & Hazardous Waste (SHW)

Cane yard, Milling Section, Vacuum Filtration, Bagasse conveyance, handling, transport & storage yard, Pressmud yard.

Solid waste such as Trash, dung, Lubricant Spills, Pressmud, Bagasse generates.

Minor (Non-

quantifiable)

The impacts due to operation activities are negligible i.e. insignificant. SHW generated would be properly handled and disposed off. ETP Non-scientific disposal of sludge, its

littering and odour nuisance5. Soil Boiler Operation (Fuel Burning),

Ash storage Yard, Fermentation, Juice Storage, Juice Concentration Section, Vacuum Pan, Crystallizer, Centrifuge, Molasses storage tank, Distillation.

Generation of ash, yeast sludge, spillage of juice/ syrup, molasses, spentwash, spentlees

Minor (Non-

quantifiable)

The impacts due to operation activities are negligible i.e. insignificant.

Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) Discharge of untreated / partially treated effluent on land/ nearby farm

6. Risk & Hazard SO2 Storage & use, Bagasse conveyance, handling, transport and storage yard, Bio-methanation plant, Alcohol Storage Tank

Release of SO2, Sulphur dust explosion, Fire in bagasse yard, Spillage of alcohol accidently, and fire in alcohol storage yard.

Major Worst-case scenarios predicting the impacts due to hazardous raw materials or chemicals are presented in Chapter 7.

7. Ecology & Biodiversity

Distillation Spillage of Spentwash Minor (Non-

quantifiable)

Impacts due to operation activities are negligible i.e. insignificant


121

4.3.1 Impact on Air Quality A) Emissions from Fuel Burning Major sources of air pollution shall be boiler as well as vehicles used for transportation. Presently, there is one boiler of 140 TPH capacity in existing sugar factory. To same, ESP has been provided as APC equipment. Bagasse is used as fuel for the existing boiler. No new boiler will be installed under proposed expansion of sugar factory. The stack emissions from existing boiler shall be particulate matter, SO2, CO, NOX. In addition, the vehicular exhaust may also contribute to air pollution through release of SO2, CO, NOX. Table 2.20 of Chapter 2 may be referred for details of boiler and stacks under existing set up of DBRKPSSKL. The SPM forms coating on surface of leaves and retard photosynthetic activity of plants. Thus, plant growth is hampered and ultimately yield from the plant / crop gets affected. Also, SPM emissions may cause allergic asthma, eye irritation and respiratory problems in workers of DBRKPSSKL as well as for the nearby residents. Moreover, when settle-down the soil surface, SPM gets mixed with it and may degrade the soil quality (physical and chemical properties, nutrients etc.) thereby making it unfavourable for crop cultivation. Further, oxides of sulphur and nitrogen also adversely affect plants, humans, animals and materials. The plant growth and nutrient quality of plant products could get affected adversely. Also damage to plant tissues causing nicrosis and chlorosis of leaves may be a prominent effect. These oxides cause eye irritation, chest constriction of respiratory track and respiratory disorders among human being and animals. Other important impact of the sulphur and nitrogen oxides is that they react with atmospheric moisture in presences of sunlight and form sulphuric acid and nitric acid which during precipitation cause acid rain. The acid rain severely affects soil properties including its fertility and can damage civil structures, MS installation including historical monuments. The emitted CO presence, in excess than stipulated norm (25 ppm, as per ACGIH recommendation), could react with haemoglobin in blood and thus reduces oxygen carrying capacity of same due to formation of a compound namely carboxy-haemoglobin. 4.3.1.1 GLC Evaluation through Air Dispersion Modelling In order to study the movement of particulate matter and gaseous pollutants' release into atmosphere from the source, Air Dispersion Model – AERMOD developed by the US Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) is used. The software helps in knowing details of particulate and gases dispersed in the down wind direction and finally reaching the ground at farther distance from the source. Ground level concentrations (GLC) mainly depend upon the strength of emission source & micrometeorology of study area. No new boiler will be installed under the proposed expansion of sugar factory by DBRKPSSKL. Hence, AERMOD software is not used for understanding the increase in baseline concentrations of ambient air. Site-specific meteorological data collected for one season for period from Oct. 2017 – Nov. 2017 -Dec. 2017. Refer Figure 4.2 for windrose. Predominant wind direction & wind speeds are tabulated in following table –


122

Table 4.4 Predominant Wind Directions

No. Season Time (Hrs.) Predominant wind Direction

Nearest Habitation Downwind

1 Winter 08:30 E Ichalkaranji 17:30 E2 Post-monsoon 08:30 W Tilawani 17:30 W3 Monsoon 08:30 W Sajani 17:30 W4 Pre-monsoon 08:30 NW

Korochi 17:30 W

Table 4.5 Predominant Wind Direction and Speed Categories

Season Predominant Wind Direction Wind Speed Category (Kmph)

December East 1-8 January East 1-8 February West 1-8

The 24 hourly 98th percentile concentrations and averages of PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx in ambient air, recorded during the field study conducted for the season Oct. 2017 – Nov. 2017 – Dec. 2017 are considered as baseline values. The impact due to operations of existing nearby industries on this region is represented by 98 percentile concentrations of above mentioned parameters at this location, which are considered as ‘Baseline Concentrations’ to determine the impact on ambient air quality. The baseline concentrations at site are summarized in the following table.

Table 4.6 Baseline Concentrations

Parameter Concentration NAAQS Remark

PM10 64.30 g/m3 100 g/m3 Baseline concentrations for PM10 @ 64.30

g/m3, PM2.5 @ 24.85 g/m3, SO2 @ 41.66

g/m3, NOx @ 50.74 g/m3 and CO is not

detectable. The baseline concentrations are

well within the limits. Refer Chapter 3,

Section 3.10 for more details.

PM2.5 24.85 g/m3 60 g/m3

SO2 41.66 g/m3 80 g/m3

NOX 50.74 g/m3 80 g/m3

CO BDL 2 mg/m3


123

Figure 4.2 Windrose for October 2017 to December 2017


124

B) Fugitive Emissions Fugitive emission under existing activities of sugar factory of MLSCIL shall be mainly from sources - Cane yard PM10-62.0 ug/m3 (9%), PM2.5- 25.0 ug/m3 (11%), Cane weighment PM10-68.2 ug/m3(20%), PM2.5–27 ug/m3 (20%), Bagasse yard PM10 -75 ug/m3(31%), PM2.5- 38 ug/m3 (68%), Lime slurry preparation section PM10 - 60 ug/m3 (5%), PM2.5- 24 ug/m3 (6%), Centrifuge PM10-64 ug/m3 (12%), PM2.5-27 ug/m3 (20%), Sugar bagging section PM10 - 68 ug/m3 (19%), PM2.5 - 30 ug/m3 (32%) & Ash Yard PM10 - 62 ug/m3 (9%), PM2.5 - 25.0 ug/m3

(11%). These will impact the working environment of the workers and will also settle on plants in the industrial premises. The consequence of this shall be respiratory disorders, aggravated coughing and difficult or painful breathing among the workers and reduced photosynthesis activity which shall impact the plant life. Efficient and quick utilization of molasses from the tanks and its subsequent composting shall avoid holding up of same for longer periods and prevent formation of above mentioned gaseous emissions. C) Process Emissions The source of process emissions from existing sugar and co-gen unit is from boiler operations. The process emissions would be in the form of PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx and CO. APC equipment in the form of ESP is installed for curbing the process emissions under existing operations. D) Odour Pollution Odour can result from number of sources and operations in an integrated complex of sugar factory and distillery. They may include stale cane, bad mill sanitation, molasses handling and storage, effluent storage; treatment & disposal, effluent carrying drains, primary & secondary sludge storage areas etc. Under proposed expansion in DBRKPSSKL, every care shall be taken to avoid the odour generation from above sources and actions so that the eventual nuisance from same shall be abated.

4.3.1.2 Calculations for Particulate Matter & SO2 Emissions from Boiler

A) Rate of Particulate Matter (PM) Emissions from Boiler

Assumptions:

% of ash from bagasse burning –3 % Ratio of Fly Ash : Bottom Ash = 80:20 Efficiency of APC equipment: ESP - 98-99%

Based on above assumptions, stack emissions from the expansion boilers is as follows,

1. Existing Boiler – 140 TPH Total Bagasse Requirement = 63.6 TPH

Ash generated = 0.03 x 79.5 = 1.908 TPH

ESP shall be provided as APC equipment

PM emission rate = (1.908x 0.8 x 0.02) = 0.0305 TPH

= 0.0305 x 1000 x 1000 x 1000 = 3,05,28,000 mg/Hr


125

Considering the Gas Volume of stack @ 5.32 Lakh NM3/ Hr, the stack emissions in form of PM mg/NM3 would be:

PM mg/NM3 = PM mg/Hr / Gas Volume

= 3,05,28,000 mg/Hr / 5,32,080 NM3/Hr = 57.37 mg/NM3

Considering 40% moisture in flue gas due to moisture in bagasse, the final particulate matter on dry basis in stack emissions would be 34.42 mg /NM3

The limit of PM from stack prescribed by MPCB is 150 mg / NM3.

B) Rate of SO2 Emissions from Boiler

Assumptions: Sulphur % in Bagasse – 0.05%

1. Existing Boiler – 140 TPH Total Bagasse Requirement = 63.6 TPH

Total Sulphur generated = 63.6 x 0.05% = 0.0318

SO2 Generation = 0.0318 x 2 = 0.064 TPH = 1.066 Kg/Min = 17.76 gm/sec

4.3.1.3 Mitigation Measures

A) Emissions from Fuel Burning

It is proposed to install temperature, CO, CO2 and SO2 sensors for monitoring respective parameters of the exhaust gases.

Regular self-monitoring of the AAQ and work zone air quality to be done by the industry through approved labs to check and control dust levels / concentrations at certain places so that same could be kept always below the stipulated norms.

Efficiencies of dust control equipment in the industry such as ESP shall be monitored regularly (at least once a month) under performance evaluation.

Inlet and outlet of pollution control equipment shall be provided with all necessary sampling arrangements as per guidelines of CPCB.

Air pollution control equipment would be interlocked with the process as per the guidelines of CPCB.

B) Fugitive Emissions

Installation of appropriate, adequate and efficient exhaust and ventilation system to remove and control dust from work zone areas. Provision of appropriate APC equipment to collect and remove dust from work zone including their monitoring routinely.

Dust, ash etc. collected from the APC equipment, e.g. fly ash from co-gen boilers, will be properly handled and disposed off periodically by supply to farmers for use as manure. Thus, uncontrolled storage of ash on site shall be avoided which could lead to littering and suspension in air due to wind.


126

Installation of dedicated and mechanical ash handling system with adequate capacity silos, conveyors, closed conduits, water sprinkling arrangements etc. shall be installed.

Personal protective equipment such as masks, aprons, gloves, goggles etc. shall be provided to the workers.

Augmentation of green belt of adequate density and with appropriate types of plants shall be made to control and attenuate dust transfer in the premises. Also, well planned and shelter belt and mass plantation shall be provided along bagasse and ash storage yards to curb littering of the materials due to wind. This will avoid suspension of bagasse and ash particles in the air which leads to SPM.

Proper maintenance of existing tar roads provided in the premises of DBRKPSSKL shall be done. Moreover, all internal roads, yards and open storage areas will be provided with well compacted and constructed surface layering. At certain locations linings of tar or RCC shall also be provided.

Covered / encased conveyors to be installed to carry bagasse from milling section to storage yards, from storage yards to boiler section. This would be done to avoid littering and free falling of loose bagasse from the belt which leads to suspension of same in air and subsequent spread in the ambient air due to wind currents.

C) Process Emissions

To marginally minimize the effects of process emissions, a care shall be taken through implementation of the propose green belt.

D) Odour Pollution

To abate the odour nuisance, DBRKPSSKL has a concrete planning which includes following steps and actions- Adoption of GMPs (good management practices). Arranging awareness and training camps for workers. Use of PPEs like masks by persons working near odour potential prone areas. India has very few trained and skilled manpower as per the requirement of international

practices for the odour monitoring and control. Therefore, the human resource shall be developed and continuous efforts will be made for upgrading the knowledge base and skill in this area. Requisite trainings could be arranged through representatives from academic and national research institutions, state and central regulatory agencies etc.

4.3.2 Impact on Climate Impact on the climatic conditions, due to the proposed expansion of sugar factory is not envisaged especially as emissions of flue gases with very high temperatures, to the atmosphere, is not expected. 4.3.3 Impact on Water Resources

A) Surface Water

The total water required for various industrial processes and operations after proposed sugar factory expansion project by DBRKPSSKL shall be to the tune of 2330 M3/Day (100% quantity). Out of which 2280 M3/Day (98%) shall be met form cane condensate. Remaining 50 M3/Day (2 %) shall be the actual quantity of fresh water to be taken from Panchganga River. It is clear from above facts that there shall not be any major impact on surface water resource as almost 98% of the water shall come from recycling. Consequently, this shall


127

reduce equivalent fresh water demand thereby saving that much quantity of water to be taken from Panchganga River. As far as treated effluent disposal is concerned, wastewater from sugar factory and co-gen plant will be 890 M3/Day shall be treated in existing ETP of DBRKPSSKL which is to be to be upgraded properly and adequately. For more details w.r.t. water consumption and effluent generation, Chapter 2 may be referred. If the above mentioned effluents are let out in the environment, without any treatment it may have impacts on surface water quality as well as on soil quality. If the untreated effluent enters any surface water body; there could be number of adverse effects. First of all, suspended particles in it increase turbidity which can reduce amount of light penetrating the water thereby disrupting growth of photosynthetic plants and activities of micro-organisms especially phytoplanktons and zooplanktons. This could have subsequent adverse effects on rest of the aquatic community that depend on these components of the food chain. The suspended particulates when get settled at bottom of the water body add to undesirable sediments. Further, due to organic matter in the effluent, dissolved oxygen level in receiving water body gets depleted immediately as a result of intense oxidation of the organics by aerobic microbes. Moreover, nitrogen and phosphorus in wastewaters act as nutrients that help aggravating problems of 'Eutrophication' in the water bodies. Uncontrolled growth of aquatic weeds, and eruption of algal blooms seriously affect the quality of water and aesthetics. The channels of streams and water ways may get blocked and algal dominance could reduce dissolved oxygen levels during night times as a result of respiration; an action exactly opposite to photosynthesis that releases oxygen by taking up CO2 during day time. Excessive presence of CO2 in the waters may lead to fall in pH as a result of formation of weak acids and this again could have prominent impact on pH sensitive reactions in the water body and benthic deposits. Serious fish kill can happen due to depletion of DO levels in addition to effluent induced toxicity in the receiving waters. Some of the toxins in industrial wastewaters may have mild effects on the human health whereas the other ones can be fatal. If heavy metals, pesticides and other toxins as well as chemicals appear in the water in excessive concentrations than the permitted ones and if such waters are consumed by human beings or animals, diseases and disorders like skin irritation, blistering, immunity suppression, reproductive failure or acute poisoning can take place.

When untreated effluents are discharged on lands, the soils could get adverse impact through number of actions and effects. Most immediate is the pH disturbance as a result of excessive acidic or alkaline effluent discharges on the land. Severe acidity kills the plants and active useful flora in soils. On the other hand, at higher pH; nitrogen locked in soils gets converted in to ammonia which escapes to the atmosphere thereby creating serious deficiency of this vital nutrient in the soil. Thus, soils become less fertile and non-productive eventually. High TDS lead to soil salinity problems and its conductivity is increased which adversely affects growth of crops and plants with eventual drop in the overall yield. Soil porosity may get hampered. Microbes in soil oxidise organic matter in the wastes. While utilizing carbon from the organics during their metabolism; they (the microorganisms) take up nitrogen from the soil which is an essential thing for cell growth. This action could deplete the nitrogen contents and is referred to as 'nitrogen robbing'. This eventuality reduces nutritive value of soil and its fertility. Also, problems with seed germination could come up if C/N ratio, pH and porosity of soils are affected adversely.


128

Table 4.7 Quantification of Pollutants' (Effluent from Sugar Factory & Co-gen Plant) Load

Pollutants Conc. of PollutantsGenerated mg/lit

(mass/volume)

Quantity of Pollutants generated

Kg/day (mass/day)

Conc. Of Pollutants after Treatment

mg/lit (mass/volume)

Quantity of Pollutants after

Treatment Kg/day

(mass/day)

MPCB Standards mg/lit (mass/

vol)

Kg/day (mass/da

y)

Raw Effluent (890 CMD) Treated Effluent (712 CMD)Untreated Effluent

pH 6 -- 7-8 -- -- --BOD 1500 1335 50 35.6 100 59COD 3000 2670 200 142.4 250 147.5TDS 1600 1424 1700 1210.4 2100 1239

4.3.3.1 Calculations for Quantification of Impact on Panchganga River (Surface Water)

Accidental discharge of untreated effluent from Deshbhakt Ratnappa Kumbhar Panchganga Sahakari Sakhar Karkhana Ltd. (DBRKPSSKL) find its way to nearest nallah (Kabnur Odha) on south west direction as per the drainage pattern of premises. Subsequently, from point of confluence near industry the effluent via nallah discharge shall meet river after travelling 5 Km. through the stretch of Nallah.

a) When untreated effluent is mixed into Nallah towards West to South direction of project site :

Table 4.8 Quantification of Impact due to discharge of untreated effluent into Nallah

Worst Case Scenario (Discharge of Untreated Effluent in Nallah) Sr. No.

Parameter Ci Qi CS QS Ci*Qi + Cs*Qs Cf = (Ci*Qi + CS*Qs) / (Qi+QS)

Inland surface Water (CPCB Standards) (mg/L)A B

1 BOD 1500 37.08 170 720 178020 235 -- 32 COD 3000 37.08 270 720 305640 404 -- -- 3 TDS 1600 37.08 2700 720 2003328 2646 2100 500

Ci - Concentration of pollutant in the stream (Untreated effluent), mg/L . Cs - Concentration of pollutant in the stream (Kabnur Nallah), upstream of wastewater discharge, mg/L.


129

Cf - Concentration of pollutant in the stream (Kabnur Nallah), downstream of wastewater discharge, mg/L. Qi - Wastewater discharge rate, M3/ hr. Qs- Nallah Flowrate , M3/hr, A - Inland Surface Water Standards for Irrigation purpose. B - Inland Surface Water Standards for Drinking purpose.

b) When Contaminated Nallah with untreated effluents gets discharged into Panchganga river :

Table 4.9 Quantification of Impact due to discharge of contaminated Nallah due to untreated effluent into River

Worst Case Scenario (Discharge of untreated effluent mixed Nallah into Panchganga River) Sr. No. Parameter Ci Qi CS QS Ci*Qi +

Cs*Qs Cf = (Ci*Qi

+ CS*Qs) / (Qi+QS)

Inland surface Water (CPCB Standards) (mg/L)

A B1 BOD 1500 720 18 57600 2116800 36.30 -- 3 2 COD 3000 720 32 57600 4003200 68.64 -- -- 3 TDS 1600 720 595 57600 35424000 607.41 2100 500

Ci - Concentration of pollutant in the stream (Nallah), upstream of wastewater discharge, mg/L . Cs - Concentration of pollutant in the stream (Panchganga river), mg/L. Cf - Concentration of pollutant in the stream (Panchganga river), mg/L. Qi - Nallah wastewater discharge rate, M3/hr. Qs- Stream flow rate, M3/hr, A - Inland Surface Water Standards for Irrigation purpose. B - Inland Surface Water Standards for Drinking purpose.


130

c) Facts and Interpretations –

When untreated effluent from ETP finds a way to nallah, it is observed that on downstream of point of discharge, the BOD, COD & TDS of nallah water shall become 235 mg/lit, 404 mg/lit and 2646 mg/lit resp. which otherwise are - 170 mg/lit, 270 mg/lit and 2700 mg/lit.

When this polluted nallah water (due to untreated effluent from ETP) joins the Panchganga river, it is predicted that on downstream of point of discharge, the BOD, COD & TDS of river water shall become 36.30 mg/lit, 68.64 mg/lit and 607.41 mg/lit resp. which otherwise are – 18 mg/lit, 32 mg/lit and 595 mg/lit.

The increase in concentrations of above parameters shall exert negative impact on the aquatic biota and the fresh water ecosystem. First of all, suspended particles increase turbidity which reduces light penetration thereby disrupting growth of photosynthetic plants and disturb the food chain, nitrogen and phosphorus in wastewaters act as nutrients that help aggravating problems of 'Eutrophication' and algal dominance, organic matter in the effluent could reduce dissolved oxygen levels and cause fish kill due to depletion of DO levels, excessive presence of CO2 through respiration process in eutrophied waters may lead to fall in pH which results in formation of weak acids and affects the pH sensitive reactions in the water body and benthic deposits, increase in ground water TDS levels could lead to salinity problems of soils, gastro enteric disorders, problems of urine stone etc. in humans, corrosion, pitting and similar problems with metallic objects due to salt deposition and scaling.

d) Mitigation Measures –

1. Construction of three KT weirs in the Nallah stretch from Industry to River Panchganga and putting baffles in KT weir to control discharge subsequent to ingress of Raw spentwash & untreated effluent in to the Nallah so as to carry out flow obstruction.

2. Stopping / arresting untreated effluent entry to nallah by diverting flow through leaking pipe. Lifting the stored volume upstream the KT weir by portable pumps & sending it back to tank or discharging same on nearby farm land for irrigation.

3. Pumping of contaminated discharge from nallah from first weir to tank & action of flushing & dilution to subsequent weirs

4. Faster communication to people residing along the nallah & river about ingress of effluents in the streams followed by an appeal for not consuming the waters for domestic purposes and animal consumption.


131

Figure 4.3 Image showing KT Weirs


132

B) Ground Water Water required for existing operations of the industry is being taken from the Panchganga River. After expansion, same practice shall be continued. Hence, as ground water will not be a source of raw water for industrial activities, there will not be any major impact on ground water reserve (quantity) in the area. However, quality of ground water could get affected adversely if effluent handling, treatment and disposal practices are not properly followed. If storage tanks are not scientifically maintained (as per CPCB guidelines) then runoff, overflows, leakages and seepages from tanks, pipe lines, open yards may lead to ground water contamination. Organics in effluents may impart BOD & COD to the water, increase in ground water TDS levels could lead to salinity problems of soils. The hardness increase due to effluent access to ground water is also an undesirable effect. Introduction of colour to ground water due to contamination of effluents shall not only be important from aesthetics but same may also have health concern. Contaminated ground water if utilized by residents of the region for drinking purpose it may affect the health. High TDS may lead to gastro enteric disorders, problems of urine stone etc. If utilized for industrial purposes, softening and demineralization may incur huge costs. Moreover, the pipelines and other metallic infrastructure involved in conveyance can undergo corrosion, pitting and similar problems due top salt deposition on exposed surfaces. Further, if polluted ground water is used for irrigation; it may deteriorate the soil fertility. No impact on geology of the area is identified, as ‘DBRK Panchaganga S.S.K.Ltd’ not occupied major excavations, blasting, loading and unloading of rock materials in the project work and there is no any geological feature of local, regional or national importance in the area. As far as the Groundwater Quality is concerned, contamination noted during field visits in dug-wells particularly in West and South west of the project site around village vicinity area. However, the physico-chemical analyses showed all physical and chemical parameters within the stipulated limits prescribed by Bureau of Indian Standards 10500:2012.

4.3.3.1 Mitigation Measures A) Surface Water There shall be maximum use of condensate getting available from cane juice evaporation

in sugar factory. This shall tremendously reduce fresh water demand. Harvested rainwater shall be partly used for gardening (green belt) and partly for

domestic purposes like toilet flushing, washing etc. thereby reducing the fresh water demand towards said activities.

Under the expansion project the existing sugar factory ETP would be upgraded. The concepts of advanced mechanization and automation would be introduced in ETP so

as to optimize power and chemical consumption as well as to minimize chances of reduced efficiencies due to human errors and non-efficient operation and maintenance practices.

Under expansion project STP shall be provided for domestic effluent treatment which shall replace existing practice of septic tanks followed by soak pits.

The industry shall not discharge any untreated / treated industrial as well as domestic effluent in to any nearby surface water body.


133

The treated effluent from sugar factory ETP shall be used for gardening (green belt) in factory premises on land and on shareholders farmland of 28.25 acres. As no effluent shall be allowed to enter or reach any surface water body, the existing water quality will not be disturbed.

B) Ground Water The recharge of ground water in study area is happening through rainfall, seepage from

irrigation tanks and ponds in the study area. Under expansion project, it is proposed to implement rain water harvesting measures in the industry premises. Rain water from roof top and surface harvesting shall be collected into recharging pit to be provided on site. Harvesting of rainwater and its recharge into the ground is a very important aspect which creates positive impact on the ground water table.

No ground water from any bore well / open well shall be used in manufacturing processes and operations in the industry.

The total quantity of domestic effluent, after proper treatment, would be used for gardening on own land / irrigation in nearby farms.

Sugar factory and co-generation plant effluents shall be treated in an upgraded ETP.

4.3.4 Impact on Hydro Geology

No impact on geology of the area is likely, as no major excavations are involved in the project work and there is no any geological feature of local, regional or national importance in the area.

Leakages and seepages from sugar factory effluent and spentwash storage structures could contaminate both shallow and deeper aquifer of the project site through actions like seepages, leakages and percolation.

Overall GW status in the study area is moderate which was revealed through inspection of various bore and open wells in study area. At many villages and small habitations, it was observed that people are totally dependent on the GW for all their domestic needs including drinking. In study area, no major GW recharge efforts were noted. It is very much essential that certain immediate steps are required to be taken either by the Govt. or by the industry through its CSR provisions towards healthy GW management including intensive rainwater harvesting, runoff management and construction of recharge structures. Thus, percolation of harvested and stored rain water shall recharge the existing open &bore wells of study area which shall definitely have a positive impact on the ground water table thereby increasing its level in the ground due to addition to the aquifers storage.


Alternative sources and Implementation of rainwater harvesting measures, both for the

roof top and ground surface must be done so as to collect and arrest runoffs and store the same in tanks at certain locations as per the topography in the premises. Also, feasibility should be explored to recharge the harvested rain water directly to bore wells located in the industrial and those in the nearby areas.

Implementation of rain water harvesting measures, for both for the roof top and ground surface must be done so as to collect and arrest runoffs and store the same in tanks at certain locations as per the topography in the premises. Also, feasibility should be explored to recharge the harvested rain water directly to bore wells located in the industrial


134

and those in the nearby areas. Percolation of stored water in the rain water harvesting tanks as mentioned above and recharge to bore wells shall definitely have a positive impact on the ground water table thereby increasing its level in the ground due to addition to the aquifers' storage. This water percolates into deeper layers of the subsurface strata through joints and fractures to recharge groundwater source. Thus, artificial recharge methods not only serve as water conservation mechanism but assist in overcoming problems associated with overdrafts.

4.3.5 Impact of Solid and Hazardous Wastes Solid wastes to be generated in the form of boiler ash and ETP sludge from sugar factory

and cogen plant. Haphazard and uncontrolled storage of ash on site shall lead to littering and suspension of

the particles in air due to strong wind currents causing problems of air pollution and aesthetics.

Characteristics of bagasse ash (co-gen boiler) and that of the spentwash ash shall be considerably different. The bagasse ash being from biomass could be used as manure while observing certain care towards rate as well as method of application. The spentwash ash on the other hand due to certain inorganic and heavy metal contents shall only be utilized as filler material alongwith press mud in composting.

Improper utilization / disposal of ash would harm soil quality and fertility of the agriculture fields.

If the boiler ash storage and concentrated spentwash tank areas are not scientifically maintained (as per CPCB guidelines) then runoff, overflows, leakages and seepages from same may lead to soil, surface water & ground water contamination.

Hazardous waste under Category 5.1, i.e. Used / Spent oil to the tune of 5 MT/Yr. And Category 5.2 i.e. Residue Oil @ 5 MT/Yr. shall be generated. This oil if gets spilled or littered in environment, can contaminate environment and result in to undesirable aesthetics also. The used oils especially the ones aimed for lubricating, after draining from engines; gearboxes; hydraulic systems; turbines and air compressors shall not be suitable for use as – (1) the oil may be contaminated with wear debris, (2) the lubricating base oil gets deteriorated and degraded to acids, (3) the additives may decompose into other chemical species, (4) the oils may get mixed with process fluids, degreasers and solvents thereby changing nature and properties completely. Used oil contains wear metals such as iron, tin and copper as well as lead and zinc. Many organic molecules arise from the breakdown of additives and base oils. The molecule potentially the most harmful is the polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon (PAH). The spent oil on spillage tends to accumulate in the environment, causing soil and water pollution. Oil decomposes very slowly. It reduces the oxygen supply to the micro-organisms that break the oil down into non-hazardous compounds. Toxic gases and harmful metallic dust particles are produced by the ordinary combustion of used oil. The high concentration of metal ions, lead, zinc, chromium and copper in used oil can be toxic to ecological systems and to human health if they are emitted from the exhaust stack of uncontrolled burners and furnaces. Some of the additives (zincdialkyl – dithio - phosphates, molybdenum disulphide, other organo - metallic compounds etc.) used in lubricants can contaminate the environment severelys. Certain compounds in used oils like PAH can be very dangerous to human and animal health being carcinogenic and mutagenic. Lubricating oil is transformed by the high temperatures and stress of an engine's operation. This results in oxidation, nitration, cracking of polymers and decomposition of organ- metallic compounds. Other


135

contaminants also accumulate in oil during use - fuel, antifreeze / coolant, water, wear metals, metal oxides and combustion products.


Bagasse ash shall be collected and stored separately. The ash quantity shall be handled and collected through dedicated and automatic mechanical systems followed by storage in silos. Ash shall be sprinkled / sprayed with water to avoid its suspension during all the above processes.

The Used oil from sugar factory shall be mixed properly with bagasse and burnt in Co-generation boiler.

4.3.6 Impact on Soil and Agriculture Impact on soil characteristics shall be usually attributable to deposition of air pollutants from fuel burning operations in co-gen plant and distillery, wastewater discharges and solid and hazardous waste disposal. Particulate matter and other pollutants emitted into ambient air (especially in very high concentrations due to improper working of APC equipment) may result in deposition of same on soil and nearby agriculture fields. This can result into alteration of properties of soil and its composition. As such crops and plants grown in such soils may become unable to adapt to soil changes and thus the productivity gets reduced. Also, the contaminants from effluents and solid as well as hazardous wastes could have similar effects on soil through uncontrolled and consistent applications or accidental discharges. Due to this, soil fertility slowly diminishes making it saline and non-suitable for agricultural or and any other vegetation to survive. Moreover, the microbes in soil like fungi and bacteria which can have profound effects on its microbiology and biochemistry may also receive adverse impacts due to pollutants and contaminates through effects like toxicity. Certain alterations in soils' nature may result into physical and structural changes like variation in bonding properties of soils, cohesiveness, permeability, porosity, plasticity etc. This can result in to undesirable effects like excessive erosion, seepages, infiltration. Further, death of many useful organisms in the soil (e.g. earthworms) cancreate troubles w.r.t. soils' fertility and productivity. As already stated in earlier section, if raw effluent is discharged on land, acidic or alkaline pH, high TDS concentrations and organic matter contents could have detrimental effects like loss of nitrogen, increase in conductivity and salinity, reduced porosity etc. 4.3.6.1 Mitigation Measures

Ash is handled and collected through dedicated and automatic mechanical system

followed by storage in separate silos. Ash is sprayed with water to avoid its suspension during all the above processes. Finally, it is forwarded to brick manufacturers/ farmers for final disposal. This same practise shall be followed after sugar factory expansion.

The Industrial effluent after proposed expansion project shall be treated in an ETP of sugar factory that shall be duly upgraded. For domestic effluent, STP shall be installed while discarding existing septic tanks and soak pit systems.

4.3.7 Impact on Noise Levels The criteria on which noise impacts are analyzed depend upon the people who are being affected. Broadly, there are two types viz. people who are working near the source and the


136

people who stay near the industry. People working near the source need risk criteria for hearing damage while the people who stay near the industry need annoyance and psychological damage as the criteria for noise level impact analysis. It is quite obvious that the acceptable noise level for the latter case is less than the former case. So, the noise impact analysis can be of two types namely (1) Noise impact analysis on working environment; and (2) Noise impact analysis on community. 1) Noise Impact Analysis on Working Environment For Noise Levels in the industrial unit, the potential noise generating sources are categorized under three major heads - noise from machinery, noise from sirens / work areas, noise from transportation. The total noise generated by operations of all equipment in the premises of all units in an Industrial Plant (from experience of existing unit) would be between 70 to 85dB(A). Constant exposure to such level can result in damage to ear drums and loss of hearing, blood pressure levels, cardio-vascular disease and stress related heart problems among the workers. It may also disturb psychological condition of the workers. The actual resultant noise levels outside the factory will be much lesser in the ambient air after considering attenuation. Therefore, the impact of sugar factory, distillery and co-gen plant w.r.t. noise would be non-significant. The noise levels in work environment are compared with the standards prescribed by Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA-USA), which in turn were enforced by Government of India through model rules framed under Factories’ Act. These standards were established with the emphasis on reducing hearing loss.

Table 4.10 Permissible Exposure In Case of Continuous Noise

Sr. No.

Total Time of Exposure (continuous or a number of short term exposures) per

Day, in hours

Sound Pressure dB (A)

Remarks

1. 8.00 90 1. No exposures in excess of dB(A) are permitted. 2. 6.00 92 2. For any period of exposure falling in between

any figure and the next higher or lower figure as indicated in column 2, the permissible sound pressure level is to be determined by extrapolation on a proportionate scale.

3. 4.00 95 4. 3.00 975. 2.00 100 6. 1.50 102 7. 1.00 105 8 0.75 1079. 0.50 110

10. 0.25 115

2) Noise Impact Analysis on Community

Noise pattern from the source is computed with the help of following formula. Noise Level at distance r2 = (Noise level at distance r1) - 20 log (r2/r1)


137

The noise levels get reduced considerably in the range of 20-30% because of natural obstructions. The permissible noise levels, for different categories of area, as prescribed by MoEFCC are given in Table 4.10. The resultant noise levels at the receptor in different areas/zones are envisaged to be within permissible limits. If noise levels exceed the limit, people who stay near the industry get disturbed due to reasons like annoyance and psychological reasons. The present ambient noise monitored at all villages in the study area is within reasonable limits. The noise generated from an industry gets attenuated considerably because of natural barriers like walls, vegetation, houses etc. or gets deflected along the wind direction. Thus, it can be stated that noise impact due to the proposed sugar expansion activities in DBRKPSSKL could be significant on working environment without control measures, while the noise impact on community would be negligible.

Table 4.11 Standards in Respect of Ambient Noise Levels

Sr. No

Category of Area Limits in dB (A), Leq

Day time (6 AM to 10 PM)

Night time (10 PM to 6 AM)

1. Industrial area 75 70 2. Commercial area 65 55 3. Residential area 55 45 4. Silence zone(Hospitals, Educational Institutes & Courts) 50 40

4.3.7.1 Mitigation Measures Noise monitoring shall be done regularly in noise prone areas and within the industry

where workers will get exposed. Heavy duty muffler systems shall be employed for high noise generating equipment. Proper oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance shall be carried out for

machineries and equipment to reduce the noise generation. Personal protective devices such as ear muffs, ear plugs, masks will be strictly enforced

for the workers engaged in high noise prone zones. For control of noise at source, steps shall be taken like - enclosing machine, reducing

vibrations in components by replacing metal parts with sound absorbing materials, isolating the work place containing noisy equipments, reducing height of fall bins, reinforcing sheet metal constructions by packets, reduce speed of conveyor belts, covering walls/ ceilings with sound absorbing materials, using sound absorbing screens, building sound proof control areas/ rest rooms etc. In short; insulation, isolation, separation techniques shall be implemented.

Under proposed expansion, the existing green belt shall be adequately and properly augmented which shall play a vital role in noise attenuation thereby reducing noise intensity from the industry to surroundings.

During each shift of 8 hours duration, maximum permissible limits of 115 dB(A) shall never be exceeded, in the work zone, even for a short duration.

The Industry shall administer a 'Hearing Conservation Program' for workers exposed to high noise sources which shall include monitoring, notification, protection, training and record keeping for all employees in danger of exposure. The protocol shall comprise of following- 1. Monitoring shall include developing a sampling strategy to identify employees to be

included in the hearing conservation program. Each employee being monitored shall be


138

notified of the results. Employees may observe the monitoring by the Industry. The Industry shall establish and maintain an audiometric testing program that shall be performed by a qualified person at no cost to the employees.

2. Testing shall include baseline audiograms thereafter. The annual audiogram shall be evaluated for a standard threshold shift of 10 dB or more at 2000, 3000, or 4000 hertz (Hz) in either ear. Hearing protectors shall be provided by the Industry as part of the hearing conservation program.

3. Training shall comprise of observing a training program in the use and care of hearing protectors for all employees who are exposed to an 8-h TWA ≥ 85 dB(A). The hearing protectors must attenuate 8-h TWA to at least 90 dB (A) and for employees with a standard threshold shift down to at least 85 dB (A). (TWA: time weighted average)

4. Record keeping will include maintaining audiometric test records by the Industry for the duration of the affected employment.

4.3.8 Impact on Land Use The vegetation and drainage of any region are related to each other and reflect inter-locking or inter - connectivity between the same. The healthy vegetation shows well developed drainage pattern. Under DBRKPSSKL case, the first major land use is crop land that cover about 46.92% area within the study area. Secondly, area covered by fallow land is about 13.03 %. Present use of the project land is for Industrial purpose wherein the existing sugar factory, co-gen plant and distillery have already been established. The proposed expansion of sugar factory shall be implemented in existing premises of DBRKPSSKL on the same acquired land and hence no change in the land use pattern is expected. Therefore, impact on the land use is non-significant. 4.3.9 Impact on Ecology and Bio-diversity 1. The impacts were considered for worst case scenario (direct discharge of untreated

effluent into river). A major stream originates near factory site and reaches river Panchganga after travelling a distance of about 5 Km.

2. Due to decrease in fish population the livelihood of fisherman could be hampered. During interaction with fisherman, they informed that fish catch is reduced since last 10 years.

3. As per AP & AQ report the concentrations of PM10 within the standard limit of 100 ug/m3; hence the impact will be non-significant on site. Due to air pollution there may be impact on existing vegetation of study area.

4.3.9.1 Mitigation Measures The pollution control measures should strictly be implemented by the industry. The original dominant natural grassland habitats in the region, traditionally serving as

village ‘Gairan’, i.e community pastures, needs to be preserved in pristine condition by involving villagers through nature conservation awareness and action programs, to be carried out under industry’s CSR activity.

The industry, by involving workers and locals, should demonstrate, encourage, and promote suitable eco-friendly alternatives and green technologies under CSR activity in the villages in the 10 km vicinity, stressing on mass block tree plantation, rain water harvesting, solar lighting, organic farming, etc.


139

It must be ensured that no untreated effluent is discharged by the industry into river through the stream any time.

Pollution control measures as per the EMP should strictly be implemented by industry. Green belt in the industry premise needs to be further strengthened considering total plot

area and the proposed expansion by replanting the dead trees and covering the barren area around abandoned quarry. For ecological purpose, in tree plantation saplings of tall local tree species to be selected instead of exotic ornamental tree species. Large saplings (3 – 5 Years old) to be planted. As far as possible in new proposed plantation, no fruit bearing trees to be planted on industry premise to avoid possible contamination. Broad leaves, indigenous and evergreen species of trees, for ecology purpose and not for beautification, to be planted. No monoculture but mixed species plantation to be undertaken.

Under CSR activity, review of the earlier implemented initiatives to be taken before future direction of activities under CSR activities to be finalized.

The thrust of the CSR activity should be based on eco-friendly and sustainable development of the villages around and directly under DBRKPSSKL influence.

Proposed CSR activities carried out by DBRKPSSKL needs to be different than routinely carried out as mere ritual practice by most sugar industry. As DBRKPSSKL is considered to be one of leading & therefore decorated sugar industries in the country, thus its CSR activity in environmental protection should be innovative and to be a role model for other industries.

4.3.10 Impact due to Industrial Operations Involving Risk and Hazard

In an integrated Sugar Factory complex, there are number of areas where various operations and actions performed could lead to consequences involving risks & hazards. This section should receive careful consideration in identifying the particular impacts which may be due to number of reasons like – 1. Handling and storage of raw materials, by-products, products etc. 2. Primary and secondary manufacturing operations and running of equipment like boiler, turbine, fans, centrifuge etc. Identification of impacts in above areas and actions as well as mitigation measures towards same have been elaborated separately under Chapter – 7 on ‘Additional Studies’ where the section of ‘Risk Assessment’ under sector of sugar factory, co-gen plant and distillery has been dedicatedly dealt with. 4.3.11 Impact on Historical Places No notified historical place is within the study area and the impact is nil. 4.4 EVALUATION OF IMPACT Evaluation of impacts on the environmental parameters due to proposed expansion projects of the sugar factory, co-gen and distillery is an important aspect to be studied. For evaluation of same, Battelle Environmental Evaluation System (BEES) is implemented. The description of BEES is as follows-


140

4.4.1 Battelle Environmental Evaluation System (BEES) Evaluation of impacts on the environmental parameters due to the proposed expansion of sugar factory, co-gen plant and distillery is an important aspect to be studied. For evaluation of same, Battelle Environmental Evaluation System (BEES) is implemented. The description of BEES is as follows-

Level I : Categories, Level II : Components, Level III: Parameters, and Level IV: Measurements.

Each category (Level I) is divided into several components, each component (Level II) into several parameters, and each parameter (Level III) into one or more measurements. The Environmental Evaluation System (EES) implied here identifies a total of four (4) categories, twenty (20) components and eighty nine (89) parameters BEES assessment for environmental impacts of the activities under proposed expansion of sugar factory activities by DBRKPSSKL is based on commensurate "environmental impact units (EIU)". Two EIU scores are produced, one 'with' and another 'without' the proposed expansion & establishment project. The difference between the two scores is a measure of the environmental impact. The scores are based on the magnitude and importance of specific impacts. In addition to the EIU scores, the EES labels major adverse environmental impacts with a "red flag." These flags point to fragile elements of the environment, for which more detailed studies are warranted. Table 4.12 shows a complete list of categories, components, and parameters of the BattelleEES. Column 1 shows the four (4) categories, Column 2 shows the twenty (20) components and Column 3 shows eighty nine (89) parameters. The EES methodology is based on assigning importance unit to each of the parameters. Collectively, these "importance units" are referred to as "parameter importance units" or PIU's. Parameters have been assigned important weights by an interdisciplinary team of experts based on the ranked-pair wise comparison techniques. A total of 1000 PIU's are distributed among the 89 parameters based on value judgments. The individual PIU's are shown in Column 4 of Table 4.12, the summation component PIU's are shown in Column 5, and the summation category PIU's are shown in Column 6. Effectively, for each parameter i, its (PIU)i represents a weight wi

Each PIUi or wi requires a specific quantitative measurement. The methodology converts different measurements into common units by means of a scalar or "value function." A scalar has the specific measurement on x-axis and a common environmental quality scale or "value" on the y-axis. The latter varies in the range 0 ≤ Vi ≤ 1. A value of Vi = 0 indicates very poor quality, while Vi = 1 indicates very good quality. Values of Vi = Vi, 0 are obtained for conditions 'without' the project, and Vi = Vi, 1 for conditions 'with' the project. The condition 'without' the project represents the current condition, while that 'with' the project represents the predicted future condition.


141

The environmental impact EI is evaluated as follows: EI = ∑ [ Vi,1wi ] - ∑ [ Vi,0wi ] for i = 1 to n, where n = number of parameters (89). For EI> 0, the situation 'with' the project is better than 'without' the project, indicating that the project has positive environmental benefits. Conversely, for EI < 0, the situation 'with' the project is worse than 'without' the project, indicating that the project has negative environmental benefits, i.e. certain negative impacts. A large negative value of EI indicates the existence of substantial negative impacts. The assigned weights or PIU's represent the relative importance of each parameter within the overall system. Once established, they should be kept constant; otherwise, the environmental impact assessment would be difficult to replicate. The potential problem areas are represented by those parameters for which the Vi value changes significantly in the adverse direction, as measured by the following relation (in percent)- ΔVi (%) = 100 (Vi,0 - Vi,1) / Vi, 0 These parameters are tagged with 'red flags' to indicate potential problems which may warrant more detailed attention. For parameters in the ecology category, a minor red flag applies when 5% < Δ Vi < 10%; a major red flag when ΔVi > 10 %. In all other categories, a minor red flag applies when Δ Vi < 30% whereas a major red flag when Δ Vi ≥ 30%. The EES can be applied for the evaluation of project impacts, to select specific alternatives, or during the planning process to minimize potential adverse impacts of proposed projects. In the latter case, a feedback loop is used to continually modify the proposed project through successive iterations. Projects developed with the help of EES are expected not only to minimize environmental impacts, but also help improve selected portions of the environment. 4.5 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT EVALUATION FOR DBRKPSSKL Environmental quality assessment for the proposed expansion of sugar factory, co-gen plant and distillery projects has been undertaken by evaluating relevant environmental parameters. These parameters represent various components of environment viz.- 1. Biological Environment 2. Environmental Pollution Water Air Soil Noise

3. Aesthetics 4. Human Interest. Functional relationship (value functions) has been developed for each of the selected parameter, resulting in parameter measurement with environmental quality.


142

The allocation of PIUs, among the selected environmental parameters, represents a consequence of opinion of members of an interdisciplinary team of experts. Accordingly, the major environmental categories i.e. biological environment, environmental pollution, aesthetics and human interests are allocated 240, 402, 153 and 205 PIUs respectively, out of total of 1,000 units. The exhaustive list of parameters and associated PIUs used for impact assessment of proposed expansion units of DBRKPSSKL is presented. Though the BEES is considered to be the best available environmental evaluation technique, conflicting conclusions, among decision makers, could arise in the interpretation of evaluated results. The primary factors giving rise to such difference in opinion are at uncertainty and subjectivity in the allocation of PIUs to different environmental parameters and uncertainty caused by the aggregation of individual parameter scores to yield the final project score under different project impact scenarios. It is, therefore, necessary to take into account such variability and uncertainty while inferring the impact of a development project on the surrounding environment. 4.5.1 Biological Environment A well planned tree plantation program has already been implemented on site. As per MoEFCC norms, the green belt has been developed under existing complex is to the tune of 8.91 Ha. i.e. 15% of the total plot area available with the industry. Additional plantation would be done in accordance with CPCB guidelines. 4.5.1.1 Terrestrial Environment a) Natural Vegetation Natural vegetation in the study area comprises few big growing trees like Neem, Tamrind, Gulmohare. In the acquired area, some land levelling to be done by the proponents. There are no trees to be cut for the proposed expansion activities. Existing green belt developed in premises contributes to 15% of the total plot area as per the guidelines of MoEFCC. Apart from this green belt development, open areas around the offices & buildings would be covered with shrubs & plants for landscaping. Outskirts of the area would be planted with fast growing trees as indicated in the Environmental Management Plan. Solid waste dump area would be fenced & covered with shrubby vegetation. In totality, green belt development on the acquired area would imply positive benefits in terms of the extensive green belt development & proper planning of same as indicated in a separate chapter on the green belt development plan.

b) Crops In the study area, under 10 Km radius; major crops grown in the area included sugarcane, rice, and vegetables. In study area water is available in plenty and the weather is also suitable for production of sugarcane, because of that sugarcane is major crop in study area. The project would not have any significant negative impact on crops. Infact, the same will be having positive impact as the bagasse ash from existing boiler is sold to brick manufacturers and farmers.


143

c) Species Diversity No negative impacts are envisaged due to the proposed project activities on local species diversity. Infact, plantation of variety of species, as induced in the Environmental Management Plan, would improve ecosystem of the area. This will improve the local ecosystem marginally. d) Food & Web Index No adverse effect on food & web cycle is expected. However, due to green belt plan in the acquired area, improvement in the food web index is expected. e) Rare & Endangered Species No positive or negative impact is expected on these species. i) Plant Species These are normal species found in the Maharashtra Zone. Negative impact on these species is not expected. Green belt development plan, as per the EMP, would increase the number of various plant species in the acquired area. ii) Animal Species Animal species found in the area are cows, buffaloes, horses, donkeys, dogs, cats, bulls etc. These are normal species found in the Maharashtra Zone. Negative or positive impact on these species is not expected. f) Pest Species No major pest or parasitic species are found in the area. No negative or positive impact on same is expected. 4.5.1.2 Aquatic Environment a) Natural Vegetation The existing quality of natural vegetation is good. No harmful aquatic weeds like hyacinth are observed in the surface waters. b) Species Diversity As the existing and proposed expansion effluent would not be discharged directly to any water body, the diversity of any aquatic plant or animal species will not get affected. c) Food & Web Index

As the aquatic life is not going to be affected there will not be any impact on the food and web index.


144

4.5.2 Environmental Pollution Parameters for the above-mentioned category are divided into four parts as Water Soil Air Noise

Impacts of the proposed projects on these components are summarized below & presented in following Table: 4.5.2.1 Water Major parameters, which represent the water environment, are BOD, TDS, COD and pH. In case of sugar factory, distillery and co-gen plant effluent, the factors like odour and colour are also of importance. Industrial effluent generated by the proposed expansion activities would comprise of various streams namely the process effluents and effluents arising out of other activities namely cooling and boiler blow downs, washing, laboratory etc. The industrial effluent generated from existing & proposed expansion of sugar factory and existing co-gen would be to the tune of 890 M3/Day which shall be forwarded to duly upgraded sugar factory ETP. Moreover, total domestic effluent – 45 M3/Day generation same would be treated in to propose STP. Treated effluent will be used for the gardening purpose. Each and every care will be taken so that the treated effluent from ETP will not find its way directly to any surface waters. For more detail w.r.t. effluents, treatment facility details, process and flow-chart; refer Chapter 2. 4.5.2.2 Soil Analysis of soil in the acquired area shows that it is good for cultivation. In case of the study area, the soil chemistry will not change because there are no any emissions from the proposed expansion project which shall have adverse impact on the soil quality. Also, no untreated effluent shall be discharged on soil. Thus, negative impact on soils of the premises as well as those of the study area is not expected. a) Land Use Pattern No changes in land use pattern of the acquired area are expected. Also, the study area would not have any positive or negative impacts, on the land use pattern because of the proposed expansion project. b) Soil Chemistry As NPK values of soils are inadequate at most of the places in study area, good crops cannot be grown without use of chemical fertilizers. In the study area, the soil chemistry will not change because there are no any emissions from the proposed expansion project which shall have adverse impact on the soil quality. In totality, negative impact on soil chemistry of the premises as well as that of the study area is not expected.


145

c) Soil Erosion Development of the green belt plan as per the EMP would prevent soil erosion from the project premises. Also, grassland on the open lands shall help arresting the erosion of soil. Thus, there will not be any soil erosion from the acquired area. 4.5.2.3 Air Under expansion activity, no new boiler shall be installed. The existing boiler is provided with ESP as APC equipment to control the emissions. The PM10, PM2.5, SO2 & NOx monitored at the site show values of 64.30 g/M3, 24.85 g/M3, 41.66 g/M3 and 50.74 g/M3 respectively. These are well within the limits specified by MPCB / CPCB. The degradation of the air environment would be prevented by incorporating actions suggested in the EMP including implementation of augmentation of the green belt development plan as envisaged. 4.5.2.4 Noise Prominent sources of noise generation would be cane carrier, mills, pumps, compressors, and boiler house as well as stand by D.G. Set. However, this would not be the continuous source. Only in case of electricity failure, D.G. Set would be operated. Moreover, D.G. Set is enclosed in a separate canopy to reduce the noise levels. Prevention of noise pollution would be possible through the plan suggested in EMP. 4.5.2.5 Vibration No major source of vibration is present. 4.5.3 Aesthetics 1.2.3.1. Topographical Character a) Landscape

Topography and landscape of the area are overall flat. Small changes would occur in the form of general levelling and digging for construction purposes. The debris arising from the construction would be utilized for filing of low-lying area. Thus, even if some changes may occur in the topography of the area they would bring out positive impact in the form of levelling and landscaping. b) Green Belt Natural vegetation and its diversity will increase due to green belt development. c) Visual Quality of Air There will not be any effect on the visual quality of the air.


146

d) Visual Quality of Water There will not be any effect on visual quality of the water body present in the study area. Effluent from expansion project would be taken to ETP provided in sugar factory premises for its proper treatment. Treated effluent would be used for gardening in own factory premises as well as for irrigation on farm lands of share holders. e) Sound There might be small increase in noise levels around the factory premises. This can be taken care by implementation of good green belt development plan as suggested in EMP. 4.5.4 Human Interest Actions and activities under proposed project will provide employment to the residents of nearby locality thus inducing positive effect through primary and secondary jobs. a) Community Health The project would not have any impact on the sanitation facility. Total domestic wastewater would be generated to the tune of 45 M3/Day and would be treated in a proposed STP to be provided. The treated effluent will be used for gardening. Hence, the sanitation in the study area as well as acquired area would not have any positive or negative impact. b) Employment Manpower could met from the local area as well as from outside. However, presently no new employment will be generated. Preference would be given, for the job opportunities, to those labours that are residing nearby. Thus there would be marginal increase in the employment at local level. Also, secondary employment in the form of contract jobs shall be created due to proposed project activities. c) Economy As the project requires skilled and unskilled labours, various suppliers of raw materials, contractors for certain jobs and assignments etc., economy in the study area is bound to increase. Totally, economic growth would undergo positive impact. d) Transportation & Communication Due to daily production of sugar and dispatch as well as transportation of sugar cane & other raw materials, transportation in the study area is bound to be increased. As the project would require transportation of raw materials and products, mostly the local transporters would be benefited because of this project. More load on communication network is not expected. Connection for the daily need can be easily taken from the existing setup & lines. e) Education The educational facilities up to higher secondary school are present in nearby town.


147

f) Water Supply The proposed sugar factory expansion project shall receive water from the Panchganga River as per the case under existing sugar factory, co-gen plant and distillery. g) Occupational Health The regular health check-up facility & programs would be carried in the proposed project for workers. The company would imply measures suggested in the EMP. No major occupational health problem is anticipated by the proposed project. Following measures shall be taken up by the Industry- As per the requirement of Factory Act, provision of Occupational Health Center shall be

done on site. An ambulance shall be made available all the time i.e. 24X7. Regular medical check-up of employees shall be carried out and records shall be

maintained. Workmen Compensation Policy as well as Medi-claim Health Policy shall be done for all

the workers (temporary and permanent) in the Industry and shall be renewed every year. Workers shall be provided with Personnel Protective Equipment such as ear plug, helmet,

safety shoes, gloves, googles etc.

Table 4.12 Application of BEES for Impact Evaluation due to DBRKPSSKL; Hatkanangale, Kolhapur

Categories Components Parameters Parameter Importance Units (PIUs) V i,0 Vi,1

With

Project

ΔVi Wi

ΔVi

Parameter PI\Wi

Component PIUs

Category PIUs

1 2 3 4 5 = Sum of 4

6 = Sum of 5

7 8 9 = 8-7

10 = 9X4

Biological Environment

(Ecology)

Species & Populations (Terrestrial Flora, Terrestrial Fauna, Aquatic Biota)

1. Terrestrial browsers & grazers

14 240 0.5 0.5 0 0

2. Terrestrial crops (Farm land)

14 0.7 0.8 0.1 1.4

3. Terrestrial natural vegetation. (Grass, Flowers, Trees & Shrubs.)

14 0.6 0.7 0.1 1.4

4. Terrestrial pest species

14 0.6 0.6 0 0

5. Terrestrial upland birds

14 1.0 1.0 0 0

6. Aquatic commercial fisheries.

14 0.7 0.7 0 0

7. Aquatic natural vegetation

14 0.5 0.5 0 0

8. Aquatic pest species

14 0.6 0.6 0 0

9. Fish 14 0.6 0.6 0 010. Water fowl 14 140 0.7 0.7 0 0


148


With

Project

ΔVi Wi

ΔVi

Parameter PI\Wi

Component PIUs

Category PIUs

1 2 3 4 5 = Sum of 4

6 = Sum of 5

7 8 9 = 8-7

10 = 9X4

Habitats & Communities

11. Terrestrial food web index

08 0.8 0.8 0 0

12. Land use 15 0.6 0.6 0 013. Terrestrial rare &

endangered species. 08 0.3 0.3 0 0

14. Terrestrial speciesdiversity

08 0.8 0.8 0 0

15. Aquatic food web index

10 0.7 0.7 0 0

16. Aquatic rare &endangered species

08 0.5 0.5 0 0

17. River characteristics

15 0.5 0.5 0 0

18. Aquatic speciesdiversity

12 0.6 0.6 0 0

19. Habitat Removal, Contamination of

Habitat (AquaticBiota)

08 0.7 0.7 0 0

20. Terrestrial Fauna -Fragmentation ofTerrestrial Habitat,

08 100 0.6 0.6 0 0

Environmental Pollution

Water 21. Basin hydrologic loss (alteration of hydraulic regime, alteration of surface runoff, alteration of aquifers)

25 402 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -2.5

22. BOD (Water Quality - WQ)

28 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -2.8

23. Dissolved Oxygen (WQ)

31 0.8 0.7 -0.1 -3.1

24. Fecal Coli-forms (WQ)

10 0.6 0.6 0 0

25. Inorganic carbon (WQ)

22 0.6 0.6 0 0

26. Inorganic nitrogen (WQ)

25 0.6 0.6 0 0

27. Inorganic phosphate (WQ)

28 0.6 0.6 0 0

28. Pesticides (WQ) 10 0.3 0.3 0 029. pH (WQ) 22 1.0 1.0 0 030. Stream flow

variation (alteration of river, nalla, channel)

28 0.8 0.8 0 0

31. Temperature. 28 1.0 1.0 0 032. TDS (WQ) 28 0.8 0.8 0 033. Toxic

substances(WQ)7 0.7 0.7 0 0

34. Turbidity (WQ) 20 312 0.6 0.6 0 0


149


With

Project

ΔVi Wi

ΔVi

Parameter PI\Wi

Component PIUs

Category PIUs

1 2 3 4 5 = Sum of 4

6 = Sum of 5

7 8 9 = 8-7

10 = 9X4

Air 35. Carbon dioxide Air Quality (AQ)

10 0.8 0.8 0 0

36. Hydrocarbons (AQ)

5 0.8 0.8 0 0

37. Nitrogen oxides (AQ)

7 0.8 0.8 0 0

38. Particulate matter (AQ)

14 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -1.4

39. Photochemical oxidants (AQ)

3 1.0 1.0 0 0

40. Sulfur dioxide (AQ)

10 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -1.0

41. Other (Climate) 3 52 1.0 1.0 0 0Land (Soil)

42. Land use 8 0.6 0.8 0.2 1.6 43. Soil erosion 4 0.6 0.7 0.1 0.4 44. Soil

Contamination8 0.8 0.8 0 0

45. Soil Quality 8 28 0.7 0.8 0.1 0.8 Noise 46. Noise 10 10 0.8 0.8 0 0

Aesthetics Cultural

Land

47. Surface material 6 158

0.8 0.9 0.1 0.6 48. Relief &

topographic character

16 1.0 1.0 0 0

49. Width & alignment

10 32 0.8 0.8 0 0

Air 50. Odor and visual 3 0.7 0.6 -0.1 -0.351. Sounds 2 5 0.8 0.8 0 0

Water 52. Appearance 16 1.0 1.0 0 053. Land and water

interface 16 1.0 1.0 0 0

54. Odor and floating materials

10 0.8 0.8 0 0

55. Water surface area

10 1.0 1.0 0 0

56. Wooded and geologic shoreline

10 62 0.8 0.8 0 0

Biota 57. Animals- domestic

5 1.0 1.0 0 0

58. Animals – wild 5 0.6 0.6 0 059. Diversity of

vegetation types 12 0.6 0.8 0.2 2.4

60. Variety within vegetation types

8 30 0.6 0.8 0.2 1.6

Manmade Objects

61. Manmade objects 9 9 0.8 0.8 0 0

Composition 62. Composite effect 10 0.7 0.7 0 063. Unique

composition10 20 1.0 1.0 0 0

Human Interest (Social,

Educational / Scientific Packages

64. Archaeological 6 200 1.0 1.0 0 065. Training in new

technologies & 7 0.5 0.6 0.1 0.7


150


With

Project

ΔVi Wi

ΔVi

Parameter PI\Wi

Component PIUs

Category PIUs

1 2 3 4 5 = Sum of 4

6 = Sum of 5

7 8 9 = 8-7

10 = 9X4

Cultural) skill development 66. Ecological Effects on crops,

Reduction of farm land

12 0.8 0.8 0 0

67. Geological 11 1.0 1.0 0 068. Hydrological 12 48 0.7 0.8 0.1 1.2

Historical Packages

(Infrastructure and services)

69. Architecture and styles

5 1.0 1.0 0 0

70. Conflicts with projects of urban commercial or industrial development

10 0.9 0.9 0 0

71. Events Recreation

10 1.0 1.0 0 0

72. Persons 12 1.0 1.0 0 073. Religions &

Cultures 10 1.0 1.0 0 0

74. Western frontier 8 55 1.0 1.0 0 0Cultures 75. Indians 13 1.0 1.0 0 0

76. Other ethnic groups

5 1.0 1.0 0 0

77. Religious groups 5 23 1.0 1.0 0 0Mood/

Atmosphere 78. Awe-Inspiration 8 1.0 1.0 0 079. Isolation solitude 8 1.0 1.0 0 080. Mystery 4 1.0 1.0 0 081. Oneness with

nature 8 28 1.0 1.0 0 0

Security and Safety

82. Increase in crime & accidents caused

5 0.5 0.5 0 0

Health 83. Temporary acute & chronic

5 0.7 0.7 0 0

Life Patterns (Economy)

84. Employment opportunities

(Creation of new economic activities.

Generation of Temporary & Permanent Jobs)

13 0.7 0.9 0.2 2.6

85. Income for state & private sector.

8 0.5 0.6 0.1 0.8

86. Saving for consumers and private consumers

Savings in foreign currency for the state.

5 0.6 0.6 0 0

87. Housing. (Commercial value of properties,

5 0.6 0.7 0.1 0.5


151


With

Project

ΔVi Wi

ΔVi

Parameter PI\Wi

Component PIUs

Category PIUs

1 2 3 4 5 = Sum of 4

6 = Sum of 5

7 8 9 = 8-7

10 = 9X4

Electricity tariff)88. Social

interactions (Conflict due to

negotiations & / or compensation payments,

Political conflicts, Demonstration and Social Conflicts.

5 46 0.6 0.6 0 0

The Battelle EES Environmental Impact Analysis Cumulative Index Ei +3.8

Table 4.13 Identification of RED Flags to the Potential Problem Areas in Battelle EES

for DBRKPSSKL

Parameters PIUs Wi V i,0

Without Project

V i,1

With Project ΔVi ΔVi, r # Red Flag

1 2 3 4 5 = 4 - 3 6 = 5 / 3 X 100

7

21. Basin Hydrologic Loss

25 0.6 0.5 -0.1 16.6 Minor

22. BOD 28 0.6 0.5 -0.1 16.6 Minor23. DO 31 0.8 0.7 -0.1 12.5 Minor38. Particulate Matter 14 0.6 0.5 -0.1 16.6 Minor40.SO2 10 0.6 0.5 -0.1 16.6 Minor50.Odor& Visual 3 0.7 0.6 -0.1 14.2 Minor # - In the Battelle EES, the potential problem areas are represented by those parameters for which the Vi value changes significantly in the adverse direction, as measured by the following relation (negative values, in %) – ΔVi, r = 100 [V i,1 - V i,0 ] / V i,0. These parameters are tagged with 'red flags' to indicate potential problems which may warrant more detailed attention. For parameters in the ecology category, a minor red flag applies when 5% <ΔVi,r ≤ 10%, and a major red flag when ΔVi,r > 10 %. In all other categories, a minor red flag applies when ΔVi,r ≤ 30% or ΔVi ≤ 0.1, and a major red flag when ΔVi,r > 30% or ΔVi > 0.1. 4.6 THE MITIGATIONMEASURES The potential problem areas mentioned in above Table 4.10 shall be having impact due to the various project activities. The mitigation measures to minimize the impact on different parameters are presented below- 1. Basin Hydrologic Loss

This parameter comes under ‘Environmental Pollution’ category of the BEES. For the present and proposed expansion of sugar manufacturing activities in DBRKPSSKL water is taken from Panchganga river. The existing and proposed activities considered together shall require water quantity to the tune of 2330 M3/Day. Out of this total requirement of Sugar & Co-gen,


152

98% water shall be utilized from Cane Condensate Water Quantity and remaining 2% shall be taken from Panchganga river as a raw water. This raw water taken from river shall impose a pressure and impact on storage capacity of the existing aquifer in the region. Due to extraction of water, the water table may go down during non-monsoon months of the year. To mitigate the impact on river, the industry has planned to implement certain measures which would augment the aquifer capacity in the region. The same include conservation of fresh water through application of reuse and recycle concepts and implementation of intensive rain water harvesting scheme in the industrial premises so as to arrest the runoff and recharge it to the ground water/ harvesting pit. Also, to maximum extent water shall be recycled. 2. BOD & DO

Through the manufacturing operations in sugar and co-gen plant various streams of effluent shall be generated. Effluent generated from sugar and co-gen unit shall exhibit characteristics as BOD of 1,500 mg/l, COD of about 3,000 mg/l, SS of about 250 - 300 mg/l, TDS of 1,600 mg/l. These effluents shall be given in primary, secondary and tertiary treatments in upgraded ETP so as to bring the different characteristics of effluent within norms stipulated by MPCB / MoEFCC. The treated water shall be used for gardening in own premises as well as for irrigation. 3. Particulate Matter

This parameter comes under ‘Environment Pollution’ category of the BEES. Through various activities under proposed project, particulate matter generation shall occur. The main source of particulates is fuel burning operation of the Boiler. The stack emissions releasing ash primarily and majorly contribute to the SPM in the atmosphere in the absence of adequate pollution control measures. For the existing 140 TPH co-gen boiler, ESP as APC equipment is provided. This shall effectively and adequately control the SPM emissions from stacks which shall ultimately go in to ambient air. Apart from the proposed industrial activity in the DBRKPSSKL campus; certain other factors are also responsible for SPM generation such as commercial and domestic operations, traffic and communication especially on poorly surfaced roads in the premises. It is observed through monitoring of AAQ in the study region that PM10 levels are well within the stipulated limit of 100 µg/m3 every step shall be taken to minimize and curb SPM generation at individual sources in the premises. Control measures like good manufacturing practices (GMP’s), development of adequate and effective green belt, surfacing of roads, effective actions at bagasse and ash storage yards for suppressing dust etc. shall be adopted. 4. SO2

Subsequent to burning of baggase, the sulphur in same get converts into SO2 which is released as product of combustion. This emission in flue gasses is released at appropriate level through adequate stack height provided to boiler.

5. Odour and Visual

This parameter comes under ‘Aesthetics’ category of BEES. The odour potential, although not much, do exists at certain places especially at the washing drains, ETP sludge separation and molasses storage areas etc. The same if not lifted immediately within 5 to 6 hours of generation, fermentation reactions would set in giving rise to foul smell. Further,


153

development of anaerobic conditions in the equalization tank of ETP due to inadequate mixing and agitation as well as decomposition of sludge could give rise to smell nuisance. The visual appearance is again a major concern related to aesthetics which could be tackled only through BMP’s and good house-keeping. Under the DBRKPSSKL’s sugar and co-gen plant, effective EMP will be adopted so as to maintain the overall aesthetics in good manner. Also, to maintain an overall good and pleasant aesthetics in the premises, all the requisite care including maintaining good housekeeping shall be practiced. Moreover, under green belt development, bushes with mild but active fragrance shall be selected for odour control. Thereunder, bushes of Melaleuca species which have good fragrance, trees like Cestrumnocturrum, Magnolia Champaca (Chafa), Plumeriarubra, Clerodendrum philippinum (Hazari Mogara) shall be selected for green belt. 4.7 IMPACTS DUE TO DECOMMISSIONING ACTIVITY 4.7.1 Decommissioning Phase "Decommissioning" is a procedure to make an equipment or manufacturing setup unfit for its reuse for its designed function. This could be done by cutting project components into small pieces, demolition of buildings, disconnecting circuits and removing of all infrastructure set up thereby making it unusable. Hereunder, impacts of decommissioning have been described.

Table 4.14 Identification of Impacts due to Decommissioning of DBRKPSSKL

No Env. Aspect Activities /Operation Impact Identification Measures 1. Land Use Dismantling and

decommissioning of industrial set up.

The land will be barren and vacant after decommissioning

Existing project being agro-based, post decommissioning use would be residential or agriculture.

--

2. Air Cutting, demolition and dismantling operations.

Transportation.

Release of fumes of acid/ alkali during washing

Fugitive dust during demolition of building & transportation .

Water sprinkling to suppress dust during demolition work.

3. Water Washing of manufacturing equipment, mills, pans, centrifuges, pipelines, fermenters, distillation infrastructure, tanks etc. during detoxification

Washing discharges getting access into nearby nallah under uncontrolled operational conditions.

Washing discharges to ETP; treatment & disposal through same outside industrial premises after achieving specified standards. Demolition of ETP shall be last activity.

4. Solid Waste & Hazardous Waste

Cutting wastes, scrap, demolition wastes etc.

Oils and lubricants removed from equipment

Littering of wastes Bad aesthetics

Solid wastes generated would be sold to authorized re-processor. Demolition waste to land fill.


154

No Env. Aspect Activities /Operation Impact Identification Measures 5. Noise Cutting and drilling

activities during decommissioning

Dismantling of heavy machinery & equipment, fermenters, distillation column, turbines, boilers etc.

Increase in noise levels during decommissioning.

PPEs to manpower involved in decommissioning and safety measures to will be followed.

6. Risk & Hazard

Dismantling & decommissioning of equipments & buildings.

Accidents, spillage of molasses, etc., storage tanks detoxification, storage tanks dismantling.

Use of PPEs, expert and experienced supervision, due follow up of safety norms & procedures.

4.7.2 Planning for Decommissioning of the DBRKPSSKL Project When a plan for decommissioning of the DBRKPSSKL plant would be confirmed, initially a detailed survey of the site and entire plant shall be carried out. Detailed photography and videography shall be done. A review of all documents shall be taken and thorough checking shall be done w. r. t. permissions from all concerned Govt. authorities for the decommissioning. If required, competent personnel shall be arranged at the site to supervise the entire assignment. Subsequent to survey, a planning towards sequence and chronology of decommission and dismantling shall be done by taking in to consideration following –

1. Number and types of buildings like administration building, industrial sheds, godowns, residential quarters and security office in RCC and brick work, manufacturing plant in MS & RCC, allied piping, staging and supports etc. All electrification infrastructure with cables and cable trays, transformers, poles and lighting, underground cable trenches, etc.

2. Main production set up comprising of Sugar, power and alcohol manufacturing plants in RCC & fabricated structures, 1 boilers, 2 DG sets, molasses storage tanks of MS, one 75 M high RCC stack etc.,

3. Godowns in framed RCC structure / stone masonry with MS Roofing sheets. Spray ponds, cooling tower, ETP, STP, weigh bridge, and utilities infrastructure for pipelines, water storage tanks, WTP, pumps etc.

For demolishing RCC structure, no any blasting is recommended. Same would be done by using hydraulic breakers. Fabricated structure would be dismantled by gas cutting. The decommissioning would be done by detoxification followed by dismantling activity under trained manpower and expert supervision.

A) Detoxification

For detoxification of tanks, pans, centrifuges, distillation columns, fermenters, following in-situ methods are suggested - a. Hot Water/ Air Purging: Hot air /water shall be purged through the units until specified

criteria are met. b. Alkali Wash: The equipment and pipelines are subjected to thorough alkali solution wash,

with specific criteria for the completion of the wash. The alkali solution shall be 5% to 10% of NaOH.


155

c. Water Wash: Finally a thorough water wash of the equipment and pipelines is recommended, before they are dismantled from their supports.

The used water shall be diverted to ETP for its treatment and safe disposal.

B) Dismantling

All the equipment, pipelines and structural components shall be dismantled only after in-situ detoxification has been carried out as specified above. The pipelines would be dismantled first followed by the equipment and finally by the structure. The dismantling of the units will begin from the topmost floor and proceed towards the ground floor. Large equipment shall be dismantled in sections wherever possible. The dismantled metal components would be disposed off by sale to authorized parties. Demolition of RCC buildings would be done manually and debris generated would be used for filling low lying areas. The structures constructed by cement, concrete such as godowns, buildings would be demolished and debris material used for land filling.

Chapter 5

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES…5

156

5.1 INTRODUCTION While preparation of EIA report it is necessary that one should consider project alternatives and their relative potential impact on the environment. Selection of alternative is thus more critical in an industrial development where time, money, environment and natural resources are at stake. Hence, selection of alternative must be both - practical and rational, taking into consideration the constraint of the proposed expansion project. 5.2 ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGIES

Following is the table showing implementations done by Shree Renuka Sugars Ltd. (SRSL) in D.B.R.K. Panchganga S.S.K. Ltd.

Table 5.1 Prominent Implementations by SRSL in DBRKPSSKL

No. Description Earlier Status Implementations by SRSL 1. Crushing Cap. 5000 TCD Co-gen Plant of 30 MW 2. Machinery Old Infrastructure

became obsolete. Latest Machinery like–Cane unloaders, choppers, leveler, fibrizor, mill drives, Rotary juice strainers, juice hectares, sulphur burners, Evaporators & Condensers etc.

3. APC Equip. Low Pressure Boiler with Cyclone Separator as APC

Installation of High Pressure Boiler with ESP as APC, Online Monitoring System.

4. ETP Biological aeration system (surface aeration tech.)

Anaerobic Treatment followed by Diffused Aeration System, Installation of Online Monitoring System

5. Ash Handling Measures

Mechanical ash collector for ash handling

Automatic Ash Handling System with ash conveyor belt, rotary valve & ash silo.

6. Pressmud Oliver system & Manual Handling

Oliver system with Automated Handling System.

7. Health & Safety Primitive Techniques used

EHS Policy Formation & Implementation, Latest Equipment & Actions implemented.

8. Energy Conservation

Use of Conventional Juice Heating method using evaporator vapours.

Proposed to install Liquid Liquid Heat Exchanger (LLHE) by using Waste High Temp. Condensate of Evaporator for heating raw juice. Result in reduction of steam percentage (2% on cane) & condensate outlet from LLHE will be used for cooling tower make up (5% on cane)

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES…5

157

5.3 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE SITES Proposed expansion of sugar factory from 5,000 TCD to 10,000 TCD (increase by 5,000 TCD) will be implemented within existing DBRKPSSKL complex of sugar, co-gen and distillery, unit. The existing set up of DBRKPSSKL leased unit to Shree Renuka Sugars Ltd. whereas existing distillery is on lease by Saideep Traders. Industry has sufficient land for expansion and hence no any alternative site was considered.

Chapter 6

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM...6

158

6.1 INTRODUCTION With knowledge of baseline conditions, monitoring program will serve as an indicator for any deterioration in environmental conditions due to operation of project. This will enable in taking up suitable steps, in time, to safeguard the environment. Monitoring is an important tool for control of pollution since efficiency of control measures can only be determined by monitoring. In DBRKPSSKL project, monitoring of various environmental parameters is being carried out on a regular basis for existing unit. Moreover, after expansion same would be continued to ascertain the following: State of pollution within plant and in its vicinity; Examine efficiency of Pollution Control Systems installed in the plant; Generate data for predictive or corrective purpose in respect of pollution; To assess environmental impact Environmental monitoring after implementation of expansion project is important to assess performance of pollution control equipments installed. Sampling and analysis of environmental attributes including monitoring locations will be as per the guidelines of the Central Pollution Control Board/ State Pollution Control Board. Accordingly, environmental monitoring will be conducted on regular basis by DBRKPSSKL to assess pollution level in plant as well in surrounding area with following objectives:

To verify the impacts predicted under proposed expansion project. To identify the trends with time in the levels of parameters. To check or assess the efficiency of the various pollution controlling measures. To ensure that new parameters, other than those identified in the impact assessment

study, do not become critical through commissioning of proposed expansion. Establish database for future impact assessment studies towards expansion projects. Details of monitoring program during construction, post construction and operational phase that have been suggested in order to achieve economic development due to proposed sugar expansion project without harming the nature. 6.2 MONITORING PROGRAM DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE As discussed in Chapter – 4 impact during construction phase shall not be permanent and certain minor impacts are predicted on air, water, soil and human health due to dust emission and noise during transportation and construction activity. Hence, there is need to conduct monitoring during construction phase was ruled out. Moreover, necessary mitigation for impacts during this phase is suggested under Chapter-4. During construction phase, following recommendations have been made as far as monitoring of various environmental attributes are concerned.


159

6.3 MONITORING DURING POST CONSTRUCTION / OPERATIONAL PHASE

During operational stage, continuous air emissions from power boilers, wastewater disposal, non-hazardous waste such as ash, chemicals used in sugar processing, used oily wastes are expected. Following attributes which merit regular monitoring based on environmental setting and natures of project activities are listed below: Source emissions and ambient air quality; Ground water levels and ground water quality; Water and wastewater quality (water quality, effluent & sewage quality etc); Solid and hazardous waste characterization (fly ash, bottom ash, oily wastes, ETP

sludge, used and waste oil); Soil quality; Noise levels (equipment and machinery noise levels, occupational exposures and

ambient noise levels); Ecological preservation and afforestation. 6.3.1 Air Pollution Management Apart from ambient air and source monitoring during operation stage following recommendations are also suggested - APC equipment would be interlocked with process as per the guidelines of CPCB. If emissions exceed the standards, corresponding units of plant which are contributing to

excessive pollutant load are stopped till quantity of pollutant discharged from those units are brought down to the required level.

In case of failure of pollution control equipment, production process connected to it shall be stopped.

Under no circumstances, emissions shall exceed limits mentioned in EC/consent order. Online monitoring system is already installed under existing DBRKPSSKL complex.

Same practices will be continued under expansion also. In case of power failure, alternate electric source would be provided which would be

sufficient to operate APC equipment continuously 6.3.2 Water Management Total water requirement for sugar after expansion, existing 30 MW co-gen plant would be 2330 M3/Day. Out of which, 2280 M3/Day would be cane condensate recycle and 50 M3/Day would be fresh water. For detail water requirement refer Chapter – 2 Effluent generated from DBRKPSSKL complex shall be given to existing ETP which will be upgraded under expansion and also as per CREP guidelines. Refer Chapter - 2 for effluent Treatment & Disposal for existing and proposed sugar factory. Industry would observe that effluent collection, disposal and treatment facilities always

remain in a good shape so as to achieve desired efficiencies. No untreated industrial effluent should be disposed off on land or in any surface water

body.


160

Pipeline and storage tanks meant for effluent conveyance and storage should be checked periodically and should not have any leakages. Leakage, if any, will harm surrounding soil and water environment significantly. HDPE & stainless steel could be used as pipeline and valves material respectively.

Compliance towards CREP norms shall be strictly followed under DBRKPSSKL complex.

6.3.3 Noise Level Management Vital aspects of noise pollution and its mitigation measures are mentioned in Chapter 2. Moreover, people working in close vicinity of high noise generating equipments would be provided with PPE such as ear plugs, ear muffs etc. Industry would take care while procuring major noise generating machines/ equipments

to ensure that manufacturers have taken adequate measures to minimize generation of noise.

Distance between source and receiver would be increased and relative orientation of source and receiver would be altered.

Thick bushy trees would be planted in and around the industrial area to intercept noise transmission to nearby villages.

Workers are provided with PPE like earmuffs & earplugs, noise helmets etc under existing sugar factory. Same shall be provided under sugar expansion activities.

Allocation of work would be managed so that no worker would be exposed to noise more than 90 dB (A) for more than 8 hours.

Overall noise levels in and around plant area would be kept well within standards by providing noise control measures including acoustic hoods, silencers, enclosures etc. on all sources of noise generation.

Monitoring shall include developing a sampling strategy to identify employees to be included in the hearing conservation program. Each employee being monitored shall be notified of results. Employees may observe monitoring by industry. Industry shall establish and maintain an audiometric testing program that shall be performed by a qualified person at no cost to employees.

Record Keeping will include maintaining audiometric test records by the Industry for the duration of the affected employment.

Table 6.1 Trees with Good Canopy for Noise Attenuation

Sr. No.

Scientific Name Common Name

Habit Height (m)

Evergreen Crown Shape

1. Azadirachta indica Neem tree Tree 20 Evergreen Spreading

2. Alstonia scholaris Devil tree Tree 15 Evergreen Round

3. Derris indica Karanj Tree 10 Evergreen Round

4. Anthocephalus indicus

Kadamb Tree 15 Evergreen Round

5. Polyalthia longifolia

Ashok Tree 15 Evergreen Conical/ Rounded

6. Butea monosperma Palas Tree 10 Deciduous Oblong / Ovoid 7. Ficus religiosa Pipal Tree 10-15 Evergreen Round


161

6.3.4 Land Management There are no chances of change in soil characteristics due to air pollutants and suspended particulates from proposed expansion activity. There would be no any discharge of untreated domestic or industrial effluent. From existing and proposed expansion project, solid waste generated would be in the form of yeast sludge and boiler ash. Boiler ash shall be sold to brick manufacturers or used as manure by farmers. 6.3.5 Dust Management Trouble with dust in work zone and ambient atmospheres shall be controlled by certain dedicated measures. An action plan has been prepared in industry that includes following- Installation of appropriate, adequate and efficient exhaust and ventilation system to

remove and control dust from work zone areas. Inlet and outlet of pollution control equipment shall be provided with necessary

sampling arrangements as per guidelines of CPCB. Dust collected from the APC equipment e.g. fly ash from boilers will be properly

handled and disposed off by supply to farmers for use as manure. APC equipment would be interlocked with process as per the guidelines of CPCB. PPE such as masks, aprons, gloves, goggles etc. shall be provided to workers. Implementation of green belt of adequate density and type shall be made to control and

attenuate dust transfer in premises. Provision of properly surfaced internal roads and work premises (tarred and concrete)

shall be made to curb dust generation and its suspension due to vehicular movement.

6.3.6 Odour Management To abate the odour nuisance, industry has a concrete planning which includes following steps and actions- Adoption of GMPs (Good management practices). Arranging awareness and training camps for workers. Use of PPEs like masks by everybody associated with odour potential prone areas. India has very few trained and skilled manpower as per the requirement of international

practices for odour monitoring and control. Therefore, human resource shall be developed and continuous efforts will be made for upgrading knowledge base and skill in this area. Human resource development shall include representatives from academic and national research institutions, state and central regulatory agencies and distilleries.

6.4 OPERATION CONTROL AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE All equipments and machinery used shall be maintained properly and should be kept clean. Quality of stack emission depends very much on operating parameters of plant. Improper combustion of fuel in boiler increases unburnt carbon particles in exhaust flue gases therefore proper maintenance is an important factor.


162

Lubricants used for various equipment and fuel-handling areas would contribute to pollution aspect. It would be taken care of, at source, by looking after possible spillage, drippings, leakage etc. in plant. 6.5 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY MEASURES

Following measures are been taken up by existing unit - As per requirement of Factory Act, there is provision of Occupational Health Centre.

There under, a qualified visiting doctor has been appointed. Regular medical checkup of employees is carried out and records are maintained. An ambulance is provided on site 24 x 7 to deal with emergencies if any. Workmen Compensation Policy as well as Mediclaim Health Policy has been done for

all workers (temporary and permanent) in industry and which is renewed every year. Following measures shall be taken under proposed expansion activity - Infrastructure of existing Occupational Health Centre shall be enhanced in order to

provide medical facilities to all the workers as well as nearby village/town people. An ambulance shall be available all the time i.e. 24 x 7 will be used. Regular medical check-up of newly employed workers under expansion shall also be

done and record shall be maintained. Provision of workmen compensation policy as well as mediclaim health policy shall be

done for workers under expansion (temporary & permanent) and shall be renewed every year.

Display of sigh boards in hazard areas in local language. Provision of PPEs to all workers.

Table 6.2 Health Care Facility Equipment

No. Instrument Use 1. Stethoscope Used to hear sounds from movements within body,

like heart beats, intestinal movement, breath sounds, etc. 2. Reflex testing hammer

(padded) To test motor reflexes of the body

3. Sphygmomanometer (Blood pressure meter)

To record the patient's blood pressure

4. A thin beam electric torch

To see into eye, body's natural orifices, etc. and to test for pupillary light reflex, etc.

5. A watch / stopwatch Used in recording rates like heart rate, respiratory rate, etc. for certain tests of hearing

6. A measuring tape For size measurements 7. A weighing machine To record the weight 8. Tuning forks To test for deafness and to categorize it 9. Kidney dish As a tray for instruments, gauze, tissue, etc. 10. Thermometer To record the body temperature 11. Gas cylinders Supply of oxygen, nitrous oxide, carbon dioxide, etc. 12. Oxygen mask or tubes Delivering gases up to the nostrils to assist in oxygen


163

No. Instrument Use intake or to administer aerosolized or gaseous drugs

13. Vaporizer To produce vapours 14. Instrument sterilizers Used to sterilize instruments in absence of an autoclave 15. Dressing drums Storage of gowns, cotton, linen, etc. 16. Syringe of different

sizes and needles For injections and aspiration of blood or fluid from the body

17. Otoscope To look into the external ear cavity

6.6 MEASURES FOR SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT 6.6.1 Better Employment Opportunities

In order to run existing and expansion project, 521 nos. of unskilled and 116 skilled workers are required. Local persons shall be given preference while appointing the employees whenever required. 6.6.2 Corporate Social Responsibility (CER) Plan Planning for CER shall be started with the identification of activities/ projects and may

be undertaken in periphery of industrial area. CER action plan shall be prepared based on casual approach to project based

accountability approach, integrated with social and environment concerns related to business of integrated project complex.

Selection of activities under CER shall be made to ensure that the benefits reach smallest unit i.e. village, panchayat, block or district. CER planning shall be done for long-term sustainable approach.

Long term CER plan should be broken down into medium term and short term plans. Each of these plans shall clearly specify:

6.6.2.1 Proposed CER Plan by DBRKPSSKL

Rs. 2.00 Cr. (2.5% of Capital Investment – 80.90 Cr.) has been earmarked for CER activities. Activities to be undertaken under CER have been considered based on SE survey conducted in study area.

Table 6.3 Proposed CER activities for DBRKPSSKL No. CER Activity Description of work Total

Amount 1. Distribution of Bio-

fertilizers Distribution of bio-fertilisers, saplings at subsidize rate in 6 villages.

Rs. 35 Lakhs

2. Awareness Camps on Nature

Awareness Camps on Environmental Protection for Schools, Colleges, Women Bachat gats by Industry in coordination with local NGO

Rs. 10 Lakhs

3. Participation in Govt. Missions.

Participation & Promotion of Govt. Missions namely - Pradhanmantri Vidya Laxmi

Rs. 25 Lakhs


164

No. CER Activity Description of work Total Amount

Karyekram (Literacy Promotion), Save the Girl Child, Swatch Bharat Abhiyan, Biodiversity awareness camps, Adult Literacy Program,& Providing Financial Assistance for Treatment of Cancer, Kidney, Brain & Heart Problems of Local People Total Rs. 5 Lakhs/ Year X 5 Years = Rs. 25 Lakhs.

4. Water Supply Infrastructure – 10 Villages

Safe Drinking Water Units with Filtration, RO Module & Storage Tank (1 Unit/ Village; 500 Lit/Hr)

Rs. 50 Lakhs

5. Rural Sanitation infrastructure & Awareness Program.

10 Toilet Units in five Villages (2 Units / Village), 6 Toilet Seats (3 for Ladies & 3 for Gents) / Unit, Water Tank (500 lit), Septic Tank with Piping per Unit. Total 10 units @ Rs. 5 Lakh / Unit

Rs. 50 Lakhs

6. Afforestation (10 Villages)

No of Trees / Village = 1000, Cost of Tree Plantation/ Village = 10,000/-

Rs. 10 Lakhs

7. Cane Trash Management Awareness Programs

Training & Awareness to farmers for refraining them from “Cane Trash (Pachat)” burning to prevent sever ‘Air Pollution’ in Command area

Rs. 5 Lakhs

8. Provision of solar panels for street lighting and solar lamps in nearby villages

Cost of one solar panel = Rs. 5,000

Solar panels to be provided in 10 villages = 200 Nos.

Total cost for solar panels = Rs. 10 Lakhs

Note: A resolution between Industry and respective Grampanchayat will be done for maintenance of solar panels.

Rs. 15 Lakhs

Cost of one solar lamp = Rs. 1000

Solar lamps to be provided in 10 villages for 500 households = 500

Total cost for solar lamps = Rs. 5 Lakh Total Rs. 200

Lakhs

Table 6.4 CER Implementation Schedule

Sr. No.

CER Activities Year 2020

Year 2021

Year 2022

Year 2023

Year 2024

Year of Completion

1. Distribution of Bio-fertilizers

Rs. 35 Lakhs

-- -- -- -- 2020

2 Awareness Camps on -- Rs.10 -- -- -- 2021


165

Sr. No.

CER Activities Year 2020

Year 2021

Year 2022

Year 2023

Year 2024

Year of Completion

Nature Lakhs 3 Participation in Govt.

Missions Rs. 5 Lakhs

Rs. 5 Lakhs

Rs. 5 Lakhs

Rs. 5 Lakhs

Rs. 5 Lakhs

2024

4 Water Supply Infrastructure – 10 Villages

Rs. 10 Lakhs

Rs. 10 Lakhs

Rs. 10 Lakhs

Rs. 10 Lakhs

Rs. 10 Lakhs

2024

5 Rural Sanitation infrastructure & Awareness Program.

-- Rs. 30 Lakhs

Rs. 20 Lakhs

-- -- 2022

6 Afforestation (12 Villages)

Rs. 5 Lakhs

-- Rs.5 Lakhs

-- -- 2022

7 Cane Trash Management Awareness Programs

Rs. 1 Lakhs

Rs. 1 Lakhs

Rs. 1 Lakhs

Rs. 1 Lakhs

Rs. 1 Lakhs

2024

8 Provision of solar panels for street lighting and solar lamps in nearby villages

-- Rs. 7.5 Lakhs

-- Rs. 7.5 Lakhs

-- 2023

Total Rs. 56 Lakhs

Rs. 63.5 Lakhs

Rs. 41 Lakhs

Rs.23.5 Lakhs

Rs. 16 Lakhs

Rs. 200 Lakhs

6.6.3 Measures for Improvement of Ecology Following steps should be taken. Afforestation program under proposed project. Keeping noise levels under control at night time. Keeping sufficient height of stacks.

General guidelines - 1. Green belt of adequate width and density would be provided to mitigate the effects of

noise. 2. Plantation activities shall be done according to naturally occurring vegetation. Exotic

species shall be avoided. 3. Provision of shrubs and thick trees at storage and disposal places of the solid waste

would be made. 4. Trees would be planted along the roads, around solid waste storage area as well as

along the periphery. 5. All the necessary steps would be taken & care would be observed under the proposed

project regarding proper maintenance of the industrial premises. 6. Use of e-mail and other modern communication systems would be followed to conserve

the papers and attain speedy interaction in daily business activities. 7. Use of recyclable papers, if possible, would be done. 8. Promoting measures of energy and water conservation, wherever possible, would be

adopted.


166

6.7 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM SCHEDULE The following routine monitoring programme as detailed in Table - 6.5 shall be implemented at site. Besides to this monitoring, the compliances to all Environmental Clearance conditions and regular permissions from CPCB /MoEFCC shall be monitored and reported periodically.


167

Table 6.5 Plan for Monitoring of Environmental Attributes within Industrial Premises (Onsite)

No. Description Location Parameters Frequency Person

ResponsibleConducted by

1 Ambient Air Quality Upwind-1, Downwind-2 (Near Cane Yard, Near Main ETP, Near Colony.)

PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOx & CO

Monthly

EnvironmentalEngineer

MoEFCC and NABL

Approved External

Laboratory

2 Work Zone Air Quality

4 Locations (Mill section, Boiling House, Sugar Bagging Section, Sugar Godown)

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO

Monthly or CPCB / SPCB requirement

3 Stack Emissions Boiler – 1 Nos. (Co-gen boiler) D.G. – 2 Nos. SPM, SO2, NOx Monthly

4 Ambient Noise 5 Locations - (Near Main Gate, Near ETP, Near Sugar Godown, Near compost Area, Near Cane Yard)

Spot Noise Level recording; Leq(n), Leq (d), Leq (dn)

Monthly

Environmental Engineer

Work zone Noise Premises – 5 Nos. (Admin Office, Mill Section, Boiler, DG set, Turbine Section)

Spot Noise Level recording; Leq(n), Leq(d), Leq(dn)

Monthly

5 Effluent Treated Untreated

pH, SS, TDS, COD, BOD, Chlorides, Sulphates, Oil & Grease.

Monthly


MoEFCC and NABL

Approved External

Laboratory

6 Drinking Water Admin Office, Boiling Section & ETP Office Parameters as per drinking water Std IS:10500

Monthly

7 Fugitive Emissions Bagasse Yard VOC Monthly

8 Waste Management Implement waste management plan that Identifies and characterizes every waste associated with proposed & expansion activities and which identifies the procedures for collection, handling & disposal of each waste arising.

Records of Solid Waste Generation, Treatment and Disposal shall be maintained

Twice in a year Environmental Engineer

By

DBRKPSSKL

9 Emergency Preparedness such as fire fighting

Fire protection and safety measures to take care of fire and explosion hazards, to be assessed and steps taken for their prevention.

On site Emergency Plan, Evacuation Plan, fire fighting mock drills

Twice a year Safety Officer


168

No. Description Location Parameters Frequency Person

ResponsibleConducted by

10 Health Check up Employees and migrant labour health check ups

All relevant health check-up parameters as per factories act.

Once in a Year Safety Officer

By

DBRKPSSKL 11 Green Belt Within Industry premises as well as nearby

villages Survival rate of planted sapling.

In consultation with DFO.

Environmental Engineer/

Safety Officer

Table 6.6 Plan for Monitoring of Environmental Attributes within Industrial Premises (Offsite)

No Description Location Parameters Frequency Conducted by

1 Ambient Air Quality Upwind & Downwind Locations (Korochi, Chavanmala, Ichalkaranji, Rui and Tidawani)

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx & CO.

Quarterly

MoEFCC and NABL Approved External Laboratory

2 Noise 10 villages within 5 Km from site. Spot Noise Level recording; Leq(n), Leq(d), Leq(dn)

Quarterly


3 Soil 4 locations within 5 Km (Tilawani, Chandur, Korochi & Rui)

1. pH 2. Salinity 3. Organic Carbon 4. Nitrogen 5. Phosphorous Potash

Quarterly


4 Ground Water and Surface water

1 tube well & 2 open well around industrial premises, (Villages for Surface water - Rui, Chandur and Tilawani.) Villages for Ground water – Korochi, Open Well Near Site.

Parameters as per CPCB guideline for water quality monitoring – MINARS/27/2007-08

Quarterly


5 CER As per activities -- Bimonthly By DBRKPSSKL


169

Table 6.7 Environmental Monitoring Schedule within Industrial Premises

No Description Schedule of Monitoring

Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar April May June JulyAug1 AAQ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 2 Workzone Air √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 3 Stack Emissions √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 4 Noise √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 5 Effluent √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 6 Drinking water √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 7 Fugitive Emissions √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 8 Waste management √ √ 9 Emergency preparedness,

such as fire fighting √ √

10 Health Check up √ √ 11 Green Belt √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √Note: - Sugar & Co-gen Operation period – 200 Days

Table 6.8 Environmental Monitoring Schedule Surrounding Industrial Premises

No

Description Schedule of MonitoringNov Dec Jan Feb Mar April May June July Aug Sep Oct

1 AAQ √ √ √ √ 2 Noise √ √ √ √ 3 Soil √ √ √ √ 4 GW & SW √ √ √ √ 5 CER √ √ √ √ √ √

6.8 IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL

MANAGEMENT ASPECTS

The mitigation measures suggested in Chapter- 4 i.e. Anticipated Environment & Mitigation Measures will be implemented so as to reduce the impact on environment due to the operations of the proposed project. In order to facilitate easy implementation of mitigation measures, the phased priority of implementation is given in below table.

Table 6.9 Implementation of Environmental Monitoring Program

Sr.No.

Attribute Time Period Implementation

Schedule Immediate Progressive

1 Air Pollution Control

Before commissioning of the expansion Plant

* ----

2 Water Pollution Control

Before commissioning of the expansion Plant

* ----

3 Noise Control Before commissioning of the expansion Plant

* ----


170

Sr.No.

Attribute Time Period Implementation

Schedule 4 Solid Waste

Management Stage wise ---- *

5 Green Belt Development & Rainwater Harvesting.

Stage wise * *

6 Ecological Aspects Stage wise ---- * 7 Socio - economic

Aspects Stage wise ---- ----

Note:* indicates implementation priority.

6.9 COMPLIANCE TO RECOMMENDATIONS MENTIONED IN CREP GUIDELINES

MoEFCC has launched charter on "Corporate Responsibility for Environmental Protection (CREP)” with the purpose to go beyond the compliance of regulatory norms for prevention & control of pollution through various measures including waste minimization, in-plant process control & adoption of clean technologies. The charter has set targets concerning conservation of water, energy, recovery of chemicals, reduction in pollution, elimination of toxic pollutants, process & management of residues that are required to be disposed off in an environmentally sound manner. This charter enlists action points for pollution control for various categories of highly polluting industries. Task Force was constituted for monitoring progress of implementation of CREP recommendations / action points. The following activities are being undertaken by DBRKPSSKL and will be continued after proposed expansion under CREP norms. 1. Bagasse as fuel is used in co-gen boiler, which generates significant amount of

particulate matter, causing air pollution. ESP is installed as APC equipment to achieve particulate emission well below 150 mg/Nm3.

2. Operation of ETP is started at least one month before starting of cane crushing to achieve desired MLSS so as to meet the prescribed standards from day one of the operation of mill. The biomass in ETP after the end of crushing season can also be kept alive by operating ETP throughout the year from the colony wastewater and washing of mills so that sufficient biomass is available at the time of start of ETP.

3. Sugar wastewater generation is 100 liters per tone of cane crushed. 4. Provision of a 15 days storage capacity tank for treated effluent during no demand for

irrigation. 5. The distillery unit (to Saideep Traders) shall have to reduce water consumption from 13.8

KL/KL to less than 10 KL/KL. Also, the spentwash generation shall have to be reduced from 11.7 KL/KL of alcohol to less than 8 KL/KL. The compost yard and leachate collection system shall have to be maintained properly so as to avoid any leakage and seepages to ground. Spentwash storage tank linings should be always maintained in perfect position and condition to avoid leakages. Spentwash composting with press mud should be carried our in true spirit as per the stipulations under CREP. The mass balance of process should be given keen attention and availability of press mud should always be maintained since the distillery has to procure same from outside sugar factories. Under no


171

circumstances, the spentwash should be littered openly on lands / farms either accidently or purposely. Quality of compost and characteristics of spentwash should be checked periodically preferably twice during every cycle of composting. Moreover, aesthetics and odour nuisance should receive prime consideration in the distillery. The distillery management should think of installing bio methanation plant followed by MEE for spentwash treatment so as to reduce its pollution potential and volume. The biogas recovered could be used in existing distillery boilers thereby replacing coal as fuel thus carbon foot prints of distillery could be reduced.

Chapter 7

ADDITIONAL STUDIES

ADDITIONAL STUDIES…7

172

7.1. PUBLIC CONSULTATION

As per EIA notification 14th September 2006 and ToR issued by EAC of MoEFCC (videLetter No. IA-J-11011/116/2017-IA-II (I)dated 22.02.2018), DBRK Panchaganga SSK Ltd. conducted public hearing on 04.09.2018 for expansion of sugar factory from 5,000 TCD to 10,000 TCD (increase by 5000 TCD).

7.1.1. Details of Public Hearing

Date of Public Hearing : 04.09.2018Place of Hearing : D.B.R.K. Panchaganga S.S.K. Ltd. Sugar Factory,

Tal.:Hatkanangale, Dist.: Kolhapur, State: Maharashtra.Advertisement given : 02.08.2018News Paper : DainikPudhari (Marathi), Times of India (English)

Copies of news enclosed at Appendix J

Members Present : 1 Hon’ble Shri Sanjay Shinde

Additional District Magistrate, Kolhapur Chairman

2 Shri Sanjay B. More I/C Sub Regional Officer, MPCB, Kolhapur

Convener

3 Shri Nagesh Lohalkar Regional Officer, MPCB, Kolhapur

Member

7.1.2. Minutes of Public Hearing

Table 7.1 Points Raised in the PH & Response of PP

No. Points Presented by Public Response Given by PP Remarks

1. Shri Vidyasagar Patil, Village Ingali,Dist:Kolhapurasked whether there willbe any noise pollution?

Technical consultant stated about noise pollution from the project activities. During presentation, actions and mitigation measures to be implemented were mentioned which were also included in the Draft EIA report.

Ref.: Chapter-2 and Chapter-4, Section 2.7.5 and 4.3.7 for details of noise pollution.

2. Shri Naygonda Patil from Ichalkaranji,Dist. Kolhapurasked -How much wateris required for existing as well asproposed expansion projects?

Consultant answered that after expansion, total water required will be 2330 CMD out of which, almost 2280 CMD; i.e. 98%, will be recycled water.

Ref.:Water consumption details are presented at Chapter-2, Table 2.16

3. Shri RaosahebKallapaAbdan, Rui, Tal.:Hatkanagale asked about the costmanagement of existing as well asproposed effluent treatment expenses.

It was informed that under existing unit almost Rs. 1077.54 Lakhs have been spent for cost ofESP fitted as APC to boiler, ETP, solid waste

Ref.: Details of Capital and O&M cost for environment protection at Chapter-2,


173


disposal, occupational health and safety, green belt development and CER. It was told thatunder prosed expansion about Rs.234 Lakhs shall be spent on ETP upgradation.

Section 2.7.8.

4. Sou Gita JagannathBhoi, Ganganagar, Tal.: Hatkanagale asked about the tree plantation

Consultant replied that DBRKPSSKL is having an existing green belt of 89197.7 Sq.M. i.e. 15 % of total plot area. Proposed green belt area after expansion would be 107037.25 Sq.M. i.e. 18% of total plot area.

Ref.: Green belt development details at Chapter-2, Section 2.8.

5. Shri Swapnil Satish Ketkale, Ganganagar, Ichalkaranji, Kolhapur said that industry should focus on pollution control and its abatement and then go for expansion. He also stated that the EIA report is made by Ms. Equinox Environments (India) Pvt. Ltd. and the Chairman and Managing Director Dr. Sangram Ghugare and his family are shareholders of this sugar factory and being a shareholder he cannot prepare such a kind of EIA report. Hence legal action should be taken against this firm for cheating people and Government and it should be blacklisted.

Dr. Sangram Ghugare replied that he and his family are not the shareholders of the factory. He also said that he is a chartered engineer and is working as Chairman and Managing Director of Equinox Environments (I) Pvt. Ltd.It was also informed that details of existing and proposed actions on pollution control have been elaborated in the EIA report.

Ref.: Actions on pollution due to existing and proposed are presented in Chapter-4

6. Shri MosinMullani, Ichalkaranji, Dist. Kolhapur asked whether the documents that have been submitted before conducting public hearing are as per the guidelines of central government.

It was answered that Draft EIA report is prepared as per the norms and stipulations of EIA Notification MoEFCC; New Delhi.

Ref.: Declaration given by Consultant as well Industry at the End of EIA report.

7. Shri Pravin Shankar Kadam, Ichalkaranji, Dist. Kolhapur asked about the information on treatment to be given to wastewater coming out the ethanol plant.

Consultant replied that effluent in the form of spentwash is generated from Distillery unit of DBRKPSSKL which is leased to Saideep Traders. Further, it was informed that spentwash is treated in reboiler followed by composting.

Ref.: Effluent generation details w.r.t. Distillery unit at Chapter 2, Section 2.7.1.5

8. Shri Shabbir GulamKurane, Shirol, Dist. Kolhapur asked whether there will be air pollution and mitigation measures to be

It was informed by the Consultant that all due care is taken by the industry for

Refer Appendix -K for Purchase


174


taken by management under proposed expansion.

control of air pollution under existing unit. The same will be continued after expansion. DBRKPSSKL is having existing boiler of 140 TPH and ESP is provided as an APC equipment. For further improving the efficiency of pollution control equipment; ESP is being fitted with third field for which purchase order is issued and work is in progress. Thus, before start of the project; ESP shall be totally completed and same will be functional. Thiswill also help in reducing air pollution.

Order.

9. Shri BabanKetkale, Kabnoor, Tal. Hatkananagale, Dist. Kolhapur informed that they have given 40 acres of land for sugar factory establishment. There is no objection for expansion but there will be increase in dust emissions in areas namely Bharatmata colony, KetkaleMalaa, Irgond Patil Nagar, Indira Colony etc. He also informed that sugar factory is having ample place at the front and back side and requested that the bagasse yard should be located there and commitment must be given.

The issue regarding air pollution was once again addressed by Technical Consultant as mentioned in above Point No. 8. As far as bagasse yard is concerned, it was told that certain modificationslike shelter belt plantation, fencing of the yard by MS barrier etc. is being done to curb suspension of bagasse particle in air . It was further informed that overhead bagasse conveyor belt crossing the road in industry premises has been perfectly encased and closed from all sides to avoid bagasse particles escaping from same and getting air borne thereby causing pollution trouble. Also, it was assured that after season of 2018.19; there is a planning of shifting of the conveyor on one side of road so that bagasse particle falling on road could be avoided.

Ref.: Appendix – Kfor bagasse yard modification photos.

10. Shri Mahaveer Shrimant Pimple, Kabnoor, Tal. Hatkananagale, Dist. Kolhapur stated that there should be

It was stated that in the EIA report there is a mention of ground water pollution which

Ref.: Water consumption details are presented at


175


verification about number of workers and farmers attending the hearing. He informed that his farm is at Gat No. 908. The project consultant has stated that there shall be no pollution from the project. But he said to visit his farm and see the fodder as well as bore well water and if it is not polluted then he shall give one acre of land to the industry. Because of sugar factory, the water as well as other pollution is increased and same should be first brought within 10% and then only sugar factory expansion project should be implemented.

is reflected in analysis results of bore wells. The impact identification has been done with causes attributable to the activities of distillery in the complex as well as other operations in the area which include textile processing and pollution due to domestic waste waters.

Chapter 2, Section 3.9

11. Shri Shantinath Balkrishna Kamat, Kabnoor, Tal. Hatkanangale, Dist. Kolhapur asked that they don’t have any objection for expansion but sugar cane transportation is a major problem in this area. The vehicles travel on village roads, also there were many cases of accidents. He also informed, that one boy was killed in an accident of tractor. He suggested that industry should observe oneway traffic on roads constructed on the lands taken from farmers as after expansion there will be increase in traffic.

Shri Patil; Chairman of DBRKPSSKL told that Industry has already constructed a good road network in the area without taking any money from farmers. ThereunderRui to Ketkale road planningfor one way has been done through survey and consultation with traffic police department.A proposal towards declaration of the one-way & road categorization is pending at the district collector office and he requested Chairman of PH panel - Shri Sanjay Shinde (ADM) - to clear the same at the earliest. Also, it was informed that the road above which the conveyor belt is passing is in the premises owned by the sugar factory which can be verified from 7/12 extract.

Ref.: Refer Chapter 2, Appendix - L for traffic management plan.

12. Shri Ketkale, Sadlaga, Dist.: Kolhapur. He asked about how many days expansion project will be in operation?

It was replied that sugar factory of DBRKPSSKL will be operated for 200 days.

Ref.: Refer Chapter 2, Table 2.4 days of operation.

13. Shri Sukumar Bhupal Patil, Dhanoli, Dist. Kolhapur. He expressed his views for doing something towards generation of new employment from the expansion project.

About the existing manpower it was informed that it will be sufficient for expansion activities. Also, local manpower will be preferred for

Ref.: Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.2.1,Table 2.1 days of


176


employment under expansion; if any.

operation.

14. Shri Kalgonda Patil, Hasur, Dist. Kolhapur asked if it is possible to use the treated wastewater.

The consultant told that after expansion there will be 25 to 30% reduction in generation of wastewater from the sugar factory &cogen plant which is a very positive aspect. Also, he informed that treated effluent can be used for gardening as well as in the farms. He further informed that for use of treated effluentin farms; agreements have been made for an area of 165 Acres.

Ref.: Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.7.1.4 for Agricultural Management Plan for treated effluent and Appendix - M for Agreement with farmers.

15. Shri Pravin Kadam asked about measures being taken for controlling falling of bagasse particles on roads and ground.

Consultant informed that it was never disagreed that there is fall of bagasse particles. Infact, in an action plan in the EIA report, detailed mitigation measures have been provided to control suspension of bagasse particles from the storage yard as well as for bagasse falling from the conveyor belt. The industry is also well aware of the bagasse particles problem and the management also has taken it seriously. There is a planning towards shifting of the bagasse conveyor which will take some time as it is not possible to shift the infrastructure, at once, especially in light of ensuing crushing season. Despite this, the bagasse conveyer belt has been encased from all sides to curb bagasse falling. Fire alarm system has been provided in the entire bagasse conveyor belt infrastructure in addition to firefighting arrangement like sprinklers and water jets so as to avoid any accident due to fire.

Ref.: Appendix – K for bagasse yard modification photos.


177


16. Shri BapusahebAnnasoChogule, Hasur, Dist. Kolhapur He asked about type of pollution control equipment to be installed under expansion.

Consultant answered that no any new boiler will be installed under expansion project of sugar factory so no control equipment will be installed under expansion. However, it was stated that ETP shall be duly modified and upgraded.

Ref.: Chapter 2, Section 2.7.2 for air pollution and Section ETP 2.7.1.3 for effluent generation and ETP

17. Shri Pandharinath Raghunath Thanekar, R/o. Bharatmata Housing Society, Ichalkaranji, Dist. Kolhapur. Mr. Thanekar congratulated the management for taking up the expansion project and further stated that this sugar factory is a feather in the cap of Ichalkaranji town and stated that they don’t have any objection for the expansion project. However, it was stated that development of somebody at the cost of comfort of others should not happen for which there shall be objection. It was told that in the BharatmataHsg. Society, there is problem of bagasse particles which should be controlled. Further an important point about noise due to release of steam was addressed with concern about troubles and effect on health of elderly, ill people and newborns as well as children. He further stated that the industry should take steps for controlling bagasse and noise which should be given in writing to them.

The measures to be taken for control of bagasse particles is covered in the question raised earlier by Shri. Pravin Kadam at point No. 15. As far as noise trouble due to release of steam was concerned, it was assured that the practice of instantaneous release of steam under high pressure would be immediately stopped and steam release in controlled manner shall be done.

Ref.: Appendix – K for bagasse yard modification photos and Chapter 2, Section 2.7.5 for noise pollution control details.

18. Shri Aslam Rasul Desai, shareholder farmer, Jambhali, Tal.: Shirol, Dist. Kolhapur. He asked about impact on health of nearby resident people after the sugar factory expansion project.

Technical Consultant replied that all the preventive measures are taken under existing unit of DBRKPSSKL. Similarly, all the impacts and mitigation measures due to proposed expansion of sugar factory have been detailed in the EIA report. The same is done so as to minimise the impacts due to air, water, noise pollution, solid and hazardous waste generation, effluent generation from factory.

Ref.: Detailed impact identification, evaluation and quantification is given in EIA report in Chapter 4.


178


19. Shri Suresh Gadge, Indira Colony, Ichalkaranji, Dist. Kolhapur. He informed that on 13.03.2013, PWD had given directions to remove bagasse yard and asked about the measures taken from 2013 to 2015. He also informed that he is staying in Indira Colony and industry should clarify the work done in last 5 years. He also requested to present data about the stay order of court; if any. He said that the problem of bagasse particles were informed to MPCB since year 2003. There is no any objection about the industry expansion but he asked explanation about the steps taken for pollution control.

Technical Consultant has covered this question above at No. 15. (Refer Point No. 15 above)

Ref.: Appendix – K for bagasse yard modification photos.

20. Shri AjitBalasoKhude, Ganganagar, Ichalkarnji, Dist. Kolhapur said that spentwash quantity shall be doubled due to sugar factory expansion. Also, the spentwash from sugar factory is applied to nearby farms and the water is percolated to borewell of his farm where he has vegetables and 10 animals which avoid drinking of that water. He further stated that due to expansion, the pollution problem will be doubled and during night, effluent is discharged in farms and open yards through trucks. Lastly, he said that Some farmers purposefully take more effluent in their farms. In the Kabnoor stream, wells & bore wells, there is red colored water which should be stopped and then expansion should be done.

It was answered that spentwash is not generated in sugar factory and it is wastewater of a distillery. It was mentioned that the distillery unit and its impacts have been duly stated in the EIA report while addressing all relevant issues at appropriate places. It was stated that the environmental management under distillery in the project complex need to be improved and the operators of the distillery (M/s. Saideep Traders) should be duly informed through the DBRKPSSKL management channel.

Ref.: Chapter 2, Section 2.7.1.2 for effluent details w.r.t. Distillery unit.

21. Shri Dhananjay Sukumar Gadge, Jawahar Nagar, Ichalkaranji, Tal. Hatkanangale, Dist. Kolhapur. He raised a question about working of MPCB and revenue department as the project proponent himself agrees the problem of bagasse falling problem. CPCB has mentioned in its list that river Panchganga is among the most polluted rivers and this river is in 10 Km radius of the project. There is no such mention in the Report. CPCB has already not given permission for such projects

It was stated that all the points of Mr. Gadge - w.r.t. presence of river Panchganga in study area, green belt development, rain water harvesting, presence of Ichalkaranji town in study area – have been duly mentioned in the EIA report and nothing has been avoided or omitted.

Ref.: Chapter 2, Section 2.8 for green belt and Section 2.9 for rainwater harvesting details.


179


earlier. So this project should also get rejected. During Co-gen plant establishment also, project proponent assured about implementation of green belt development plan, rain water harvesting plan etc. However, during last 5-6 years nothing has been done. He further stated that from project area, within half Kilometer distance, one Municipal Council having population more than there lakhs is not included in the EIA Report. There is no any mention of Ichalkaranji town and its beauty as well as pollution. These things should be considered.

22. Shri Swapnil Ketkale, Ganganagar, Ichalkaranji, Kolhapur. He mentioned points namely –Information given in the EIA report &presentation is incomplete and false, there is no mention of distillery unit of DBRKPSSKL which is a leased unit of M/s. Saideep Traders, MPCB has taken actions on sugar factory and distillery and distillery was shut down for one and half years, inadequate ETP with only primary & secondary treatments, no collection tank in ETP and oil &grease tank is at one place and aeration tank is at other place, no mention of supply of treated water for type of crops and area of farms with layout, the industry do not have adequate land for treated effluent disposal, false distance of river mentioned in the report (3.5 Km), a case about Panchaganga River pollution is pending at Hon’ble High Court and committee report is not in EIA, bagasse conveyor is passing over the road which is illegal and creating pollution problems, illegal storage yard is present at south side of the industry, wells and borewells pollution due to stream is flowing along wall after clogging, no mention of air pollution details in the report, incomplete information on birds, animals and reptiles in the report, false information on green belt of 33% in existing

Shri Swapnil Ketkale, Ganganagar, Ichalkaranji, Kolhapur submitted a Marathi letter dated nil during the public hearing. All the points in Column 2 were the same as mentioned in the letter. These points were duly replied during the hearing and under Table 7.2 at Sr. No. 3 detailed clarification of all these points (as given verbally during public hearing) is presented which may be referred.

Ref.: Chapter 2, 3 and 4


180


premises, no effluent and solid waste from the industry are processed, wrong information about impact on streams given, it is stated in the report that in area of 10Km, there are no historic places or heritage sites which is false information

23. Dr. Pandurang Ramchandra Biranje, former Chairman of BharatmataSahakariGruhnirmanSanstha, Ganganaghar, Ichalkaranji, Tal. Hatkananagale, Dist. Kolhapur. He stated that, there is nuisance of air pollution, water pollution & noise pollution. A complaint was made to MPCB but no cognizance was taken. On behalf of BharatmataSahakariGruhnirmanSanstha, Ganganagar, Ichalkarnji, Tal. Hatkanangale Dist. Kolhapur., we have sent one letter through RPAD. The BharamataSanstha has objection for the expansion project till all the problems are duly solved.

Technical Consultant answered that Industry has installed ESP and have upgraded ETP appropriately under the existing set-up. Infact, for further improving the efficiency; the ESP is being fitted with third field for which purchase order is issued and work is in progress. Thus, before start of the project; ESP and ETP shall be totally completed and same will be fully functional. It was informed that all works, as stated in EIA report, towards control of noise, air and water pollution shall be totally done before start of expansion project.

Ref.: Chapter 2, Section 2.7.2 for air pollution and Section ETP 2.7.1.3 for effluent generation and ETP

24. Shri Vinayak Badve, BharatmataSahakariGruhnirmanSanstha, Ganganaghar, Ichalkaranji, Tal. Hatkananagale, Dist. Kolhapur. He informed that, he dug a borewell in his house upto 20 feet an there was reddish and salty water. Later, the bore was taken upto 250 feet and when the water was tested, it was not safe for drinking purpose. Due to discharge of water from the industry outside the premises, we do not get good water for drinking. During transportation of molasses, sometimes the molasses gets spilled on road and vehicles get slipped on it causing accidents. He requested that molasses transport should be avoided by main roads. Also, there is trouble due to steam noise and bagasse falling on road. Lastly, it was demanded that industry should be given in writing and this will

It was answered that analysis of water from borewells in the study area has already been done under EIA study and it was found to be polluted. As there is no any discharge of effluent from sugar factory; the source of reddish and salty water is unknown, may be distillery and discharges from nearby textile processing units could be the reason. It was assured that the spillage of molasses during transportation will be avoided and same would be discussed with management of distillery.

--


181


not happen again and the project may be started.

25. Shri Uday BaliramGite, Sarpanch Kabnoor, Tal. Hatkanangale, Dist. Kolhapur stated that - subsequent to establishment of the industry, the population in surrounding villages went on increasing gradually. I congratulate the management of industry because they have appointed M/s. Equinox Company, one of the best consultants having National Accreditation, for the expansion project & its presentation. The organization has given minute details of each and every thing after detailed study. He stated that due to expansion there shall not be traffic problem as the vehicles going in & coming out shall be properly managed. As far as the complaint letters are concerned, it is a request to the Chairman of Panel to verify the signatures put on complaint letters with those on the pan cards of the signing persons and then the truth will be clear.

-- --

Appreciations by Resident

26. Shri Patil; cane growing farmer; Kabnoor, Tal.: Hatkanagale. He said that late Shri RatnapannaKumbhar had established this sugar factory and expressed that the operations of existing sugar factory are really good. Because of the sugar factory, the overall life style of farmers and workers has been uplifted and after expansion the financial situation of the farmers would also improve. Due to existence of Rivers Panchaganga, Warana and Dudhganga in the area, the farmers have changed their cultivation pattern towards sugarcane farming and for this expansion of this factory is really beneficial.

-- --

27. Sou. Sarita Patil, Ganganagar, Ichalkaranji, Kolhapur informed that they don’t have any problem of bagasse.

-- --


182


28. Sou. Anuradha Balkrishna Patil, former panchayat samite member, Hatkanagale, Kolhapur was in support of sugar factory expansion of DBRK Panchganga SSKL.

-- --

29. Shri Mahaveer SatappaLigade, Kabnoor, Tal. Hatkanangale, Dist.: Kolhapur. He insisted that sugar factory expansion should be done so that entire cane available in his farm and surrounding areas could be taken for crushing immediately as there is less water available for irrigation in the village. He stated that the sugar cane of big farmers is harvested fastly under influence and the cane of small farmers with lower land holding remains behind in the farm for up to 16 months resulting into considerable losses. It was stated further that the farmers have to agitate for rate of cane and for harvesting of the cane in addition to waiting for one & half year for the bill payments.

-- --

30. Shri Balkrishna Naadgonda Patil, Kabnoor, Tal. Hatkananagale, Dist. Kolhapur stated that he has given land for establishment of the sugar factory. Further, he stated that the name of area – Ganganagar - where the factory is established was given in memory of his grandmother. He told that he is in favour of the sugar factory expansion project and informed that previously there was a big problem of falling of bagasse particles in the premises after the bagasse getting suspended in air from the bagasse yard. However, subsequent to Renuka Sugars arrival the problem of bagasse particles was effetely controlled and stopped.

-- --

31. Shri BalasoKalgonda Patil, Takwade, Dist. Kolhapur He expressed his full support for the sugar factory expansion project.

-- --

32. Shri Anjum PapasoSandi,Kabnoor, Tal. Hatkananagale, Dist. Kolhapur. It was appealed by Mr. Sanadi that there

-- --


183


should not be resistance to the sugar factory expansion project. Although there is some pollution problem in the area due to the industry, the management should study and reduce the same under expansion subsequent to which many unemployed people will get jobs.

33. Shri ShahenshahaBadshaha Mulla, former Sarpanch, Takwade, Tal. Hatkanangale, Dist. Kolhapur He declared that there is full support for the sugar factory expansion project by stating that the pollution problem in the area got reduced by 75% than the earlier one. It was appreciated that the industry is going to install appropriate pollution control infrastructure and further insisted that due to big area of the industrial premises, plantation should be done with proper management.

-- --

34. Shri BhupannaMajlekar, shareholder farmer, Aalte, Tal. Hatkanangale, Dist. Kolhapur. He said that the proposed expansion project will give encouragement and opportunities of new employment for the people. While going for expansion, development should be achieved and pollution should be reduced.

-- --

35. Shri Shankar BhojrajUdapi, B class member, Ichalkaranji. He thanked the management of M/s. Renuka Sugars Ltd. for expansion project. In year 1957, when the industry was established, there was less population in the region. Now, the population has increased. It is requested that the expansion should be carried out while observing norms of pollution control.

-- --

7.1.3. Issues of Concern and Suggestion

Table 7.2 Points in Letters submitted w.r.t. PH & Clarifications by PP


184

Sr. No.

Description of Issue / Query Clarification/ Action Plan

1. A common letter format, with same draft, dated 31.08.2018 submitted by – 1. Jai Bhavani Corner; Factory

Road, Kabnur 2. Bharatmata Housing Society,

Ichalkaranji 3. Ratnadeep Housing Society 4. Swami Apartment, Ichalkaranji 5. Indira Housing Society, 6. Ashtavinayak Nagar, Ichalkaranji 7. Ketkale Mala, Ganganagar,

Kabnur 8. Residential area behind Amol

Bakery, Korochi 9. Irgonda Patil Nagar, Ichalkaranji 10. Ganesh Nagar, Ichalkaranji

The crux of matter in letters, from people residing in above areas, is as under – Locations of the areas have been mentioned wrt directions and distances from the Industry. An essay type information on environmental pollution by various types of industries and their effects on –water, land / agriculture land, air, social aspects is given. The generic information stated in the letter has description about quality of trade effluent, stack emissions as well as solid waste (ash) generated in a sugar industry. Also, description of other sugar factories at villages namely Hupari, Narande, and Shirol is given. Increased sugar cane growing practices and use of pesticides is also stated. In the end they say that the industry has not provided satisfactory information on pollution control measures implemented. Based on the generic description of impacts of sugar factory, a concern is expressed about same effects due to working of DBRKPSSKL sugar

1. In representation given by the persons residing in said habitations is very generic with general description of working of a sugar factory and impact of its operation on water environment, land, air environment as well as social environment.

2. The information seems to have been collected from a book or report on pollution control and its management aspect in respect of sugar industry.

3. It is obvious that any industry (however small or big) would create pollution due to its effluents, emissions, noise, solid and hazardous waste, etc. and exert adverse or beneficial impacts on attributes of environment namely water, air, land, noise, socio-economy, ecology and biodiversity, geology and hydrogeology, land use, safety and health of residents, soil and agriculture, etc.

4. In a statement submitted by the residents of said habitations an overview of adverse impacts due to sugar factory has been taken. There is no address of any specific complaint or issue w.r.t. the DBRKPSSKL sugar factory’s existing working or proposed operations.

5. The locations of residence and their habitations is shown on a satellite image presented at Appendix-N.

6. In the draft EIA report prepared and submitted for Public Hearing, all the relevant information has been presented duly and completely about aspect related with DBRKPSSKL sugar factory namely air, water, noise, land and soil, geology and hydrogeology, risk and hazard,ecology and biodiversity, socio-economy, etc. Therein, the impacts have been described with types such as positive and negative, permanent and temporary, short term and long term, reversible and irreversible etc. Also mitigation measures w.r.t. all impacts have been presented at appropriate places in the report.

7. In short, identification, evaluation and quantification of various impacts has been done systematically as per relevant and approved methodologies accepted by the


185

Sr. No.


factory and hence it is stated that the people of said habitation are against the expansion of DBRK sugar factory. It is also stated that in the EIA report submitted there is no mention of any of above aspects or impacts as well as relevant mitigation measures due to the DBRKPSSKL sugar factory.

MoEFCC. 8. Ref. Draft EIA Report Chap 2 (Pg. 16 to 51),

Chap 3 No. (Pg52 to 112) and Chap 4 (Pg.113 to 155) may be referred for more details.

2. An individual letter was submitted by Shri Uday Gaikwad; Member, Panchgangariver pollution control committee of HC. He has addressed following points- 1. DBRKPSSKL has been

prosecuted for exceeding the approved crushing capacity.

2. Notices have been issued and actions taken under criminal offense against the industry for pollution and violations of acts and rules.

3. The industry has not observed rules and regulations of MPCB and CPCB.

4. In the industry there is only primary and secondary treatments in existing ETP which often stop operating and do not operated at the fullest capacity. There is no tertiary treatment.

5. In the treatment there is no equalization tank, oil & grease separation unit and other treatments happen at different locations and the same are not done at fullest capacity.

6. There is no any plan or of utilization of treated effluent with details like quantity, farm land areas, period of disposal. As such the effluent flows through streams &nallas and pollutes the Panchganga river.

7. In the industrial premises, towards south side, there are gutters carrying untreated effluents which have been

1 Clarification of Point 1 is as under - a. The draft EIA report in respect of

DBRKPSSKL sugar factory expansion project was submitted to MPCB for conducting Public Hearing (as per directions in TORs of MoEFCC; Govt. of India) on 12.03.2018. Subsequently, on 13.06.2018 the MPCB prosecuted the industry for excess crushing done during seasons namely 2015.16 & 2016.17. As the case filed against Industry was after the report preparation & submission date; obviously its mention has not appeared in the EIA report.

b. However, on 04.09.2018; during public hearing it was clearly informed to the public that such a case was filed against the industry for excess crushing.

c. It was also highlighted that subsequent to season of 2016.17 (in the season 2017.18); the crushing limit was completely and carefully observed by keeping crushing always below 5000 TCD. This again was stated in the public hearing.

d. The excess crushing fact was duly informed to Regional Officer; MoEFCC, Nagpur who came for inspection on 12.07.2018. This self-declaration of the industry was taken cognizance and the RO has included the facts in his report dated 20.06.2018 (submitted to MoEFCC; New Delhi & State Govt.)

(Ref.: Appendix O for crushing details& RO; MoEFCC, Nagpur Report)

2 All the MPCB notices like show cause, PD, ID etc. were duly replied in the past with commitments and action plans. The same were accepted by MPCB and compliances


186

Sr. No.


purposefully blocked by solid wastes and same become reason of river pollution.

8. The bagasse yard,which is opposite to main road,is illegal. Due to same air pollution occurs, due to leachate pollution threat of ground water and river arises.

9. On Saideep distillery unit in integrated complex of the industry; action has been taken for pollution control matter. Mention of same has been avoided in the report purposefully which is serious matter. The industry’s expansion project should not be permitted unless necessary steps are taken for pollution control in the distillery.

10. Distillery effluent treatment not done, the compost process is inadequate and wrongfully done. As such river pollution takes place and this matter was addressed by the committee where after directions for actions were given,

11. In the expansion report such information is purposefully avoided. The maps are submitted incomplete. There is no proposal for modernization of old project.

12. The industry has not at all developed green belt earlier. As such, only after the green belt development; the hearing report may be forwarded for further action.

13. In the report; there is mention of many species which are endangered and are going to become extinct. In light of this; report from Forest department may be called for and subsequent action shall be taken thereafter.

14. The surveys and observations stated in the report are

were monitored from time to time. Actions and appreciations by MPCB were duly stated in the public hearing.

3 The industry observes rules and regulations as per MPCB consent orders and EC order of Co-gen plant. The compliance report for observing conditions of EC is submitted every 6 monthly to RO; MoEFCC, Nagpur office which monitors the commitments, actions and provisions on site done by the Industry. Shortfalls / inadequacies if any are immediately addressed by the RO office of Ministry and same are complied with and intimated to MoEFCC.

4 Industry has upgraded ETP during year 2013. The existing set up now comprises of primary treatment for oil & grease removal through traps& flotation tanks. Thereafter, comprehensive secondary anaerobictreatment (suspended growth type) is given in one RCC tank (4680 Cu.M.) followed by aerobic treatment (suspended growth type) in diffused air aeration tank (2112 Cu.M.). Thereafter, the secondary clarifier unit removes biological sludge which goes to SDBs and overflow from the weir goes to a treated water storage tank (1200 Cu.M.). From here the treated effluent is supplied for irrigation. A state of art OCMS (online continuous monitoring system) is fitted to the ETP infrastructure. The ETP set up reduces BOD and COD of untreated effluent by 90% and 80% respectively. Apart from self-monitoring of effluent qualities, the MPCB also regularly collects JVS and analyse in its own lab. The JVS reports of MPCB during last 5 seasons are enclosed at Appendix- P which show that the quality of treated effluent is always in stipulated norms. Thus, performance of ETP infrastructure is consistently proved. Under expansion project; there is planning of provision of –(1) advanced secondary treatment through an additional MBBR based diffused air aeration tank (1750 Cu.M.), and (2) tertiary treatment through PSF and ACF. Always, the ETP is commissioned one month before crushing season for development of culture adequately & appropriately. This is


187

Sr. No.


incomplete and false and same are not actually done which may be done again.

15. The mention of heritage sites, religious places, forests, historic places etc, have not been mentioned in the report purposefully.

In light of above points; legal action should be done on the organization providing wrong; incomplete and false information and making report. The report preparing organization should be banned and black listed. And the expansion project should not be allowed. Action should be taken on the MPCB Regional Officer for not informing about the public hearing to the complainant and his committee.

again checked and monitored by MPCB. There is separate energy meter and 24 X 7 power availability to ETP through own Cogen plant and DG back up. All details and drawing of ETP infrastructure were incorporated in the draft EIA report under Chapter 2 (Pg. No. 29-34)

5 Refer clarification under Point No. 4 above. There is no requirement of separate equalization tank as the anaerobic tank of capacity 4680 Cu.M. plays dual role of equalization tank and primary settling unit in addition to acting as polishing tank for untreated effluent.

6 In the EIA report, under Chapter 2 (Pg.No. 31& 32); detailed agricultural management plan for utilization of treated effluent was provided. Therein, details w.r.t. type of soils, rate of treated effluent application, total crop land area available, green belt area in the industry etc, were clearly mentioned. During actual public hearing; treated effluent utilization agreement made withfarmers; on 165 acres of crop land was submitted. (Ref.: Appendix-Mfor agreement with farmers)

7 No any untreated effluent is discharged on land or in any gutter. The statement that the gutters are purposefully blocked is ridiculous since nobody shall want any kind of trouble to accumulate in his premises by blocking pathways of streams.

8 The bagasse yard is not illegal as it is in the own premises of industry. The bagasse conveyor belt passes overhead on one internal road of the industry. It is true that there were bagasse particles fall out and air suspension problems till year 2016.17. However subsequently, the industry has taken steps towards – (1)providing entire belt conveyor bottom structure with MS sheet casing so as to encase the conveyor belt completely in a box structure (earlier it was covered from top and two sides), (2) provision of CCTV cameras, (3) fire alarms as well as water sprinkling system on the bagasse conveyor infrastructure. Moreover, a commitment in the Public Hearing was given towards shifting of the entire conveyor belt infrastructure on one side


188

Sr. No.


of the road so that overhead road crossing shall be avoided. This shall be done after end of crushing season 2018.19.

9 Clarification on Point Nos. 9,10 & 11 is as under – a. The distillery unit in the integrated

complex of DBRKPSSKL has been given on lease to M/s. Saideep Traders; whose management operates the unit independently. This means the distillery is not under control of Shree Renuka Sugars Ltd. who is running the sugar factory of DBRKPSSKL.

b. The Saideep distillery in the complex is main cause of pollution problems as the Environmental Management therein is not up to mark, especially the spentwash handling; storage and disposal management through composting operations is not being done properly. Practices of spentwash storage in the tank and composting operations on the yard were found to be inefficient thereby leading to problems of percolation & seepage causing pollution of land and groundwater. Thus, the distillery unit of DBRKPSSKL (leased out to M/s. Saideep Traders) is persistent pain and problem area in the integrated complex of the industry. It is a well-known fact that sugar factory and co-gen plant, in an integrated complex, do not pose much threat of water pollution and the distillery is principle & prominent polluter of various environmental attributes.

c. During preparation of the draft EIA report, efforts were made continuously to obtain the most representative data and information on the distillery’s manufacturing as well as pollution control activities. But despite all efforts and actions, all the desired information could not be obtained nor the consultant was allowed to enter the distillery premises for study and collection of information and allied details on its own.

d. Despite the limitations stated above, certain data and documents were obtained


189

Sr. No.


from MPCB office and staff of SRSL. There has been a clear-cut mention of Saideep Distillery and its working as well as impacts in the draft EIA report at Chapter 2 and Chapter 4.

e. The statement in complaint letter that - the expansion report such information is purposefully avoided. The maps are submitted incomplete. There is no proposal for modernization of old project–is not at all true. For more information and details on Environmental Management of the distillery; Ref.: Chapter 4

10 Refer clarification under Point No. 9 above 11 Refer clarification under Point No. 9 above 12 Statement in the complaint letter that - the

industry has not at all developed green belt earlier. As such, only after the green belt development; the hearing report may be forwarded for further action – is totally wrong. The industry has already developed green belt of area 8.91 Ha. which works out to be 15% of total plot area. Thereunder, 1546 trees have been planted out of which 1186 trees are about 30 to 50 years older. Under, proposed expansion; 10.7 Ha additional green belt has been proposed with ---number of trees so that eventual green belt shall be 33% of total plot area. The remaining green belt of 18% shall be developed in coming 5 years. All relevant details about the Green Belt have been presented in Chapter 2 (Pg. No. 43-49) of the draft EIA report.

13 The statement in complaint letter - In the report; there is mention of many species which are endangered and are going to become extinct – is again made without any proper study of the draft EIA report kept open for public hearing. In the report, on Page No. 102, 107 & 108; it is mentioned that – out of around 25 fish species locally reported from river Panchganga; one species is critically endangered, 3 species are near threatened and 2 are vulnerable. The term “many species” that are going to become extinct is incorrect. During visits of the study area, conducted under the Ecology & Biodiversity (EB) surveys, qualified & veteran experts with


190

Sr. No.


international repute from ‘Equinox’ had collected primary data through meticulous investigation, observations and interactions with locals. Also, relevant literature, references and secondary data was studied followed by diligent ground truthing of same. Appropriate mitigation measures have already been stated in the EIA report (Pg. No.138 & 139) for the EB area. Further, ‘Equinox’ is very keen on protection of habitats & conservation of the species (flora & fauna) so as to promote healthy biodiversity and for this could contribute its expertise & experience in the actions and plans from Forest department, NGOs, and locals, Moreover, under present project’s CER planning; the industry shall put aside some amount that could be deposited in Govt. funds for the conservation program.

14 The statement in the letter - The surveys and observations stated in the report are incomplete and false and same are not actually done which may be done again – is again incorrect and seems to have been made by a non-qualified person who has not at all studied the EIA report and /or have made the comments out of prejudice. The EIA report has been prepared by 12 qualified and experienced experts of ‘Equinox Environments India Pvt. Ltd.’ after - detailed & meticulous studies, comprehensive monitoring (3 months post monsoon data of Oct.-Nov.-Dec. 2017) of various environmental attributes and aspects (air, surface & ground water, soil, noise, SE, EB, HG & GEO, RH, LULC), observations, interpretations by experts, number of site visits, study area tours, interactions with locals, interviews of the elderly persons for history of the region & past scenarios, referencing secondary data and relevant literature from various Govt. offices, records, census books & gazetteers, maps and toposheets from Survey of India, satellite images from NRSC; Hyderabad, hydrological maps from GSI,soil maps from NBSSLUP etc. The proofs and records of all studies and exercises conducted for the EIA have been duly preserved and maintained which are


191

Sr. No.


inspected, verified, evaluated and scrutinized by QCI-NABET for awarding and continuing accreditations of the consultant organization as per MoEFCC; Govt. of India notification No. F.No. J-11013/77/2004-IA II (I) dated 30.09.2011. A clearcut declaration signed by all experts involved in the EIA study is included at beginning of the EIA report under Certificate on Page No. VI to IX after Acknowledgement statement.

15 There is no any notified heritage site in the study area. Mention of nearest religious and tourist place has been made in the report (Pg. No. 17), There is no reserved or protected forests / national park / wild life sanctuary/ defence installations in the study area of 10 Km radius from the project site.

The concluding statements in the letter are also irrelevant and seem to have been made out of sheer prejudice. The Public Hearing notice was flashed in widely circulated newspapers by the MPCB offices and all relevant documents were kept open for inspection and study of general public at about 15 locations mentioned in the advertisement.

3. A letter dated nil was submitted by persons namely – Swapnil Satish Ketkale, Prakash P. Ketkale, Shrikant A. Ketkale, Padmaja Chandrakant Ketkale and Suresh Anna Ketkale. Following points were addressed by them - 1. The details of environmental

impacts mentionedin Draft EIA report are false, incorrect and incomplete.

2. A request was made to verify whether Dr. Sangram Ghugare (CMD of Equinox Environments (I) Pvt. Ltd.) and his family are shareholders of the sugar factory - D.B.R.K. Panchganga S.S.K. Ltd. Shareholders are not allowed to prepare and submit the report also, request was made to reject the proposal.

1. The statement - The details of environmental impacts mentioned in Draft EIA report are false, incorrect and incomplete - is incorrect and seems to have been made by a non-qualified person who has not at all studied the EIA report and /or have made the comments out of prejudice. Impact identification, evaluation and quantification has been done thoroughly and mentioned appropriately in the Draft EIA report. (Ref.: Chapter 4). Also clarification at Point No. 14 under Sr. No. 2 above may be referred.

2. Dr. Sangram Ghugare (who is presently CMD of Equinox Environments (I) Pvt. Ltd.; which is a QCI-NABET accredited Consultant Organization) and his family are not shareholders of the sugar factory factory. As a chartered engineer, he is working as CMD and EIA Co-ordinator in Equinox Company.

3. For clarification of Point No. 3; explanation under Point No. 14 under Sr. No. 2 above may be referred.


192

Sr. No.


3. The information submitted for Public Hearing is incomplete, falls and wrong and action should be taken against the company submitting same.

4. Incomplete maps are presented which show details and information w.r.t. compost yard, treated effluent storage well, pump station, bagasse yard.

5. No details mentioned w.r.t. Distillery unit (On lease by Saideep Traders) in the submitted Draft EIA report.

6. No any mention is made in the report w.r.t. proposed directions by MPCB to Distillery regarding closure to Distillery unit.

7. Existing ETP is inadequate; No collection tank, low capacity aeration tank; only primary and secondary treatment present at site. No tertiary treatment at site.

8. There is no mention of authorized farmlands or shareholders’ land for which treated effluent is given. There is direct discharge of effluent in Kabnur and Tilawani nallah which further leads to Panchganga river pollution. Give detailed scheme w.r.t. use of recycled water.

9. False data presented regarding distance of Panchganga river from DBRK site. It is about 3.5 km.

10. For Panchganga Pollution matter a case is under hearing in HC Mumbai and a committee has been appointed under same for monitoring of river pollution. There is no committee report included in the EIA.

11. The bagasse storage yard, located on south, is illegal. The overhead bagass conveyor carrying bagasse across one internal road is not appropriate. This has not been

4. No any incomplete maps or drawings of compost yard, treated effluent storage tank, pump station, bagasse yard etc. submitted in the EIA report.

5. For the statement - No details mentioned w.r.t. Distillery unit (On lease by Saideep Traders) in the submitted Draft EIA report- clarifications at Point No. 9 under Sr. No. 2 above may be referred.

6. For clarification of Point No. 6; explanation under Point No. 9 (c & d) under Sr. No. 2 above may be referred.

7. For Point No. 7 w.r.t. ETP matter; Point No. 4 & 5 under Sr. No. 2 may be referred.

8. For Point No. 8 w.r.t. treated effluent disposal & utilization for irrigation; Point No. 6 under Sr. No. 2 may be referred.

9. Panchganga river distance of 4.8 Km from the DBRKPSSKL site (as stated in EIA report) is aerial distance as per satellite images of the study area procured from NRSC; Hyderabad.

10. The said committee report, in respect of distillery, was made available by the Industry (SRSL) subsequent to public hearing and same has been incorporated in the Final EIA reportat Appendix -Q

11. For Point No. 11 w.r.t. bagasse conveyor and allied objections; Point No. 8 under Sr. No. 2 may be referred.

12. For Point No. 12 w.r.t. discharge of untreated effluents in the industrial premises; Point No. 7 under Sr. No. 2 may be referred.

13. For Point No. 13 w.r.t. question on the authenticity of socioeconomic survey and data collection as well as information included in the EIA report; Point No. 14 under Sr. No. 2 may be referred.

14. For Point No. 14 w.r.t. false data of air pollution monitoring presented; Point No. 14 under Sr. No. 2 may be referred.

15. For Point No. 15 w.r.t. analysis not done of water in streams and nallas in the region; Point No. 14 under Sr. No. 2 may be referred.

16. For Point No. 16 w.r.t. protection of animals, birds & reptiles in the region; Point No. 13 under Sr. No. 2 may be referred.

17. For Point No. 17 w.r.t. charges towards no green belt development; Point No. 12 under


193

Sr. No.


stated in EIA report purposefully. Due to carrying of bagasse on the belt conveyor; there is problem of pollution suffered by people. Cognizance of concern in this respect has not been taken. PWD has earlier sent one letter to the industry stating that the bagasse carrier is illegal and should be removed, Undedr there circumstances; the industry should not be allowed to do expansion of crushing.

12. In the industrial premises, the effluents are discharged along the boundary wall and the same get clogged due to solid waste leading to pollution of wells and bore wells.

13. No socioeconomic survey was conducted by Dr. Anuradha Samant and information included in the report is false. The evidences in regard of survey may be provided.

14. About air pollution; no study and monitoring is done and false information given. Evidence should be submitted.

15. Analysis of water in streams and nallas in the region is not done which is purposefully avoided.

16. In the report; mention is made of endangered animals, birds and reptiles. What is to be done about them is not mentioned. To such animals there could be threat of the expansion project. Hence the expansion project should not be allowed. For this opinion of Forest department should be taken.

17. Wrong information regardingGreen belt is mentioned i.e. 33% of total plot and industry has violated the rules so action should be taken against them. Until the green belt is completed,

Sr. No. 2 may be referred. 18. For Point No. 18 w.r.t. utilization treated

effluent, land area for same and permission of end user farmers etc; Point No. 6 under Sr. No. 2 may be referred.

19. Information on water consumption, treatment and disposal of domestic wastewater is presented in Chapter 2 (Pg. No. 29-32)

20. In a sugar factory manufacturing process; achieving of Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) is not possible. Even in MoEFCC Notification it is stated this fact and put a norm of effluent generation as 200 lit/tonne of cane crushed.

21. Nowhere in the EIA report it is stated that Dr. Vidya Murkumbhi and Dr. Sangram Ghugare are workers of the Industry. It is totally false statement made by the concerned complainant.

22. Through this point, charges about non-existence of green belt have been made. For clarification, Point No. 12 under Sr. No. 2 may be referred.

23. For Point No. 23,24 & 25, w.r.t. charges as false information, data, impact etc; Point No. 14 &15 under Sr. No. 2 may be referred.


194

Sr. No.


expansion project should be kept on hold. There is not a single tree on existing green belt area of area 89197.4 Sq.M.

18. There is no any plan of utilization of treated effluent with details like quantity, farm land areas, period of disposal and permission of farmer utilizing same.

19. There is no any control measures for sewage and solid waste from colony.

20. Presently, it is essential to adopt zero waste and zero discharge for red category projects. As such, old technologies and treatments must not be mentioned.

21. Dr. Vidya Murkumbhi and Dr. Sangram Ghugare mentioned as workers in the report. This is serious false information.

22. It is mentioned that green belt will be developed that means it is to be understood that there is no existing green belt. Industry which do not follow existing rules then they will not follow in future also. In light of this, the expansion project should not be permitted.

23. False results and information is given in respect of water source parameters.

24. There can be impact due to discharge of effluent into Panchganga River, on trees and water. This is accepted by industry.

25. There is no any presence of historical place, tourist place within 10 Km area. False information given.

4. Number of Xerox copies (256) of a letter dated nil having same text and same format were submitted. The crux of charges/comments / suggestions is as under – a) Pollution due to bagasse

Clarifications on all points have already been covered under above information in this table. There is no use of coal in existing cogenboiler of DBRKPSSKL. Further, ash handling is fully automatic, temporary storage (2 days) is done in silos (cap 60 MT) from where it is sent in covered


195

Sr. No.


particles. b) Inadequate ETP c) No land for treated effluent

utilization d) Pollution of river due to

industries e) Bagasse storage yard location f) Bagasse carrier across the road. g) Use of coal in boiler. h) Pollution due to boiler ash i) False EIA report and information

given j) False Grampanchyat NOC given k) Pollution of wells and borewells

tractor trolleys for sale, In case of longer storage (in less demand period); storage is done on a separate yard well-guarded and away from the main plant. All care during its handling and storage is taken to reduce impact of same on people and environment. Details regarding this aspect are provided in EIA Report at Chapter 2 (Pg. No.37). Grampanchyat NOC is issued for expansion project through proper and appropriate channel. The charges against same are baseless.

5. A common letter dated nil submitted by Balasaheb G. Vakrekar, Tanaji Pandurang Vakrekar and other 26 alongwith a copy of one previous letter No. 2429/2013 dated 13.03.2013 from Executive Engineer; PWD, Kolhapur . In above letters, main concern was about pollution due to bagasse particles falling from the overhead carrier belt conveying bagasse from the yard on one side of a road to the cogen boiler on other side. It was requested to shift the conveyor belt.

For clarification, Point No. 8 under Sr. No. 2 may be referred.

6. A letter by Mr. Suresh Gadge dated 30.08.2018 wherein following points were addressed - a) Illegal construction of bagasse

carrying conveyor belt on main district road no. 37 i.e. Kabnoor, Ganganagar, Yadrav which comes under the authority of PWD Hatkanangale. Letter from Executive Engineer, PWD; Kolhapur dated 13/03/2013 is also mentioned in the same.

b) The project comes under category A because of presence of interstate boundary (Maharashtra – Karnataka) within 10 km from project site. As such, as per EIA notification 2006, the EC has to be taken

a) For the point of bagasse carrying conveyor belt;clarification given at Point No. 8 under Sr. No. 2 may be referred.

b) The DBRKPSSKL project comes under Category A and the same is appraised at MoEFCC; New Delhi.

c) There is detailed address of all the environmental aspects and their impacts due to proposed expansion of sugar factory in the draft EIA report. Chapter 4 (Pg. No. 113-155) may be seen.


196

Sr. No.


from MoEFCC. c) After expansion of sugar factory,

there will be increase in air, water pollution in Ichalkaranji municipality which is located at 0.5 km from the site.

7. A letter dated nil was submitted by Mr. Dhananjay Sukumar Gadagewherein following points were addressed - 1. Air pollution due to bagasse

particles 2. Bagasse carrying Conveyor belt

across the road 3. Transportation issues 4. Double capacity expansion shall

lead to double pollution 5. Panchganga River Pollution issue

Clarification in respect of all the points in Mr. Gadage’s letter has appeared in explanation under clarifications of various points above.

8. About 196 letters towards appreciation of the existing project operations and those supporting the proposed expansion were also received by MPCB.

1. 15 letters were received from various Grampanchayats in the command area of Sugar Factory

2. 160 letters were submitted by various Agricultural Organizations (Krishi SevaSansthas), Educational & Social Institutions, Co-operative Bodies (Vikas SevaSanshtas) and TarunMandalsin the region

3. 6 letters were received from Co-operative Water Supply Sanshtas and a Dairy managemnt

4. 15 letters submitted by individuals 5. The Sarpanch, Directors, Trustees, Operators

as well as Members and individuals from above organizations and bodies have expressed their unanimous support for the sugar factory expansion (5000 to 10000 TCD) project while appreciating and acknowledging the cooperation, involvement and financial backing from SRSLby investing Rs. 254.19 Crores.in development of the Sugar Factory &implementation of Co-generation Plant subsequent to taking the dilapidated DBRKPSSKL Sugar Factory on lease in the yeas 2009.

6. Especially the points of SRSL operations towards DBRKPSSKL Sugar Factory & Cogen Plant management were w.r.t. – better employment generation, handsome & timely payments of sugarcane to farmers, efficient &


197

Sr. No.


prompt crushing after cane harvesting to minimize sugar losses, improved quality of sugar, steps towards better water management & control as well as abatement of pollution, contribution in social welfare & community developments through CER activities, promotion of education & health care, infrastructural developments in the region etc.

7.2. R & R ACTION PLAN There is no R & R action plan because proposed expansion of sugar factory of DBRKPSSKL. 7.3. RISK ASSESSMENT Proposed Expansion of existing sugar manufacturing plant will be implemented by the project proponents in the premises of existing project complex of DBRKPSSKL.Riskassessment and hazard management study was done by Mr. Vinod Sahasrabuddhe who is the FAE for RH in respect of EEIPL.Proposed expansion project would be formulated in such a fashion and manner so that utmost care of safety norms and Environment Protection Act shall be taken care of.

Objective of the Risk and Hazard Analysis is to -

1) Identify hazards and nature of hazard in the process, storage and handling of hazardous

chemicals. 2) Carry out Qualitative risk analysis for the process and suggest mitigation measures. 3) Carry out Quantitative risk analysis of the storage of hazardous chemicals and estimate

the threat zones for Most Credible and Worst case scenarios 4) Suggest mitigation measures to reduce the risk/probability of the accident to the

minimum. 5) Incorporate these measures for ensuring safe operations and safe layout and for effective

preparation of On-site and Off-site emergency plans 6) Suggest Guidelines for on-site and off - site emergency plan

7.4. HAZARD IDENTIFICATION


198

Methodology

Processes description received based Identify Hazardous Chemicals handled and stored Inventory of Hazardous chemicals

Hazard Assessment

1. By Qualitative Risk Assessment 2. By Quantitative Risk Assessment by Hazard index calculations and estimate threat zones

by using ALOHA

Recommendations

Recommend mitigation measures based upon the above Recommending guidelines for the preparation of On-site Emergency Plan

7.5. POTENTIAL AND MAJOR HAZARDS IN SUGAR MANUFACTURING PLANT

Table 7.3 Possible Hazardous Locations onsite

Sr. No

Hazardous Area

Hazard Identified

Mitigation measures

Mitigation measures in

place

Comments/ Additional measures

1 Boiler Area Explosion IBR rules for design, maintenance and operation of boiler by certified boiler attendants in

These measures are in place as the boiler is in Operation for the existing capacity.

Will be adopted for the additional boiler Capacity

2 All over the plant

Lightening To design and install adequate number of best available lightening arrestors.

6 Lightening arrestors at critical locations lie bagasse yard, biogas plant are installed. The drawing is available.

If additional are required for increased area of operations these will be installed

3 Electrocution Lose fitting Regular maintenance, internal safety audit, and external safety

These are in place for the operation of the existing capacity

---


199

Sr. No

Hazardous Area

Hazard Identified

Mitigation measures

Mitigation measures in

place

Comments/ Additional measures

audit at regular intervals.

4 Electrical rooms

Fire and electrocution

Regular maintenance, internal safety audit, and external safety audit at regular intervals.


---

5 Transformer area

Fire and electrocution



---

6 Cable tunnel Fire and electrocution



---

8 Bagasse storage area

Fire Fire hydrant around Bagasse Storage area.

Fire hydrant around the Bagasse storage is in place

Other Detailed measures have been suggested in the report, in the later part.

9 Sulphur Storage

Dust Explosion & Fire

Fire extinguishers, water hose connection

Fire extinguishers in place

Other detailed mitigation measures are suggested in the report.

10 Molasses Storage Tanks

Spillage & Tank Explosion

Dyke walls around the Storage tanks. Temperature Control

Temperature Control in place

Dyke walls will be built around the existing tanks and around the additional tanks installed after expansion.

7.5.1. Bagasse Production and Storage:


200

At present capacity of 5000 TCD,1400 MT of Bagasse is produced. 60 MT per day is consumed in the boiler as fuel and 1340 MT is stored in a storage yard.At present the factory has two areas reserved for Bagasse. One inside the factory and one outside with area of 3750 Sq. M (50MX 75 M). There is fire hydrant piping laid around the Bagasse storage area and is designed as per IS 1390 code for sizing of fire hydrant piping, number of hydrants, location of alarm points, hose boxes etc. Water provision is as per IS 9668. There is fire hydrant piping of sizes 200 mm NB and 150 NB laid around the area with 30 hydrant points. Copy of fire hydrant layout covering bagasse storage area is enclosed in Appendix–F.

Mitigation measures:

After the expansion, Bagasse produced per day will be 2800 MT, out of which only 120 MT will be consumed per day and the storage will be required for 2600 MT per day. It has to be examined that the present area can accommodate the increased quantity of (2600- 1340) 1260 MT excess bagasse can be stored in the same area. Or sale of 1260 MT Bagasse per day will have to be arranged.

Additional Mitigation Measures for safe Bagasse Storage:

Following mitigation measures to eliminate the fire hazard are in place and some additional Measures are suggested as below:

1. It will be ensured while routing high tension voltage lines to avoid storage of bagasse storage below & near high voltage (H.T.) transmission lines.

2. Avoid routing of electric supply cables & cable trenches near to bagasse storage and if unavoidable locate these as far away from stored bagasse or bagasse heaps.

3. Always keep other raw materials & useful material far away from storage of bagasse area. 4. Creating awareness among workers about sudden bagasse fire and emergency action plan

will definitely avoid risks of heavy fire. In this way we can save a valuable fuel & life of human being working near bagasse.

5. Posting of proper supervision staff with necessary communication facility. 6. Hot work, like welding, gas cutting will not be carried out near Bagasse storage. Or only

after issue of proper work permit and making necessary arrangements. 7. Daily record of Bagasse storage data will be maintained and proper review of storage

conditions will be taken by higher authority. 8. Training of all the involved staff in firefighting in normal & emergency operating system

will be done. 9. Proper Planning & Maintenance of the fire hydrant system around the bagasse storage

yard and not depending exclusively on fire tender for firefighting will be implemented. 10. Creating awareness among workers about sudden bagasse fire and emergency action plan

will definitely avoid risks of heavy fire. In this way we can save a valuable fuel & life of human being working near bagasse.

7.5.2. Hazard identification and Mitigation measures: Sulphur Storage

Hazard Identification:


201

At present Sulphur is stored in a closed shed of area which is of area 4800Sqft.But only a part about 15-20% area of this warehouse is used for the storage of Sulphur and the rest is used for storage of waste, spare parts and all kind of materials, which is not desirable. It is recommended that his warehouse will be compartmentalized by dividing this by constructing a wall. And area reserved for Sulphur should be exclusively used for storing only Sulphur.Sulphur is transferred manually to the SO2 production unit manually as per the requirement in bags. Following are the hazards in storage and handling Sulphur.

1. Dust Explosion 2. Fire

Dust Explosion:

As Sulphur is stored and handled in granular form, there is always some dust formation, which can lead to dust explosion. A dust explosion occurs when a fine dust in suspension in air is ignited, resulting in a very rapid burning, and the release of large quantities of gaseous products. This in turn creates a subsequent pressure rise of explosive force capable of damaging plant and buildings and injuring people. It is generally considered that a dust explosion can only be initiated by dust particles less than 500 microns diameter.

Conditions for Dust Explosion

Following conditions are necessary before a dust explosion can take place. The dust will be combustible. The dust cloud will be of explosive concentration, i.e. between the lower and upper

explosion limits for the dusts.Sulphur is a flammable substance in both the solid and liquid states.The dust is characterized by a very low ignition point of 190°C compared to other combustible dusts, and dust clouds are readily ignited by weak frictional sparks. Dusts containing 25% or more elemental Sulphur may be almost as explosive as pure sulphur.

There must be sufficient oxygen in the atmosphere to support and sustain combustion. A source of ignition must be present. The dust must be fine enough to support an explosion.

Mitigation Measures:Explosion Prevention:

Dust explosions can be prevented by ensuring that the following conditionsare met: Formation and Suspensions of Sulphur dust in air are avoided. To prevent dust formation during the storage and handling of Sulphur, it is necessary to

take necessary precautions to avoid spillage and crushing of granular Sulphur during bulk loading and unloading in the storage area.

Storage shed should be constructed with a minimum number of horizontal surfaces to avoid dust will accumulation.

Bulk accumulations of fine Sulphur may also be removed using soft push brooms, having natural bristles and non-sparking scoops or shovels before vacuum cleaning equipment is used.


202

The use of compressed air to remove dust from any surface, vigorous sweeping or any other method of cleaning which may raise a dust cloud is prohibited.

All sources of ignition are excluded. Presence of moisture helps in preventing dust explosion.

Fire in Sulphur storage:

There is a risk of fire in Sulphur storage as ignition temperature is low 190 deg C. Solid and liquid Sulphur will burn to produce Sulphur dioxide gas, which is extremely irritating and toxic. The effects of the fire hazard itself are slight.

Mitigation Measures:

Smoking and the use of matches shall be prohibited in all areas where Sulphur dust is likely to be present. Prominent NO SMOKING signs shall be placed around such areas.

Naked flames or lights and the use of gas cutting or welding equipment is prohibited during the normal operation of the plant. Repairs involving the use of flames, heat, or hand or power tools in areas where sulphur may be present shall be made only after getting hot work permit from the authorities.

Sulphur will be wetted down. Always use Self Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA). Sulphur fires produce hazardous

sulphur dioxide gas. Sulphur dioxide gas is heavier than air and will accumulate in the vapour spaces of the rail car.

Automatic sprinkler systems which comply with relevant Indian Standards and provide a fine spray or mist are recommended as the most satisfactory extinguishing system for bulk stores. Fire hoses and extinguishers will be fitted with fine spray nozzles to ensure that Sulphur dust clouds are not raised, as these can explode on contact with the fire.

Small Sulphur fires are easily extinguished by adding moresulphur on top of the burning Sulphur. This depletes the oxygen and smothers the fire.

For larger Sulphur fires use a light water fog or CO2 to extinguish. Do not use heavy water streams as this may create Sulphur dust which could potentially explode.

7.5.3. Hazard Identification: Molasses Storage

There are two areas of concern are: 1. Molasses storage: Heavy leakage of Molasses, total breakage of tank, leading to loss of life

and pollution.

Molasses Storage

It is planned to store Molasses in the tanks as given in the table below:

Table 7.4 Storage Details of Molasses

No. Description DetailsExisting After Expansion

1 Storage Area 630 Sq. M 1260 Sq. M. 2 Storage Capacity 10850 MT 14000 MT

3 No. of tanks 3 4


203

Storage of Molasses

1. Molasses will be stored in good quality and leak proof mild steel tanks. 2. Adequate safety factor will be incorporated into the design of wall thickness considering

deterioration that will occur due to corrosion over a period of time. 3. Regular internal and external inspection will be scheduled for checking wall thickness of

the tanks. 4. At present there is no dyke wall around Molasses storage tanks. After expansion,

dyke/bund walls should be constructed around the tank or tanks. 5. It be ensured while finalizing the dyke dimensions and that thickness that clear volume

inside the dyke walls is equal or more than 1.2 x volume of tank storage capacity. 6. Continuous mixing of molasses through external pump circulation will be done. 7. If there is increase in temperature beyond 300C external cooling of tanks will be provided

by heat exchanger in the circulation line. 8. Frequent Temperature monitoring, manually or by recorder is strongly advised.

If there is leakage following measures will be followed-

a. Leakage will be washed out and diluted and should be recycled as far as possible or will be properly treated in Effluent treatment plant.

b. Replacing of leaky gaskets, joints, will be done strictly by following work permit system.

c. Leakage of pipelines, welding repairs will be carried out outside the plant. The necessary hot work permit should be issued after taking necessary precautions and fire fighting measures for onsite hot work, by the concerned authority before any hot work in undertaken

d. Leakage through pump gland will be reduced to the minimum by installing mechanical seals.

e. To attend all major leakage in tanks the following procedure will be followed. (i) Transfer the material to other tank. (ii) Prepare the tank for welding repairs by making sure that it is positively isolated with

blinds from other vessels and ensuring that it is free of the chemicals and gases by purging air and carrying out air analysis before any hot work is undertaken and this should be done by skilled workers. For this purpose safety permit should be given.

4 Dimensions Diameter = 20 M Height= 7 to 8 M Thickness=12 mm

1 tank ofsame dimension will be added


204

Figure 7.1 Molasses Tank

Mitigation Measures:

It is necessary to take following mitigation measures to prevent bursting of tanks, and heavy leakage and loss of life.

7.5.4. Hazard Identification: Sulphur dioxide(SO2) production and handling:

The plant has standard Sulphur dioxide (SO2) production unit. It was confirmed that the existing production capacity is adequate to cater to the additional requirement of Sulphur di oxide (SO2) for increased production. However, if this is found not adequate, the capacity will have to be increased. The unit produces required amount of Sulphur dioxide (SO2) at the required rate by changing sulphur feed to the unit.

Procedure for (SO2) production Firstly Solid Sulphur is fed to melter&it’s melted by 7 kg /cm2steam. This melted sulphur are taken to feeder. Both vessel jacketed by steam & removed condensate formed a trap & drain is provided. Charging & feeder Valve are gun metal & both valve are not open at a time for avoided accident. Burner / Furnace: - Melted sulphur are taken combustion chamber. It is made by Iron Vessel & it having water jacked & then compressed air inlet inside chamber & generating SO2 Gas withdrawing other end vessel its having 400-450 OCtemperature to be maintain temperature by water jacket water its having suitable baffle for preventing Short-circuiting . After Burner: - Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) having temperature 400-450OCis taken in this Chamber It having Cooling Pipe it decreased temperature up to 250-300 OC. That Pipe having CI. Scrubber: - it is water jacket cylindrical C.I tank,it’s having refractory bricks at bottom side hot gas inlet from bottom side & raising from layer of bricks & sublimed sulphur & ash are removed & filtrate gas introduced to sulphitor. Final temperature of SO2 Gas is 65-70 OC. Air Compressor: - Dry air supplied to the compressor is compressed about 0.6 to 0.7 Kg/cm2 pressure this compressed air supplied to the air Receiver.


205

Air Receiver: - this Compressed air supplied to this vessel is under Pressure it’s having relief Valve. Pressure relief is set at 1 kg pressure Maximum. A drain is also provided to drain the oil etc. This 0.6 to 0.7 kg /cm2 compressed air is supplied to burner. Electronic Control: - Temperature of melter& feeder, temperature of furnace, After Burner & Final SO2 Gas Pipe

Major hazard is leakage; being toxic it can lead to serious injuries and health concerns.

Mitigation Measures suggested and measures which are in place:

1) SOP for the unit operation is available. 2) Emergency Shutdown procedure is available. 3) Operators are trained. 4) Emergency Shutdown procedure, in local language is to be displayed.

Following are the toxic properties of SO2

NFPA rating N (H) =3, N (F)=0 and N(R)=0, TLV= 2 ppm

Toxicity Index:

Toxicity Number: The toxicity number (TH) is derived from the NFPA health factor NH. NH is an integer number ranging from 0 to 4.

Table 7.5 Values of NH and TH

Nh Th0 01 502 1253 250 4 350

Penalty Factor:

The Penalty Factor (Ts) is the second toxicity parameter used to determine the TI. The Ts value is derived from the ‘Threshold Limit Values (TLV)’.The TLV-values are drawn up by the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists. TLV represents a time weighted average (TWA) air concentration to which workers can be exposed during a normal working week of 6 days at 8 hrs per day, without ill effects. The penalty factor is determined from the table below:

Table 7.6 Values of TLV

TLV Penalty factor Ts

<5 125 5-50 75


206

TLV Penalty factor Ts

>50 5 Toxicity Index TI= Th+Ts/100 X (1+1.75+2.4) TI= 250+125/100 (5,15) = 3.75X 5.15, which is equal to 19.3

The resulting TI values are ranked into three categories:

1-5 Light 6-9 Moderate 10-up High Hence Toxicity index is in HIGH range.

Sulphur dioxide is produced by oxidation of molten Sulphur in situ in a standard readymade unit as described above and is used in Sulfitation of Sugar cane juice. There is no storage of Sulphur dioxide, as it is produced at the consumption rate and when required. The maximum inventory in the plant is the quantity of Sulphur dioxide is in the pipe line of 80 mm Diameter and approximately 40 to 50 meters long at a pressure of 01.7 kg/cm sq. (g) at around 40 deg C temperature. This unit is situated at 10 meter elevation platform open on all three sides. For worst case scenario mapping referAppendix – G.

7.5.5. Mitigation Measures suggested based on Quantitative Risk Analysis (QRA):

1. Before the plant start up and every six months, pressure test and thickness test of all the equipments and piping carrying Sulphur di oxide will be carried out to avoid leakage. Alarm system, in case, SO2 leakage is suspected and detected by smell, to warn all workers of the leakage has already been installed in existing plant the same will be followed for expansion.

2. SO2 leak detectors shall be installed. 3. All operators will be aware of Emergency Shutdown procedure and action to be taken to

warn authorities to sound alarm. 4. Emergency Shutdown procedure and action to be taken should be displayed in the SO2

production area in the local language. 5. Regular mock drills and training for workers working in this section are being carried out

and shall be followed during expansion. 6. In case of leakage as envisaged in MCA of flange joint leakage, area around SO2

production unit and part of the main plant shall be vacated immediately. 7. In case of major leakage as envisaged in first case, area around 120 meters to 300 meters

will be heavily affected and full onsite emergency plan for the entire plant will have to put in action and if necessary population around 1 to 1.5 km will have to be warned.


207

7.6 POTENTIAL AND MAJOR HAZARDS IN CO-GENERATION PLANT The DBRKPSSKL has existing 30 MW Co-gen plant has been fully automated with interlocks, alarms and will have following standard safety features. 1. Turbine will be interlocked with high and low steam inlet pressure and relative range of

high and low outlet pressure. 2. Turbine will be interlocked for high vibration of any bearing of turbine, gear box, and

alternator. 3. Turbine will be interlocked for any bearing high temperature. 4. High axial displacement of the rotor will be installed. 5. Turbine will be interlocked with high lube oil temperature. 6. Separate turbine over speed protection and interlock will be provided for turbine to trip on

high speed. 7. For reduction of noise, all steam outlets will be provided with silencers. 8. Pressure safety reliefs valves will be provided on steam drum and steam lines. 9. In addition to mechanical SRV’s electrometric safety relief valve is provided. 10. Smoke leak detector alarm will be provided.

7.7 FIRE TRIANGLE

The triangle illustrates the three elements a fire needs to ignite: Fuel, Heat, and an oxidizing agent (usually oxygen) A fire naturally occurs when the elements are present and combined in the right mixture, Meaning that fire is actually an event rather than a thing.

Figure 7.2 Fire Triangle

A fire can be prevented or extinguished by removing any one of the elements in the fire triangle. For example, covering a fire with fire blanket removes the oxygen part of the triangle and can extinguish a fire.Thistype of representation will be displayed in the fire prone areas.

A) Mitigation Measures for Leakages and Fire Approval from Chief Controller of Explosives CCOE’ will be procured in addition to

regular factory inspector’s approval and other statutory approvals. With respect to the Petroleum Act, Petroleum rules, 2002 following important measures

with respect to tank layout and factory layout will be followed though these are recommended for storage above 5000 M3.


208

Minimum Clear distance between two tanks will be 0.5 D or d or 15 meters D= tank diameter in meters, d= diameter of small tank in meters. Or (D+d)/4

Tanker vehicle loading/unloading center of the bay area will be minimum 15 meters away from the tanks storage periphery.

Boundary fencing will be minimum 20 meters away from periphery All the tanks will be placed within the area surrounded by dyke wall, constructed as per

standard design and construction norms. Volume of the within the dyke wall will be more than the largest storage tank inside the

dyke wall. Provision will be made for spare tank of for pumping large alcohol spillage or leakage by

proving sump and pump connection. In case, spare tank is not provided pump piping will be provided such that large leakage

can be pumped to a suitable process tank. All pump motors and other electrical fittings will be flame proof of suitable class. Suitable and proper safety measures shall be installed on the tanks. Tanks will be provided with level indicating instruments with high and low alarms.

Table 7.7 Details of Fire Extinguishing Equipment

Table 7.8 Details of Hydrant Point

Sr. No. Particulars Capacity 1. Water Reservoir Capacity 1000 KL 2. Main Pump 150 HP 3. Jockey Pump 20 HP4. Diesel Pump 150 HP

Sr. No. Types of Extinguisher Capacity Quantity Nos. 1. Dry Chemical Powder 10 Kg 22. CO2 6.5 Kg 8

5 Kg 123.2 Kg 122 Kg 12

3. CO2 Water 9 Liter 74. ABC Type 10 Kg 21

9 Kg 302 Kg 2


209

Figure 7.3 Fire Hydrant System

B) Preventive Measures for Electricity Hazard:

All electrical equipment is to be provided with proper earthing. Earthed electrode are periodically tested and maintained.

Emergency lighting is to be available at all critical locations including the operator’s room to carry out safe shut down of the plant.

Easy accessibility of fire fighting facilities such as fire water pumps and fire alarm stations is considered.

All electrical equipments to be free from carbon dust, oil deposits, and grease. Use of approved insulated tools, rubber mats, shockproof gloves and boots, tester, fuse

tongs, discharge rod, safety belt, hand lamp, wooden or insulated ladder and not wearing metal ring and chain.

Flame and shock detectors and central fire announcement system for fire safety are to be provided.

Temperature sensitive alarm and protective relays to make alert and disconnect equipment before overheating is to be considered

Danger from excess current due to overload or short circuit is to be prevented by providing fuses, circuit breakers, thermal protection

7.8 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH ASPECTS AND MEDICAL PROVISION IN THE

FACTORY 7.8.1OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH CENTER (OHC) Standard medical facilities as required by Factories Act, 1948 have been provided in the

OHC for the existing plant, important ones are illustrated below: 1. Well equipped First Aid Boxes are provided in each Section of the factory.


210

2. In case of need, factory will have dispensary to give effective medical facility to workers. In dispensary, sufficient stock of medicines will be available to provide to workers in case of any major emergent situation.

3. A vehicle is always available to shift the sick/injured person to District Hospital. 4. Ambulance is available 24x7 in the factory to deal with injured workers and to take

themtothe district hospital. 5. DBRKPSSKLwill continue the facility for expansion activities. 7.8.2 Medical check-up

Medical check-up of the permanent as well as seasonal workers are carried out on regular basis. The following tests for each worker are conducted regularly.

Pulmonary Function Test Audiometric Test Blood Pressure Blood Test Vision Test. Refer Appendix –H for Health Check-up Report 7.8.3 EHS POLICY:

The company has EHS policy in place. The company has tie-up with 3 near-by hospitalsas- 1. Niramay Hospital- Ichalkaranji 2. KLE Hospital- Belagaum 3. Deshmukh Hospital- Ichalkaranji 7.9 ON-SITE EMERGENCY PLAN: At present, the company has On-site Emergency Plan, prepared in March 2017. The same On-Site –Emergency Plan will be revised, after the expansion. ReferAppendix – I for Onsite emergency plan.

Chapter 8

PROJECT BENEFITS

PROJECT BENEFITS…8

211

8.1 INTRODUCTION Any industrial activity helps in improving the social status of the locality. Existing project by DBRKPSSKL has helped in improvement of infrastructure and social structure in the command area and has lead to sustainable development. Also, after expansion, community that inhabit in the nearby areas will be benefited directly or indirectly by this expansion project. Following benefits due to the proposed expansion project are expected. 8.1.1 Improvement in the Physical Infrastructure Due to a number of actions and planning proposed by the DBRKPSSKL management, status of physical infrastructure in command area of the industry is bound to improve. Thus there shall be a positive impact on this aspect. Following are certain steps that the industry would take – The industry has constructed well paved roads for easy access to the workers that has

helped in easy transportation of raw materials and products for industry. The industry shall adopt the rain water harvesting systems that will improve the ground

water table. As no any groundwater is utilized in the projects under industrial complex, entire water storage in the aquifer shall remain available for drinking and farming activities of the villagers. This will have a positive impact on ground water quantity in the study region.

Augmentation of existing green belt and plantation of additional trees in the industrial area and its surrounding shall help in improving the aesthetic beauty of the surrounding environment giving a pleasant look and improvising the air quality. Also green belt will help in arresting dust emissions as well as noise.

8.1.2 Improvement in the Social Infrastructure Benefits of DBRKPSSKL projects in improving overall socioeconomic status of the study area are as under – Presence of DBRKPSSKL has created enormous potential towards creating employment

in the region. Both primary and secondary jobs and contract jobs are created which principally benefit the local residents. As much as 85% of the nearby villagers have been employed under existing set up of DBRKPSSKL. Same practice shall be continued under the expansion projects also.

Due to expansion, the frequency of the local transportation will increase in this area. This will help shorten the time reaching destination and utilize it for some fruitful productive work.

Due to the awareness and promotional programs, taken up by the Industry, people residing in nearby areas have been benefited. This include education, literacy, safety and personal wellbeing, care to be taken to avoid diseases like aids, swine flu, dengue etc.

The industry shall organize various campaigns and workshops regarding medical and health check up for workers/ labours. This will help improve overall health status.

PROJECT BENEFITS…8

212

8.2 ACTIVITIES DONE BY SHREE RENUKA SUGARS LTD. (SRSL) UNDER SHREE RENUKA SUGARS DEVELOPMENT FOUNDATION

Under existing sugar factory and cogen plant, Dr. Vidya Murkumbi; Chairperson and Co-founder of Shree Renuka Sugars Ltd. has focused on development of farmers & families through “Shree Renuka Sugars Development Foundation”. Following are the remarkable activities done by SRSL.

1. Donation of Rs. 500 Lakhs to Government of Karnataka for construction of 450 houses under ‘Asare’ Scheme.

2. Education : (1) Three CBSE Schools in villages – Munoli, Kokatnur, Havalga; (2) Two Industrial training institutes at Kokatnur and Havalaga; (3) Three Sakhar Schools for children at Munoli, Havalaga and Ichalkaranji.

3. Health Care: Three Dispensaries at Munoli, Kokatnur and Havalaga. 4. Rural Development: • Construction of free 500 Asare houses for flood affected displaced peoples. • Two R.O. drinking water units at Ghattara and Munoli. • Construction of 2 roads in Bijapur and Gulbarga District. 5. Roof Top Solar Units: (1) One unit of 140 KW is successfully erected and

commissioned on roof top of CBSE School at Athani; (2) One unit of 500 KW on the roof top of buildings in the premises of sports school at Chandaragi.

6. Projects under Progress : Generation of 47 nos. of solar ground mounted projects at 20 locations ranging from 1 MW to 3 MW in Belgavi, Chitradurga, Tumkur and Ramanagar districts in Karnataka.

8.2.1 Proposed CER Plan An amount of Rs. 2 Cr. have been earmarked towards proposed activities under CER plan. the same is about 2.5% of total Capital investment of integrated complex. Detailed CER plan have been at chapter 6, section 6.6.

8.3 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL

In any industrial activity; all three types i.e. skilled, semi skilled and unskilled people are required. In DBRKPSSKL complex; preference is given for employment to local people based on qualifications and requirement. As DBRKPSSKL has planned for expansion of existing sugar factory availability of employment may further enhance. Hence, it can be stated that by the existing and proposed activities in DBRKPSSKL, employment potential certainly will have positive impact for all the three classes namely - skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled. 8.4 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS

After execution of the project the above mentioned benefits shall accrue. Apart from this other tangible benefits are mentioned below - After expansion of the industry, the industry will meet the national interest of economical

growth through sustainable development, as sugar has been a great source of revenue through excise duty levied by the Government.

First Aid Training and fire safety training will be given to all the workers. Insurance Policies for the workers and local people will be made available. Improvement in the aesthetic through green belt development. Ground water recharging shall be done by arresting rain water.

Chapter 9

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN...9

213

9.1 INTRODUCTION Environment Management Plan (EMP) is required for ensuring sustainable development. It should not affect the surrounding environment adversely. Management plan presented in this chapter needs to be implemented under proposed expansion of sugar factory. EMP aims at controlling pollution at source with available and affordable technology followed by treatment measures. Waste minimization and waste recycling measures are emphasized. In addition to the Industry specific control measures, the proposed industry should adopt following guidelines- Application of Low and Non Waste Technology in the production process; Adoption of reuse and recycling technologies to reduce generation of wastes and to

optimize the production cost of the industry. Recycling and reuse of industrial waste not only reduces waste generation but also can be an economic gain to the industry. For expansion activity, the management of DBRKPSSKL will take all the necessary steps to control and mitigate environmental pollution in the designing stage itself. Moreover, while implementing the project, the management will follow guidelines issued by CPCB. EMP is prepared based on the existing environmental status of the project location and anticipated impacts of the project activities on environment. 9.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL (EMC) As a part of the EMP, it is essential to formulate an Environmental Management Cell (EMC). The DBRKPSSKL is already having a cell functioning under its existing sugar factory and co-gen plant. The cell works under Chairperson of the industry and Directors, Env. And Safety Officer, Lab Analyst, ETP Operators and other qualified and experienced responsible persons from certain departments have been taken as members. The EMC is responsible for all the activities and actions as well as outputs and management of entire infrastructure provided for control and abatement of pollution in the DBRKPSSKL project. Further, the cell is also active in protecting state of environment in the study area around existing campus of DBRKPSSKL. Various programs and tasks towards conservation, awareness, promotion, review etc. are undertaken and implemented through the existing environmental management cell of DBRKPSSKL. This cell will also be responsible for taking care of actions and implementations subsequent to the expansion program of the distillery. Further, the EMC will be adequately expanded by incorporation of certain new members since the work load on existing ones is going to be increased substantially subsequent to commissioning of expansion project. Table 9.1 gives details about EMC in the industry.

Table 9.1 Environmental Management Cell in DBRKPSSKL

Sr. No.

Name of Member Designation No. of Working Person(s)

1 Mr. Prakash Sawant General Manager 1 2 Dr. Sangram Ghugare Env. Consultant

Equinox Environments (I) Pvt. Ltd. 1


214

Sr. No.

Name of Member Designation No. of Working Person(s)

3 Mr. Govind Misale Sr. General Manager (SRSL) 1 4 Mr. Yalagouda

Gurusiddanavar Sr. Manager (Environment) 1

5 Mr. Vikas Ingrole Officer EHS 1 6 Mr. Pandurang Khot Lab Attendants 1 7 Mr. Rajaram Hirekudi ETP Operator 1 Total 7

. Figure 9.1 Environmental Management Cell and Responsibilities

Members of the Environmental cell are well qualified and experienced in the concerned fields. Some of the routine tests of wastewater such as pH, solids, temperature etc. is carried out in the laboratory. However, for additional tests of water, wastewater, soil, air etc., services of accredited laboratories as well as that of a consultant would be hired.

General Manager Effective implementation of EMP

Health & Safety Manager Reporting to Vice President, Operational Risk Committee and the Board on matters regarding SHE performance, SHE Management System performance & SHE risk position in the Industry

Environmental Officer Providing technical advice on implementation of SHE

management plan.

Env. Chemist Collecting & analyzing the samples and developing remediation programs.

Sugar and Co-gen Team Responsible for all activities in this unit related to Production, Safety, Health & Environment (SHE)

Safety Officer Developing & implementing occupational health & safety policy, program & procedure, Increasing health & safety awareness at all levels within organizations.

Sugar Factory and Co-gen Plant (Leased to Shree Renuka Sugars Ltd.)

Distillery Unit (Leased to Saideep Traders)

General Manager Effective implementation of EMP

Distillery Team Responsible for all activities in this unit related to Production, Safety, Health & Environment (SHE)

DBRKPSSKL

Health & Safety Manager


Environmental Chemist

Safety Officer


215

9.3 WORKING OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Figure 9.2 Environmental Management Plan

9.4 RECOMMENDATION & IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE The mitigation measures suggested for expansion project is given in Chapter 4. This will reduce the impact on environment due to the proposed molasses-based distillery expansion project. To facilitate easy implementation, recommendations suggested are grouped in different phases. Most important measures are accommodated in earlier phase whereas the lesser important ones are grouped in later phase. 9.4.1 Summary of Recommendations

Table 9.2 Summary of Recommendations

No Aspect Description Recommendations & Proposed Actions

1. Water Consumption

a) Sugar Factory and Co-gen Plant: As far as the water conservation is concerned, it has been suggested to the PP to make maximum use of the cane condensate water thus saving the fresh water demand. Sugar factory and cogen unit of DBRKPSSKL has fresh water permission of 0.463 Million M3 as granted by Irrigation Department. DBRKPSSKL has been allowed to take up water from the River Panchganga. Due to the water

a) Entire trade effluent from existing & proposed expansion activity would be treated in upgraded ETP to be provided industrial premises.

b) The domestic effluent of existing as well as proposed expansion activities shall be treated in STP instead of Septic Tanks followed by soak pits.

c) Storm water drains would be kept separate from other drains.

Environmental Policy

Planning • Environmental Aspects • Objectives & Targets •Environmental Management Plan

Implementation • Implementation of EMP in all the three

plants i.e. Sugar factory, Co - gen and Distillery unit respectively.

• Document Control • Operational Control • Emergency Preparedness /Response

Checking / Corrective Action • Monitoring & Measurement • Non-conformance & Corrective & Preventive Action

• Records • EMS Audits

Management Review Preparing Environmental

Plan and Policy


216


conservation steps suggested, total fresh water demand in DBRKPSSKL complex is 0.01 Million M3/Year which is less than the sanctioned one.

b) Distillery Unit: Water required for distillery unit is 620.4 M3/Day.

Natural drains if found, would not be altered under any circumstances.

d) No drains will be kept open in the plant.

e) The treated water from sugar factory ETP will be given to nearby farmers for irrigation purpose.

f) The concentrated spentwash would be used for bio-composting along with the filler material like pressmud & yeast sludge.

g) The existing water consumption rate in distillery (leased Saideep Traders) is 13.8 KL /KL of Alcohol which should be brought to less than 10 KL/KL.

h) Also, spentwash generation in the existing distillery is 11.9 KL/KL of alcohol and same should be brought down to 8 KL/KL.

i) The standard mass balance and land requirement for compost yard have been presented at Appendix-S which should be strictly observed by the distillery unit of DBRKPSSKL leased to Saideep Traders.

j) Effluent Treatment

a) Sugar Factory and Co-gen Plant: Total effluent generated from sugar factory and co-gen plant activities to the tune of 890 M3/Day. The effluent generated shall be treated in existing ETP which will be upgraded after sugar factory expansion. The details of effluent generation under existing sugar and cogen and proposed expansion of sugar factory is given in Chapter 2.

b) Distillery Unit: Effluent generation quantity from distillery unit is 535.5 M3/Day.

k) Air Pollution Control

a) Sugar Factory and Cogen Plant: Steam required for existing sugar factory and co-gen plant is taken from existing boiler of capacity 140 TPH. . Fuel in the form of Bagasse is used for existing boiler to the tune of 63.6 MT/Hr. APC equipment in the form of ESP is provided to the existing boiler with a stack height of 75 M. Two D.G. Sets of 1010 KVA capacity each is installed on site. Diesel of quantity 200 Lit./Hr. is used as fuel for D.G. Sets. Refer Chapter 2 for details of boiler and D.G. Sets.

b) Distillery Unit: Under existing unit of

distillery a separate boiler of 7 TPH capacity is installed on site. Coal to

a) Regular self-monitoring of the AAQ and work zone air quality to be done by the industry through approved labs to check and control dust levels / concentrations at certain places so that same could be kept always below the stipulated norms.

b) Efficiencies of dust control equipment in the industry shall be monitored regularly (at least once a month) under performance evaluation.

c) Inlet and outlet of pollution control equipment shall be provided with all necessary


217


the tune of 30 MT/Day is used as fuel. Dust collector followed by bag filter is used as APC for distillery boiler along with a stack of 42 M.

sampling arrangements as per guidelines of CPCB.

d) The distillery should regularly monitor quality of stack emissions, AAQM and work zone air quality through self-monitoring practices, interlocks and OCMS should be fitted and properly operated.

a) Solid Waste Management

a) Sugar Factory and Cogen Plant: The solid waste generated under existing sugar factory and co-gen plant as well as under sugar factory expansion would be in the form of boiler ash and ETP sludge. Boiler ash is sold to farmers/brick manufacturers and ETP sludge is used for plantation as manure. This same method of disposal will be followed under proposed expansion activity.

b) Distillery Unit: Solid waste generated

under distillery unit is boiler ash and same is mixed with pressmud and used for composting under existing unit.

a) Recommendations have been made toward storage of ash in silo of and transportation of same disposal site through covered vehicles.

b) Adequate storage, disposal shall be done.

c) The distillery shall have to operate & maintain composting facility as per CREP norms and stipulations of CPCB and MoEFCC.

b) Ecological & Socio-economic Aspects.

Proposed expansion of sugar factory will not have negative impact on ecology and socio-economic status. The details of ecology and biodiversity (flora, fauna, fishes, etc.) observed in existing unit are described in Chapter 3.

a) Industry has been advised to undertake implementation of green belt plan. Thereunder, a time bound program shall be prepared for plantation of trees along the periphery and along the roads of proposed unit.

b) Awareness camps in study area. c) The Industry would always take

lead in contributing towards community development.

d) Noise Control Measures

1. In the Sugar factory and co-gen; noise generating sources generally are the boiler house, turbine rooms, cane crushing section and mill house, etc.

2. The expected noise levels in these sections would be in the range of 65 to 70 dB (A).

a) Provision and use of earmuffs in High Noise Area.

b) Providing separate sitting and control room for workers.

c) Changing of shifts and exposure time to high Noise Area would be reduced

d) CER 1. The implementations under CER shall be done in a time bound manner.

2. Planning for CER shall be started with

a) Industry, by involving workers and locals, shall demonstrate, encourage, and promote suitable


218


the identification of activities/ projects and may be undertaken in periphery of industrial area.

eco-friendly alternatives and green technologies in the villages in the vicinity such as water harvesting, solar lighting, co-toilets, organic farming etc.

9.5 ENVIRONMENTAL POST MONITORING PROGRAMMES After commissioning of the expansion project, monitoring of Environmental Attributes such as AAQM, Stack Emissions, Noise, and Effluent would be done on regular basis.

Table 9.3 Implementation Schedule

Sr. No.

Aspect Time period Implementation ScheduleImmediate Progressive As per Time

Schedule of Unit 1. Air Pollution Control

(Stack of Proposed Boiler)

Before commissioning of the industry

* - -

2. Water Pollution Control (Execution of upgraded Sugar ETP)

Before commissioning

of the Expansion Project.

* - -

3. Noise Control (Green belt development as well as isolation and Insulation)

Before commissioning

of the Expansion Project.

* - -

4. Ecological aspects (Green belt development)

Stage wise * * -

5. Solid waste Management (ETP Sludge/boiler ash)

Stage Wise - * -

6. Socio-economic aspects (CER)

Stage wise - - *

Note :-‘ * ’ indicates implementation of recommendations 9.6 ENVIRONMENTAL POST MONITORING PROGRAMME After commissioning of the project, regular monitoring of Environmental Attributes such as Ambient Air Quality, Stack Emissions, Noise, and Effluent would be done on regular basis. Refer Chapter 6 for details w.r.t Post Monitoring Program to be conducted. Following compliance against the consent conditions after commissioning of project would be observed under the Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act 1981, Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling & Transboundary Movement) Rules 2010


219

Table 9.4 Compliance against the Consent Condition

No. Description Frequency Remark 1. Renewal of

Consent Once in a

year Application for renewal shall be done 60 days before the expiry date.

2. Environmental Statement

Once in a year

Would be submitted for every financial year before 30th September of next year.

3. Hazardous Waste Returns

Once in a year

Would be submitted for every financial year before 30th June of next year.

4. Cess Returns Monthly Twelve Returns would be submitted every year.

9.7 Monitoring Equipment

A. Air Quality and Meteorological Instruments 1. Fine Dust Sampler 2. Weather station with Wind Vane, Anemometer, Thermometer, Dry/ Wet Bulb

Thermometer, Rain-gauge 3. Spectrophotometer 4. Single pan balance up to 0.0001 gms detection levels. 5. Relevant chemicals as required 6. Oven B. Water and Wastewater Quality

1. BOD Incubator 2. COD reflux assembly 3. Refrigerator 4. Thermometer 5. pH meter 6. Stop watch 7. Distilled water plant 8. Pipette box 9. Titration set 10. Relevant chemicals and glass wares

C. Noise Levels Sound level meter in different scales like A, B and C with slow and fast response options D. Soil Characteristics

Soil sampler (auger) to collect soil samples.

Chapter 10

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION…10

220

10.1 INTRODUCTION This EIA report has been prepared for sugar factory expansion project by DBRKPSSKL leased to Shree Renuka Sugars Ltd. located at Ganganagar, Ichalkaranji, Taluka-Hatkanangale, District Kolhapur.The management of SRSL has planned to go for expansion of sugar factory from 5000 TCD to 10,000 TCD (increase by 5000 TCD) in existing premises of 5000 TCD, 30 MW co-gen plant and 45 KLPD Molasses based distillery. The existing distillery is leased unit to Saideep Traders. Above mentioned expansion project attracts the condition of prior Environmental Clearance procurement as per the EIA Notification No. S.O. 1533 (E) dated 14.09.2006 and amendments thereto. Accordingly, it has been listed under Category – B; Item No.: 5 (j). But due to applicability of General Condition i.e. an interstate boundary is located within 5 Km from the boundary of project site, the category of the project changes from ‘B’ to ‘A’ as per Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change Notification No. S.O. 1598 (E), dated 25.06.2014. Standard Terms of Reference (TORs) issued by MoEFCC vide letter No.IA-J-11011/116/2017-IA-II(I) dated 22.02.2018 to DBRKPSSKL. Total capital investment of DBRKPSSKL project after expansion will be Rs. 290.90 Cr. For the proposed expansion of sugar factory, capital investment will be Rs. 80.90 Cr. 10.2 PROJECT AT A GLANCE

Table 10.1 Salient Features of the DBRKPSSKL

Sr. No.

Particulars Details

1. Name and Address of the Industry

D.B.R.K. Panchganga S.S.K. Ltd., leased unit of M/s. Shree Renuka Sugars Ltd., Ganganagar, Ichalkaranji, Tal.: Hatkanangale, Dist.: Kolhapur

2. Total Land Acquired (Sugar) 5,94,651.39 Sq.M. (59.4 Ha) 3. Elevation 582 M above MSL4. Nearest Habitation Ichalkaranji (1.48 Km) 5. Nearest City Ichalkaranji (1.48 Km) 6. Nearest Highway NH 204 – 4.78 Km7. Nearest Railway Track from Project Site Hatkanangale railway station ( 4.42 Km)8. Nearest airport Kolhapur ( 18 Km) 9. Nearest tourist places Ramling Mandir(10 Km) 10. Defense installations Nil within 10 Km radius 11. Archaeological important Nil within 10 Km radius 12. Ecological sensitive zones Nil within 10 Km radius 13. Reserved/Protected forest/National Parks/

Wildlife Sanctuary/ wetland/ estuaries/ biosphere reserves (from Project Site)

Nil within 10 Km radius

14. Nearest streams / Rivers / water bodies (from Project Site)

Panchganga river (4.8 Km) Atigare Lake (8.50 Km)

15. Nearest Industrial Area Sri Laxmi Co-op. Industrial Estate (4.28 Km)


221

Sr. No.

Particulars Details

16. Interstate Boundary Maharashtra–Karnataka interstate boundary @ 4.80 Km.

17. Site Co-ordinates (all corners) 16°42'48.65"N, 74°26'11.88"E 16°42'36.16"N , 74°26'16.16"E 16°42'35.48"N , 74°26'33.15"E 16°42'40.27"N , 74°27'1.42"E 16°42'57.50"N 74°26'37.26"E

10.3 PROCESS DESCRIPTION 10.3.1 Product and Raw Material The details of products that are being manufactured under existing sugar factory, co-gen and distillery as well as those to be manufactured under sugar expansion are represented in following table.

Table 10.2 List of Products

Industrial unit

Product& By-product

Quantity Existing Expansion Total

Sugar Factory

Capacity (5000 TCD) (5000 TCD) (10,000 TCD) Sugar (13%)* 650 MT/D 650 MT/D 1300 MT/D Molasses (4.5%)* 225 MT/D 225 MT/D 450 MT/DBagasse (30%)* 1500 MT/D 1500 MT/D 3000 MT/DPress Mud (4%)* 200 MT/D 200 MT/D 400 MT/D

Co-Gen Electricity 30 MW -- 30 MW Distillery Rectified Spirit 1350 KL/M -- 1350 KL/M

Fusel Oil 0.8 KL/M -- 0.8 KL/M

Table 10.3 List of Raw Materials

Name of Raw Material Existing Quantity

Expansion Quantity

Total Quantity

Source Sugar Factory Existing

(5,000TCD)Expansion

(5,000 TCD)Total

(10,000 TCD) Sugarcane 5,000 MT/Day 5,000 MT/Day 10,000 MT/Day Near By

FarmsLime 10 MT/Day 10 MT/Day 20 MT/Day

Local Vendor

Orthophoshporic acid 0.2 MT/ Day 0.2MT/Day 0.4 MT/Day Sulphur 3.1 MT/Day 3.1MT/Day 6.2 MT/Day Oil & Grease 0.3 MT/Day 0.3 MT/Day 0.6 MT/Day


222

10.4 SOURCES OF POLLUTION AND MITIGATION MEASURES 10.4.1 Water Pollution

10.4.1.1 Sugar Factory and Co-gen Plant

Total water requirement for DBRKPSSKL integrated project complex (Sugar and cogen) after expansion shall be to the tune of 2330 M3/Day. Out of this, 2280 M3/Day would be condensate water and 50 M3/Day would be fresh water requirement. It could be observed that no any fresh water would be required for industrial purpose in sugar factory & co-gen plant except for drinking purpose i.e. 50 M3/Day. No any fresh water will be required for expansion of 10,000 TCD Crushing. Initial fresh water requirement before the start of crushing season would be 22,400 CMD. The fresh water consumption for industrial purpose in sugar factory is 5 Lit./MT of sugarcane crushed against the CPCB norm of 100 Lit./MT of cane crushed. Refer Appendix – D for water permission letter. Effluent generated from sugar factory and co-gen plant activities to the tune of 890 M3/Day. The effluent generated shall be treated in existing ETP which will be upgraded after sugar factory expansion. As per the MoEFCC Notification, effluents from sugar factory and co-gen plant would be generated @ 89 Lit./MT of cane crushed against norm of 200 Lit./MT of cane crushed. The treated water from sugar factory ETP will be given for gardening and if remaining will be given to nearby farmers for irrigation purpose. For more details w.r.t. water consumption and effluent generation refer Chapter 2.

10.4.1.2 Distillery Unit

Water required for distillery unit is 620.4 M3/Day. Effluent generation quantity from distillery unit is 535.5 M3/Day.

10.4.2 Air Pollution Under existing activities, one boiler of 140 TPH capacity is installed and two D.G. Sets of 1010 KVA capacity each is installed on site. Fuel in the form of Bagasse is used for existing boiler to the tune of 63.6 MT/Hr. Diesel of quantity 200 Lit./Hr. is used as fuel for D.G. Sets. Steam required for existing sugar factory and co-gen plantis taken from existing boiler. The same boiler will be used under expansion. No New boiler and D.G. Setwill be installed under expansion unit. Following table gives details of existing boiler, fuel pattern, stack etc. To control the particulate matter emission ESP followed by 75 M of stack would be provided to the same boiler as APC. Under existing unit of distillery a separate boiler of 7 TPH capacity is installed on site. Coal to the tune of 30 MT/Day is used as fuel. Dust collector followed by bag filter is used as APC for distillery boiler along with a stack of 42 M.

Refer details of boiler and Stack at Table 2.20 from Chapter 2.

10.4.3 Noise Pollution In the Sugar factory and co-gen; noise generating sources generally are the boiler house,

turbine rooms, cane crushing section and mill house, etc.


223

Noise levels, as measured at various points in the boiler house, are not more than 70 dB (A). Adequate care shall be taken under expansion process also so that noise from all concerned sections shall be properly attenuated and controlled through insulation, isolation, separation techniques.

Green belt to be augmented further shall play an important role to attenuate noise levels from industry to surroundings.

10.4.4 Solid Waste

Table 10.4 Solid Waste Details

Sr. No.

Type of Waste

Existing

After Expansion

Disposal

Sugar and Co-gen Unit

1 Boiler Ash 21.6 MT/D -- Farmers / sales to bricks manufacturers

2 ETP Sludge 2.5 MT/Yr. 3.5 MT/Yr. Used for Plantation as Manure Distillery 1 Boiler Ash 2.5 MT/D -- Mixed with pressmud and used for

composting

10.4.5 Hazardous Waste

Table 10.5 Hazardous Waste Details

Sr. No.

Hazardous Waste Category

Quantity Disposal Existing Expansion Total

Sugar and Co-gen Unit 1 5.1- Spent Oil 2.5 MT/Yr. 2.5 MT/Yr. 5 MT/Yr. Burnt in Boiler 2. 5.2- Residue Oil 2.5 MT/Yr. 2.5 MT/Yr. 5 MT/Yr. Distillery

1. Distillation Residue

2.5 MT/D -- 2.5 MT/D CHWTSDF

10.4.6 Odour Pollution There are number of odour sources in existing sugar factory, which include molasses handling and storage, bacterial growth in interconnecting pipes & unattended drains. The measures adopted under existing unit for controlling the same are proper housekeeping, sludge management in biological ETP units, steaming of major pipe lines, regular use of bleaching powder in the drains, efficient handling, prompt & proper disposal of pressmud to compost yard. For more details towards mitigation of odour problems, Chapter 2 (Section 2.7.6) may be referred.


224

10.5 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT

Table 10.6 Area Details

No. Description Area (Sq. M.) A Total Built up area 594651.39 B Total Open Area 186157.4 C Existing Green Belt Area (15% of Total plot area) 89197.7 D Proposed Green Belt Area under expansion (18% of

Total plot area) 107037.25

E Total Green belt – 33% of total plot area 196234.95

For detailed area break up of entire industrial complex Table 2.3 of Chapter 2 may be referred. 10.6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM Monitoring of various environmental parameters will be carried out on a regular basis to ascertain the following: State of pollution within the plant and in its vicinity; Examine the efficiency of pollution control systems installed in the plant; Generate data for predictive or corrective purpose in respect of pollution; To assess environmental impacts

The project management will carry out the monitoring regularly and record shall be maintained of the same. For details w.r.t. post monitoring program to be conducted; refer Chapter – 9 (Section 9.5). 10.7 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN Environment Management Plan aims at controlling pollution at source with available and affordable technology followed by treatment measures. Under the existing 5000 TCD sugar factory &30 MW co-gen plant, DBRKPSSKL has effectively implemented the EMP.As a part of EMP, it is essential to formulate an Environmental Management Cell (EMC). DBRKPSSKL is already having a cell functioning under its existing sugar factory and cogen plant. EMC will be adequately expanded by incorporation of certain new members subsequent to commissioning of expansion project. For more details, the separate chapter on EMP may be referred. 10.8 CONCLUSION Proposed expansion of sugar factory by DBRKPSSKL will help to elevate the economic growth at the local level as well as national level. It will also generate employment for the people residing in study area around industrial complex, thereby improving the standard of living of people. Proposed expansion activity shall not disturb the land use pattern in study area of 10 Km. No rehabilitation is involved under this project since proposed expansion is carried out in existing premises of DBRKPSSKL complex. Thus, DBRKPSSKL expansion project is beneficial for society without hampering the environment and thereby accomplishing the aim of sustainable development.

Chapter 11

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ORGANIZATION

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED…11

225

11.1 ORGANIZATION Equinox Environments (India) Pvt. Ltd. (EEIPL) is a major company under the 'Equinox Group' (EG). It is one of the leading environmental consultants in the country and renders all the environmental services, under one roof, needed by various industries. EG companies offer services related to Environmental; Civil & Chemical Engineering, Pollution Control & its abatement, Industrial Safety, health & Hygiene. EEIPL is an ISO 9001:2008 certified organization (DNV-GL) that has been duly accredited through QCI – NABET for the Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change (MoEFCC); New Delhi as recognized and approved ‘Environmental Consultant’ at the National Level. EG group is in environmental business since 1997 and operates through its offices located in Kolhapur, New New Mumbai, Hyderabad and New Delhi in India as well as at Baltimore in Maryland; USA. Moreover, the organization is having back up of a most modern laboratory infrastructure. The NABL accredited lab, also approved by Govt. of India through the MoEFCC; New Delhi has received certifications namely ISO/ IEC – 17025:2005. The 'Equinox Group' have rendered services as well as expert consultation to a number of industries such as sugar factories, power plants, distilleries, foundries, sponge iron & steel plants, textile industries, bulk drug manufacturing units and chemical industries, food processing & beverage manufacturing units, asbestos products & roofing, timber and particle board Industries etc. 11.2 TECHNICAL KEY PERSONNEL

1. Dr. Sangram P. Ghugare (Chairman & MD)

Ph.D., ME (Environmental by Research), BE (Env.) AMIE (India), MISWA (Austria), MIWA (UK), Chartered Engineer. EIA Co-ordinator: (Sectors- Thermal Power Plants, Metallurgical Industries, Synthetic Organic Chemicals, Distilleries, Sugar Industries) Functional Area Expert (Cat. A - AP, WP, SHW) 30 years' all-round experience in Environmental and Civil Engineering consultation services, civil construction & erection activities (cast in situ; prefabricated & pre-stressed). Doctoral research - ‘Study on Optimization of Surface Aerobic Bio-composting (SABC) Process in the Distillery Wastewater Management.’ Patents for the research findings have been applied for. Master's degree program research – 'Engineering Aspects in the Treatment of Spentwash by using Aquatic treatment System (ATS)'. Worked on four research projects funded by MoEFCC, MNES and MEDA that contemplated - innovative wastewater techniques and treatments (ATS), conservation of resources, non-conventional energy recovery & utilization (pressmud, night soil, vegetable wastes, poultry wastes, slaughter house wastes), environmental value addition through by-product processing to gain energy / clean fuel, rural sanitation and hygiene etc. Involved in - preparation of DPRs for Lake Conservation projects (worth Rs. 315 Cr.) and their implementation, assignments of procuring Environmental Clearance, rendering services under pollution control and environmental management.


226

2. Ms. Sulakshna Ayarekar (Joint MD & In-charge -Projects) M.Sc. (Env. Science), PGDEM & ISO 14000/14001, PG. DIP. Industrial Water & Waste Water Treatment) EIA Co-ordinator (Sectors - Asbestos milling and asbestos based products, Synthetic Organic Chemicals, Distilleries) Functional Area Expert (EB) 12 years’ experience in assignments of – Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) studies; environmental clearance jobs, environmental management & pollution control, environmental monitoring & measurement.

3. Mr. Yuvraj N. Damugade (Executive Director & Sr. Env. Engineer) BE (Env.) Functional Area Expert (ISW, AP, AQ) 13 years’ experience in - designing of ETP, STP, water treatment system, EIA studies; environmental clearance jobs, environmental management & pollution control, DPRs for lake conservation projects and their implementation.

4. Mr. Jaydeep S. Patil (Dy. Engineer)

BE (Env.), DCE Functional Area Expert (WP) 10 years’ experience in - environmental engineering and management, ETPs; STPs; WTPs, Technical and administrative expertise in the DPRs on lake and river conservation projects under NRCD (NLCP, SLCP) and their implementation, project monitoring and performance evaluation.

5. Dr. Rohan J. Lad (Dy. Head- Projects)

Ph.D., M.Sc. (Env. Science), B.Sc. (Chem.), PG Dip (Industrial Safety, Health & Environment) Functional Area Expert (EB) 5 years' experience during doctoral research - Studies on the Impact of Mining Activities on Environment in Kolhapur District. Seven years’ experience in air quality & noise monitoring, Four research papers published in impact factor international & national journals.

6. Prof. (Dr.) Jay S. Samant (Tech. Director -EB)

Ph.D. Zoology (Ecology), M.Sc. Zoology (Marine Biology), B.Sc. (Hons.) Zoology 50 Years' all-round experience in Research, Admin, Teaching (PG & Ph.D.), Guide for 38 Research Scholars. Member of National and International Committees / Organizations - Wetland International Asia (WISA), Ex Member SEAC Committee Maharashtra, Ex Director BNHS, Founder & Ex Head Environmental Science Department; Shivaji University; Kolhapur, High Level Monitoring Committee (HLMC) on Mahabaleshwar - Panchgani Eco-sensitive Zone; MoEFCC; Govt. of India, Governing Council; Salim Ali Centre for Ornithology & Natural History (SACON); A Research Centre of Excellence under MoEFCC, UGC's CAS Program to the Dept. of Zoology; University of Rajasthan, Steering & Monitoring Committee; Indian Institute of Science Education and Research (IISER); Pune, Maharashtra State Bio-Diversity Board, (MSBB); Govt. of Maharashtra, World Commission on Protected Areas (WCPA); (IUCN) Switzerland, Founder Secretary; World Wildlife Fund (WWF) India - Kolhapur Division (Maharashtra), Coordinator- NAAC Peer Committee; UGC, Bird Hazards Research Group; AR&DB;


227

Ministry of Defence; Govt. of India, Steering Group for Biodiversity Conservation Prioritization Project India funded by BCPP; WWF; USAID and UNDP, IXth Five Year Plan Committee on Forest and Wildlife; MoEFCC, National Geographic Society; Washington; USA, International Society for Tropical Ecology; Selection Committees for senior scientists in Wildlife Institute of India (WII); MoEFCC & DST and for position of Professor in Universities.

7. Dr. Anuradha J. Samant (Tech. Director -SE) Ph.D. (Sociology), MA (Sociology), BA (Education, Sociology, Psychology) 40 Years' experience in Research, Teaching (PG & Ph.D.) Guide for 20 Research Scholars. Member of National Committees / Organizations - National initiative “Save the Western Ghats March” (A pioneering environmental movement in peninsular India), IWSA (Indian Women Scientist Association); An NGO - DEVRAAI (Development Research, Awareness & Action Institute), Vanita Sanskruti Sanstha, Peoples Regional Protection Movement SESA (Sahyadri Ecologically Sensitive Area); Maharashtra, Goa and Karnataka, Maharashtra State representative of PCRA (Petroleum Conservation & Research Association), Conducted 88 workshops for teachers; women and youth in Maharashtra.

8. Dr. Jaysingh B. Ghugare (Tech. Director -SC)

Ph.D.(Horticulture), M.Sc., B.Sc. (Agri.) 45 Years' experience in Research, Teaching and Administration, Ex-Director Horticulture Department; Govt. of Maharashtra. Active involvement in development of select fruit species of commercial importance (grapes, mangoes, coconut etc.), expertise in soil science.

9. Dr. Jotiram B. Pishte (Emp. Expert – HG;GEO)

Ph.D., M.Sc., B.Sc. (Geology) 40 Years' experience in Research, Teaching and Admin., Principal Gopal Krishna Gokhale College; Kolhapur, Special expertise in geology and hydrogeology.

10. Dr. Bahubali N. Patil (Emp. Expert -SE)

Ph.D. (HR Dev. in Co-op Banks), M.Phil., MSW (HR), BA (Economics), PG Dip. Env., PG Dip. HRD 30 Years' experience in Research, Teaching and Admin; Professor in Shahu Institute of Business Education & Research, Kolhapur, Expertise in socioeconomics.

11. Prof. Jayant M. Gadgil (Emp. Expert -AQ)

ME (Env. Engg.), BE (Civil Engg.), DCE 40 Years' experience in Research, Teaching in Engineering Colleges, Shivaji University Departments, Special expertise in Air Pollution Control & Air Quality Modeling Studies and Research.

12. Asso. Prof. Sunil S. Shaha (Emp. Expert - WP)

ME, BE (Env. Engg.), DCE 25 Years' experience in Teaching, Project Management Consultancy through KIT's College of Engineering; Kolhapur and Shivaji University Departments, Special expertise in Water Pollution Control; Solid as well as Hazardous Wastes Management.


228

13. Mr. Vinaykumar Kurakula (Emp. Expert - LULC, NV & SHW) M.Sc. (Geo-info Science for Environmental Modelling and Management), BE (Civil Engg.), PG Dip in Industrial Pollution Prevention and Control. 8 Years' experience in the areas of EIA, 3D noise mapping & modeling, Land use and land cover mapping, Remote sensing processing, GIS mapping and Ground vibration studies.

14. Mr. Vinod Sahasrabudhhe (Emp. Expert -RH) ME (Chem. Engg.), B.Tech. 41 Years' experience in the area of risk assessment & hazard management, Team member – Vardharajan Committee set up by Govt. of India to investigate MIC gas leak tragedy UCIL Bhopal.

15. Mr. B. S. Lole (Emp. Expert - SC) M.Sc. (Agri.) B.Sc. (Agri.) 46 Years' experience in the area of Research & Study in Soil survey and soil conservation, Research & Teaching for R. S. & GIS in SAC, ISRO, Ahmedabad

16. Ms. Sai Mohite (Associate FAE - WP) M.Sc. (Env. Sc.), B.Sc. (Ind. Microbiology) 3 Years' experience in subordinate capacity in - coordinating EIA studies, preparation of EIA reports, environmental monitoring, environmental management and pollution control.

17. Mr. Neeraj Powar (Associate FAE - SE) M.S.W. (URCD), B.A. 3 Years' experience in the field of socio-economic studies, rural-urban community development.

18. Ms. Dipali S. Ingale ( Functional Area Associate – HG;GEO) M.Sc. B.Sc. (Geology) 3 Years' experience in preparation of mining plans for mining of major and minor minerals.

19. Mr. Vaibhav V. Survase (Functional Area Associate – HG;GEO)

M.Sc. B.Sc. (Geology) 3 Years' experience in preparation of mining plans for mining of major and minor minerals.


229

11.3 SERVICES OFFERED 1) Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) studies, EIA Report preparation, conducting

public hearing and procurement of Environmental Clearance (EC) from Government of

India (MoEFCC) & State Governments.

2) Consultation on - compliance of EC conditions, SPCB Consent conditions, Post EC

certification assignments.

3) Environmental Management Services - SPCB Consents, Env. Auditing, Water Cess &

Hazardous Wastes Returns, Effluent & Emission Monitoring, Performance Evaluation

and O & M of Waste Treatment Facilities, Up-gradation of Treatment Systems,

Technical & Legal Consultation.

4) ETPs, STPs, WTPs & APC Equipment (Planning, Designing, Erection, Commissioning

& Turnkey Projects)

5) Solid Waste and Hazardous Waste Management services

6) Planning, designing and implementation of green belt development as well as rain water

harvesting system.

7) Procurement of Ground Water Abstraction (GWA) clearance from Central Ground Water

Abstraction (CGWA) & Ministry of Water Resource (MoWR); New Delhi, Government

of India.

8) Procurement of clearance from National Board for Wild Life (NBWL); New Delhi,

Govt. of India for projects located in sanctuaries, national parks and other protected areas

as well as in their ESZs.

9) Planning, designing and installation of groundwater aquifer monitoring infrastructure

with Piezomener Stations Networking and Hydro-Geological Surveys.

10) Consultation on - Resource & Energy conservation, Non-conventional energy utilization,

Noise; Ventilation; Illumination & Temperature profile surveys, Occupational Health &

Safety.

11) Procurement of ISO 14000:14001 accreditation for projects.

12) Revival and conservation of Lakes and Rivers under National Plan for Conservation of

Aquatic Eco-System (NPCA) (Central Govt.) and State Lake Conservation Plan (State

Govt.)

195

199

200

201

Speed Post

File No. Q-15018/18/20'1 5-CPWGovernment of India

M i n i stry ot e nvi ro n m,eif Bl",.tl"'"i "

o c I i m ate

:l].l: ",

" r""" ra n B h awa n,

2nd Floor Prithvi Wing'Jor Bagh Road, Aliganj'

New Delhi - 110 003'Dated: 12th November, 2015'

To,M/s Horizon Services (Anatytical Laboratory)'Shree K3/4, S. N.10'Erandawane Housing SocietY'

Opposite Deenanath Mangeshkar Hospital'

Pune-41 1 004, Maharashtra

Subject:Renewa|ofrecognitionor{UsHorizonServiceo(Analytica|Laboratory)'shreeK3/4,s.N.l0,ErandawaneHousingsociety,oppositeDeenanathMangeshkar Hospital, Pune411.004' Iri'aharashira as Environmental

Labo-ratory under tire Environment (Protection) Act' 1986 - reg'

Sir,P|easerefertoyourapp|icationseekingrenewa|ofrecognitionofyourlaboratory

under Environment (protection)Act,1gg6.As approved by the competent authority, it has

been decided to accord renewal of recognition to your Environmental laboratory under

Environment(Protection;Act,1986Theterms&conditionsasgivenintheAnnexure-ll|,lv&Vhavea|readybeenagreedbyyou'Furtheractiontonotifyyour|aboratoryintheofficial gazette is being taken'

YouarerequestedtoparticipateintheAnalytica|QualityControl(AQC)exerctseconducted by the central pollution control Board and provide quarterly monitoring reports

of your lab.

|tmaybenotedthatperiodicsurvei||anceof.recognizedEnvironmentalLaboratoryunderEnvironment(Protection)Act,lg86willbeund.ertakenbyCentralGovt./CPCBtoassesstheproperfunctloning,systematicoperationandre|iabilityofdatageneratedatthelaboratory

Your's faithfullY,

(Dr. (Ms.) Rubab Jaffer),DePutY Director

202

DI{V BI-ISINESS ASSURANCE.

MexAGE MENT SvsrEM Cn nUFICATECertificate No. 99415-201 l-HSO-IND-DNV Rev. 02

This is to certifi thnt

HORIZON SERVICES

at

ErandwaneCo-Operative HousingSociety, Sr. No. 14l4 - 5, PlotNo. K -314,Erandwane, Pune - 4l l 004, INDIA

has been found, to confonn to tlu Occupational Health ant, Safety Management Systern Standard:

OHSAS 18001:2007

This certif.cate is ualid for th,e following scope:

PROVIDING I-ABORATORY ANALYTICAL SERVIC ES

I niti al Cefiif c ali on date :

I I fuly 2011

Place and, date of Issue:

Chennai, 07 l:uly 2014

for tlrc Certffing Unit:DNV BusINEss AssuReNctl INDIA P\rr LTD

MUMBAI. INDIA

Sivadasan MadiyathMarm,ge mz nt Repre se nlatiu e

This Cefiifcate is ualid until:

l0 ]uly 2017

Tfu au"dit hns been petfonwd under tfusuperuision of

* tg-64

Sudhir KusurkarDal, Au.ditor

>.,

5eilf

l-ack of fulfilment of conditions as set out in the Certification Agreemellt & the annexure to this certificate may render this Certificate invalid.203

ENCLOSURE – I

No.IA-J-11011/116/2017-IA-II(I)

Goverment of India

Minister of Enviroment,Forest and Climate Change

Impact Assessment Division

***

Indira Paryavaran Bhavan,

Vayu Wing,3rd Floor,Aliganj,

Jor Bagh Road,New Delhi-110003

22 Feb 2018

To,

M/s DBRK PANCHGANGA SSK LTD LEASED UNIT OF SHREE RENUKA SUGARS LTD

A/p. Ganganagar, Ichalkaranji, Tal.Hathkanangale, Dist. Kolhapur,

Belgaum-590001

Karnataka

Tel.No.0230-2441777; Email:[email protected]

Sir/Madam,

This has reference to the proposal submitted in the Ministry of Environment, Forest

and Climate Change to prescribe the Terms of Reference (TOR) for undertaking detailed EIA

study for the purpose of obtaining Environmental Clearance in accordance with the provisions of

the EIA Notification, 2006. For this purpose, the proponent had submitted online information in the

prescribed format (Form-1 ) along with a Pre-feasibility Report. The details of the proposal are

given below:

1. Proposal No.: IA/MH/IND2/72035/2018

2. Name of the Proposal:

Deshbhakt Ratnappa Kumbhar Panchganga

Sahakari Sakhar Karkhana Ltd. (D.B.R.K.

Panchganga S.S.K. Ltd.)

3. Category of the Proposal: Industrial Projects - 2

4. Project/Activity applied for: 5(j) Sugar Industry

5. Date of submission for TOR: 11 Jan 2018

In this regard, under the provisions of the EIA Notification 2006 as amended, the Standard TOR

for the purpose of preparing environment impact assessment report and environment

management plan for obtaining prior environment clearance is prescribed with public consultation

as follows:

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FORPROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

5(j): STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR CONDUCTINGENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FOR SUGARINDUSTRY INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED IN EIA / EMPREPORT

A. STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE

1) Executive Summary

2) Introduction

i. Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation

ii. Information about the project proponent

iii. Importance and benefits of the project

3) Project Description

i. Cost of project and time of completion.

ii. Products with capacities for the proposed project.

iii. If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate landis available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.

iv. List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation.

v. Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities

vi. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management.

vii. Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram,man-power requirement (regular and contract)

viii. Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet(quantative) from raw material to products to be provided.

ix. Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems.

x. Expansion/modernization proposals:

a. Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained forthe project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of thelatest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forestsas per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulatedin all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. Inaddition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing Iexisting operationof the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.

b. In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for nottaking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate andConsent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE andCTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliancereport to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted.

4) Site Details

xiv. Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justificationfor selecting the site, whether other sites were considered.

i. A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000scale on an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitiveplaces)

ii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site

iii. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site.

iv. Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site.

v. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area,plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex,layout of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.

vi. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, showphotographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular.

vii.Landuse break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included.(not required for industrial area)

viii. A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10km radius) shall beincorporated. Land use details of the study area

ix. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included.

x. Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 kmradius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrencefrequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of theproject site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega greenfield projects)

xi. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition processand expected time of complete possession of the land.

xii.R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy

5) Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable):

i. Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, andrecommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable)


ii. Landuse map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineatingthe forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha)

iii. Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with lateststatus shall be submitted.

iv. The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves,Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map dulyauthenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project locationand the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon

v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the StateGovernment for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area

vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to theStanding Committee of the National Board for Wildlife

6) Environmental Status

i. Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific micro-meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and directionand rainfall.

ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and otherparameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be basedCPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zoneand sensitive receptors including reserved forests.

iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in theNAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values foreach of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexureto the EIA Report.

iv. Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point)and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.

v. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC, ifyes give details.

vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included.

vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area.

viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines.

ix. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials,additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.

x. Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study areashall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared andfurnished.

xi. Socio-economic status of the study area.


7) Impact and Environment Management Plan

i. Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based onsite-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, theAQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics fordetermining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sourcesof emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details ofthe model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air qualitycontours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitationnearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

ii. Water Quality modelling - in case of discharge in water body

iii. Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environmentshall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials andfinished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor-cum-rail transport shall be examined.

iv. A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reusedfor different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristicsof untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P)Rules.

v. Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards.

vi. Measures for fugitive emission control

vii. Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copiesof MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also beincluded. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recovertechniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.

viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailedplan of action shall be provided.

ix. Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shallbe included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greeningof the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.

x. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvestrainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also touse for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the waterrequirement from other sources.

xi. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measuresshall be included.

xii. Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted.


xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency ManagementPlan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should belinked with District Disaster Management Plan.

8) Occupational health

i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casualworkers

ii. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers' health is beingevaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far& Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement andperiodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzeddata of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and departmentwise.

iii. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazardsand whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL,what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workerscan be preserved,

iv. Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health andSafety.

9) Corporate Environment Policy

i. Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board ofDirectors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.

ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedures to bringinto focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms /conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

iii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with theenvironmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearanceconditions? Details of this system may be given.

iv. Does the company have system of reporting of non compliances / violations of environmentalnorms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders atlarge? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report

10) Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to thelabour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers duringoperation phase.

11) Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)

i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost) shall be earmarked towards the Enterprise


Social Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time boundaction plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to be elaborated upon.

12) Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Lawagainst the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any noticeunder the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and WaterActs? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case.

13) 'A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TOR.

B. SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR EIASTUDIES FOR SUGARINDUSTRY

1. Complete process flow diagram describing each unit, its processes and operation sinproduction ofsugar, along with material and energy inputs and outputs (material and energy balance).

2. Details on water balance including quantity of effluent generated, recycled & reused. Effortstominimize effluent is charge and to maintain quality of receiving water body.

3. Details of effluent treatment plant, inlet and treated water quality with specific efficiency of eachtreatment unit in reduction in respect to fall concerned / regulated environmental parameters.

4. Numberofworkingdaysof thesugar productionunit.

5. Detailsoftheuseofsteamfromtheboiler.

6. Detailsofproposedsource-specificpollutioncontrol schemes andequipments to meet the nationalstandards.

7. Collection, storage, handling and transportation of molasses,

8. Collection, storage and handling of bagasse and pressmud.

9. Flyash management plan for coal based and bagasse and action plan

10. Details on water quality parameter ssuchas Temperature, Colour, pH, BOD, COD, Total KjeldhalNitrogen, Phosphates, Oil & Grease, Total Suspended Solids, Total Coli form bacteria etc.

11. Details on existing ambient air quality and expected, stack and fugitive emissions for PM10, PM2.5,SO2*, NOx*, etc., and evaluation of the adequacy of the proposed pollution control devices to meetstandards for point sources and to meet AAQ standards. (*-As applicable)

***